SlideShare a Scribd company logo
COVID-19
Roadmap to Recovery
A Report for the Nation
APRIL 2020
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 3
Co-Chairs’ Foreword	 4
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation	 6
Chapter 1: An Ethical Framework for the Recovery	 23
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option	 26
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy	 58
Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions	 83
Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust,
Transparency and Civic Engagement	 92
Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building
and Supporting a Health System within the
“Roadmap to Recovery”	 102
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen	 114
Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing	 140
Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians	 150
Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support	 164
Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication	 174
Methodology	187
Acknowlegements	189
Contents
4 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Co-Chairs’ Foreword
As Co-Chairs of the “Roadmap to Recovery” taskforce
it has been a privilege to work with over a hundred of
the brightest scholars in Australia’s leading universities
to address the most pressing question of our times –
How can society recover from COVID-19?
This report is independent, was not
commissioned by a Government,
and was produced by the leading
researchers in this nation based
on the latest evidence available.
COVID-19 is not just a medical or a
scientific issue, it is something that
affects each of us, and all of us.
Therefore, this is addressed as a
Report for the Nation. It is shared
with the National Cabinet, our Federal,
State and Territory Governments in
the hope that it may help inform the
many decisions they have to make.
For a problem as vast and complex
as COVID-19 there is no one
solution. That is why our Roadmap
to Recovery, offers two alternatives,
with many side roads – but all taking
us to the destination. We provide
choices because at the moment
there are many uncertainties in the
data and in predictions. Under such
circumstances it is the job of our
research community to illuminate the
possibilities, rather than offer simple
solutions.
How this document differs from the
hundreds of articles and opinion
pieces on this issue is that this
report specifies the evidence on
which it is based, it is produced by
How this document differs from the
hundreds of articles and opinion
pieces on this issue is that this
report specifies the evidence
on which it is based …
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 5
researchers who are experts and
leaders in their area, and it engages
the broadest range of disciplines –
from mathematicians, to virologists,
to philosophers.
Over a three-week period, this
taskforce has debated and discussed,
disagreed, and agreed, edited and
revised its work over weekdays and
holidays, Good Friday and Easter. All
remotely. All with social distancing.
It is a testimony to their commitment
to the Australian community, to our
enviable way of life, to securing
our standard of living, to increasing
national productivity and to protecting
the values all Australian’s hold dear.
It is research collaboration in action –
a collective expression of a belief that
expert research can help Government
plot the best path forward and of
a commitment to provide this help
in support of the nation and the
Australian community.
As Co-Chairs we recognise the
enormous effort expended by our
researchers, and they join with the
Go8 Board and with us the Co-Chairs,
to acknowledge that the hardest task
belongs to Government which must
now make the decisions.
… it is produced by researchers
who are experts and leaders in
their area, and it engages the
broadest range of disciplines
– from mathematicians, to
virologists, to philosophers.
Prof. Shitij Kapur
MBBS, PhD, FRCPC, FMedSci, FAHMS
Dean and Asst.Vice Chancellor
(Health) University of Melbourne
Vicki Thomson
Go8 Chief Executive
6 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
In this Executive Summary, we
provide: one ethical framework; two
options for pandemic response; three
requirements for success in recovery
regardless of which path is taken; and
six imperatives in the implementation
of recovery plan.
Nature of this Report
and the Reasons for it
Rather than recommend a single
dominant option for pandemic
response in Australia, we present and
explain two options for the nation’s
consideration – Elimination or
Controlled Adaptation. We offer two
choices for several reasons:
First, there are considerable
uncertainties around what we know
about Covid-19. Estimates of critical
determinants, such as the number of
carriers, vary by a factor of ten. With
such uncertainties in facts, there is a
limit to how sure one can be.
Second, we completed this report
in late April 2020, when the Prime
Minister had already set the course to
May 15th. Therefore, our job was to
consider possibilities beyond that date.
The facts regarding the pandemic will
evolve and change between now and
Executive Summary
Covid-19 has changed the course of
history. What started off as a flu-like
illness in one person in one corner
of the world, has changed the lives,
livelihoods and futures of billions.
Australia saw its first case on January
25 and now has over 6,600 cases,
the country is in partial lockdown,
schools and universities have left their
campuses, hundreds of thousands of
jobs have been lost. Fortunately, the
tide appears to be turning and we can
start thinking of Recovery.
To chart a Roadmap to Recovery we
convened a group of over a hundred of
the country’s leading epidemiologists,
infectious disease consultants,
public health specialists, healthcare
professionals, mental health and
well-being practitioners, indigenous
scholars, communications and
behaviour change experts, ethicists,
philosophers, political scientists,
economists and business scholars
from the Group of Eight (Go8)
universities. The group developed
this Roadmap in less than three
weeks, through remote meetings
and a special collaborative reasoning
platform, in the context of a rapidly
changing pandemic.
A Roadmap to Recovery
– A Report for the Nation
from Australia’s Leading Universities
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 7
then. Therefore, rather than prescribe
an outcome for three weeks hence
– we propose to present a balanced
case for two of them.
Any choice between these two
options entails a delicate trade-off
between protecting health, supporting
the economy and societal well-being.
It is not the role of researchers, or
this report, to make this choice. That
is the role of our Government. We are
responsible for setting out the trade-
offs and that is what this report looks
to provide.
Finally, this report focusses on the
impact of the virus and short term
recovery. The pandemic will change
global economies and international
relations. This will have significant
impacts for Australia, its society and
economy for years to come. That is
not the focus of this report.
An Ethical framework to
guide decision making
At a time of national crisis, and in
turning our minds to the recovery, it
is vital to clarify the key values and
principles that will guide us in the
many difficult dilemmas we face.
There are things we should not be
prepared to sacrifice, whatever the
circumstances. However, the severity
of this pandemic will force us to
sacrifice some things we may not
have ordinarily done. Therefore, we
should know the conflicting values
at stake and the consequences of
our choices.
8 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
We propose the following principles
to guide us:
yy Whatever measures we implement
to manage COVID-19 must be
compatible with a commitment
to democratic accountability and
the protection of civil liberties.
Special measures that require
the restriction of movement, the
imposition on freedoms, and
the sharing of private data must
be proportionate, time-bound,
grounded in consent and subject
to democratic review.
yy Equal access to healthcare and a
social safety net must be provided
for all members of our community.
Attention should also be paid to the
needs of the non-citizens, keeping
in view their unique circumstances.
yy The virus has impacted us all,
some more than others. The
economic cost must be shared
fairly across the whole community.
yy Although equal treatment is a
fundamental Australian value,
the virus, and our policies to
control it have impacted some
disproportionately. Therefore,
renewal and recovery programs
should focus on those most
affected first. In the long run, they
should foster social and economic
innovation that will make all
Australians more resilient in the
face of future shocks.
yy Finally, there is the issue of
partnership and personal
responsibility. Recovery is not
only what Governments can do
for us. Strong recovery will require
a trusted partnership between
governments and civil society,
including business, community
sector, unions, academia and
local communities. Recovery is
something each person owes their
neighbour. We need to look out for
each other’s welfare in times like
this. That is our way.
This is not meant to be a
comprehensive or an exclusive list
of values, but an effort to articulate
the values that should guide our
strategies today. In the long run,
how we respond to this pandemic
will define us.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 9
At the very outset, the Taskforce
rejected the third option which would
entail somewhere close to 15 million
Australians becoming infected. The
disruption of healthcare, the lives
lost, the inequalities of impact and
the tragic consequences on society
did not make this a viable option for
Australia, as Government has made
clear. This report focused on the
remaining two.
Australia is unique among comparable
Western nations, and fortunate, to
have two options – elimination or
suppression. This is afforded because
of our success in controlling the
number of cases. From the peak of
the epidemic in late March when
we saw nearly 500 cases a day, the
number of daily new cases now
are fewer than 25. During the peak,
90% of cases were imported or a
direct consequence of importation, a
pathway that has now been practically
stopped. Australia’s testing rate is
amongst the highest in the world,
and its test positivity rate and case
fatality rate amongst the lowest. This
confirms the government’s strategy
in controlling the epidemic and the
population’s embrace of it.
Therefore, while most countries
simply cannot consider the prospect
of elimination, for Australia, a State
by State Elimination Strategy remains
a conceivable, and some would say
desirable, option for Australia. This
option is detailed in Chapter 2.
Two Options Proposed and a Third Rejected
For any jurisdiction facing an epidemic, there are three
fundamental options:
1.	 Eliminate the illness;
2.	 Suppress the illness to a low level and manage it; or
3.	 Allow the epidemic to run through the population in a way that
does not overwhelm the healthcare system. Some have called
this approach “herd immunity.”
10 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
Option 1: Elimination Strategy
yy The Elimination strategy should
lead to fewer total infections,
hospitalisations and deaths, and
better protection of vulnerable
populations than any of the
alternatives.
yy Once achieved, elimination would
allow for a faster decrease in social
distancing and other restrictions.
yy To achieve this elimination,
Australia would likely have to
continue the lockdown in certain
jurisdictions beyond mid-May,
possibly for another 30 days.
yy It necessitates waiting for new
local cases to fall to zero, and then
maintaining this for two incubation
periods, i.e. about two weeks.
yy This strategy will require extensive
testing and contact tracing, but
modelling shows the extra testing
should be achievable within our
system with reasonable additional
investment.
yy It is hard to predict exactly when
the cases of locally acquired
disease might fall to zero, and
whether current measures may
need to be enhanced to achieve it.
Hence the option entails greater
uncertainty regarding the timing
of relaxation of social distancing
measures.
yy The number of asymptomatic
carriers in Australia is not known
for certain and may pose a
potential risk to this strategy.
However, modelling shows
that provided the number of
asymptomatic cases is modest,
the strategy should still be viable.
yy If some jurisdictions have
achieved elimination and others
have not, it will require extended
travel barriers within Australia.
yy The risk of re-introduction of cases
from abroad will remain , requiring
strict international border control
measures. Australia’s unique
geography, strong border control
and quarantine procedures would
enable this.
yy Once achieved, the psychological
sense of safety and social well-
being that would result from
“elimination” of all local transmission
would allow for a fuller and more
vigorous recovery of the economy.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 11
The second option acknowledges the
likelihood of ongoing international
infections, a limit to the duration
of social distancing measures and
the potential of asymptomatic
or undetected transmission and
therefore accepts that some low level
of cases may remain active. It accepts
this reality and tries to manage it.
We call this strategy “Controlled
Adaptation” because it entails
controlling the spread of the virus,
while making sure that society adapts
to live with ongoing infections.
Option 2: Controlled
Adaptation Strategy
yy The major immediate advantage
of this strategy is that the phased
lifting of restrictions can begin as
early as May 15th.
yy The major long-term advantage
of this approach is that it
acknowledges the high likelihood
of prolonged global circulation
of this infection, and starts off
by preparing Australians and the
system to adapt to living with the
ongoing risk of infections
yy This approach provides a feasible
strategy to safely manage current
and future infections within the
health system.
yy The strategy accepts a slightly
higher number of cases,
hospitalisations, and deaths.
yy This strategy will require extensive
testing and contact tracing, but
with a special emphasis on a very
tight feedback to those managing
the public health response so that
they can adjust the restrictions,
in regions, or in segments of the
population, as appropriate.
yy However, there is always a risk that
the number of infections could
spike, and some of the spikes could
lead to more extensive “surges”
which may require resumption of
some stricter social distancing, as
has occurred in Singapore.
yy What is hard to predict is how
confident the public will feel
when restrictions are lifted with
new cases ongoing, therefore
economic and social life may
resume slower, even though the
restrictions may be lifted earlier.
12 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
What the public must know
and understand
The choices are not binary, but along
a continuum. They will both require
some restrictions, large scale testing,
tracing and isolation systems to keep
us safe. In that regard they are similar.
They differ in the depth, breadth and
duration of how these measures
are applied.
The big difference is that while
Elimination will require the restrictions
for a longer duration at first, it
offers the reward of lower cases
and greater public confidence about
safety and all its attendant benefits.
The Controlled Adaptation sends
a signal of pragmatic acceptance
of low infections right at the start,
and in return promises a somewhat
earlier return, greater flexibility with
measures, and manages the risk of
flare ups within the capacity of our
adapted health system.
Neither of these two will allow for
a return to life as we knew it over
Christmas 2019. As with air travel
after 9/11, some restrictions and
impositions are here to stay. In both
cases, enhanced hygiene, some
measures of physical distancing and
greater testing and tracing, will be the
new norm.
In both cases most of us will remain
susceptible. The final “exit” from
both pathways will require a vaccine
that confers immunity to all of us.
We cannot predict when that will
be. It seems reasonable to expect
one in the next year or two. Should
it become clear that the chance of a
vaccine is remote – current strategies
will need to be revisited.
The challenge over the coming
weeks will be to evaluate the relative
attractiveness of the two options;
to assess, despite considerable
uncertainty, how best to trade off the
potential rewards of the Elimination
option against the greater sacrifices
required in a framework of values
we share.
The Go8 looks forward to working
with the nation and its Government
to continue its contribution.
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 13
Regardless of which path Australia
chooses in mid-May, some things do
not change.
1. Early Detection and
Supported Isolation
yy Both strategies will require an
extensive system of testing,
tracing and isolation.
yy Two kinds of tests are useful. Tests
detecting the virus (also called,
PCR, antigen) and tests that detect
personal immunity (antibody,
serology). At this stage the virus-
PCR test is the critical one.
yy The purpose of testing is to identify
the cases and isolate them, identify
the contacts and quarantine them,
and assess the level of community
prevalence.
yy Both strategies envisage that
testing is widely available and
accessible (including in remote
areas), free of charge, with minimal
wait times and a short turnaround
time (less than one day). Sentinel
testing, which entails testing of
a few selected persons, alone
will not be sufficient. Therefore,
testing capacity will need to be
significantly increased.
yy The precise application of testing
and contact tracing differs between
the two strategies. In devising
these new approaches Government
should explore the possibility of
engaging the community, private
and business sector.
yy In both strategies, those who are
positive must isolate in a safe way
– with support and monitoring in
Three requirements for success
1.	 Early Detection and Supported Isolation
2.	 Travel and Border Restrictions
3.	 Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement
14 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
an appropriate way. Their potential
contacts must be traced and
contacted, and advised quarantine
and testing if appropriate.
yy Isolation and quarantine should only
end after confirmation of no further
viral shedding.
yy Digital contact tracing apps can
assist – however they are not
a panacea and work best when
integrated with traditional manual
contact tracing methods.
yy The Taskforce recommends the
exploration and use of these
innovative digital techniques but
cautions that automatic uptake
may be low, and may require public
campaigns to increase acceptance.
Any such use must be with the
person’s consent, for a time-limited
period, only for the purposes of
public health, and without prejudice.
2. Travel and Border
Restrictions
yy Given the state of the pandemic
in the rest of the world, we
recommend that the government
continue the two-week period of
enforced and monitored quarantine
and isolation for all incoming
travellers regardless of origin
or citizenship.
yy International travel bans remain
on all Australians, other than for
sanctioned “essential” travel, for the
next six months and any returning
essential travellers be subject to
the quarantine restrictions.
yy If some countries have their
epidemics under control in a
manner same as ours, then
our Government may explore
establishing a special bilateral
travel understanding.
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
Rather than waiting for a
vaccine, we recommend that
the Government fund research
into developing and testing
new strategies based on virus
and/or immunity testing and a
combination of in-country/overseas
quarantine which may allow for an
earlier resumption of international
travel.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 15
yy The Australian Government
should engage with the World
Health Organisation (WHO) to
anticipate a regime of “International
Vaccine Certification” were a
vaccine to become available.
yy We do not find evidence for a
reliable “immunity passport” at
the moment.
yy Rather than waiting for a
vaccine, we recommend that
the Government fund research
into developing and testing new
strategies based on virus and/or
immunity testing and a combination
of in-country/overseas quarantine
which may allow for an earlier
resumption of international travel.
3. Public Trust, Transparency
and Civic Engagement
yy Given the months and possibly
years of measures and compliance
that are required, winning
public trust, transparency of the
information used to make decisions
and the degree and quality of civic
engagement are critical to success.
yy Communication is the central link
to building trust. Prioritise trust
by acknowledging uncertainty,
communicating clearly and with
empathy for everyone, especially
those with vulnerabilities.
yy The Australian population has a
sophisticated understanding of
Covid-19 issues and has engaged
actively in the social distancing
issues. Treat them as a partner by
clearly communicating rationale for
decisions, including what evidence
is being used, who was consulted,
and what impacts were considered
and why a choice was made.
The Australian population has a
sophisticated understanding of
Covid-19 issues and has engaged
actively in the social distancing
issues. Treat them as a partner by
clearly communicating rationale for
decisions, including what evidence
is being used, who was consulted,
and what impacts were considered
and why a choice was made.
16 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
yy This is especially critical if there
is use of citizen-generated data
(i.e., from mobile contact tracing
applications). Governments must
address real and perceived privacy
concerns and mitigate against
the potential for misuse. Where
possible use trusted independent
bodies to oversee some of these
activities to avoid the politicisation
of health data and to ensure
continuity.
yy Maintaining civic engagement for
the long haul is critical. Where
possible, involve communities,
industries, business organisations,
and other stakeholders in decisions
about options for strengthening and/
or relaxing containment measures.
yy The young have been particularly
displaced by the social distancing
policies and many will find it hard
to gain a foothold in the economy.
Consideration should be given
to the establishment of a funded
national service program (e.g.
Aussies All Together) to inclusively
engage the young from across
the nation in the process of social
reconstruction across the country.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 17
Six imperatives in the implementation
of Recovery
1.	 The Health of our Healthcare System and its Workers
2.	 Preparing for Relaxation of Social Distancing
3.	 Mental Health and Wellbeing for All
4.	 The Care of Indigenous Australians
5.	 Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support
6.	 Clarity of Communication
1. The Health of our Healthcare
System and its Workers
Australia has done an effective job
of reinforcing its hospitals and its
critical care capacity. For now, that
seems sufficient. At the same time,
the Australian health research sector
has excelled by isolating the virus,
developing vaccines candidates, and
testing new therapeutics. However, it
must now prepare for the long run and:
yy Support healthcare workers by
ensuring they have sufficient
and assured PPE supplies and
comprehensive training in the
appropriate use and bespoke
programs to support their mental
health and well-being.
yy Many have delayed or deferred
their ongoing care and elective
procedures. Support direct
messaging to assure all Australians
of the safety of the healthcare
system and urge a gradual return
to usual patterns of healthcare.
Care of COVID-19 patients must
not come at the expense of others.
yy Create a national, real-time, data-
repository of all COVID-19-related
care in primary, secondary and
acute care to ensure best care
for all. This is critical because we
know little about COVID-19 care
now. Developing such a national
resource will improve outcomes
for all.
18 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
yy Continue to support medical
research that integrates laboratory,
epidemiological and clinical
trial-based and health services
research that models the projected
dissemination and spread of
COVID-19 in an Australian context,
informs strategies to minimise the
number of infections and optimise
the treatment of Australians.
yy COVID-19 has resulted in a huge
increase in video/tele-health and
eHealth use. The valuable aspects
of this new model should be
sustained as an important part
of routine health care, supported
by nationally agreed standards
and quality indicators. The digital
divide in Australia must be closed
or we risk even further entrenching
existing health inequalities amongst
lower income groups.
yy The training and education of
thousands of healthcare students
has been disrupted. The National
Principles for clinical education
during the COVID-19 pandemic are
a significant step towards flexibility
in health care worker training
requirements to ensure viability
of the health workforce pipeline.
2. Preparing for Relaxation
of Social Distancing
Australia will soon face the complex
challenge of resuming campus
teaching in schools and universities,
and businesses returning to premises.
While many will look forward to this,
many others will be concerned and
some will personally be at greater
risk. How this transition is supported
will have a major impact on societal
wellbeing and economic recovery.
yy Return to physical schooling
with special consideration of
the following groups: children
in primary schools as they have
additional needs in regards to
socialisation, emotional and
academic support and require
greater parental involvement
in schooling at home; students
for whom this is the final year
for transition to further study or
employment; students and teachers
who have pre-existing conditions
and who may feel particularly
vulnerable on return.
yy All schools may need to coordinate
a range of additional resources to
help educators identify and address
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 19
learning gaps, mental health issues
among students and concerns and
wellbeing of staff.
yy There is no one-size-fits-all formula
for the return of all businesses.
Consideration should be given to
the creation of a sophisticated
national “risk tool” that businesses
can use to review and self-assess
their own situation and create
the appropriate and optimal
environment for return.
yy A workforce health-tracking system
specific to COVID-19 and should be
developed to ensure that reopening
practices are safe to the workforce
and public. Information from such a
system should be used to learn and
design best practices, and those
should be widely shared.
3. Mental Health and Wellbeing
for All
The unprecedented scale and speed
of the COVID-19 pandemic has
implications for the wellbeing of all.
Evidence from previous large natural
disasters and pandemics shows that
in its aftermath there is a significant
increase in anxiety, depression, post-
traumatic stress syndromes as well
as substance abuse. These symptoms
extract a huge individual and family
price and a significant economic
toll. People with psychological
vulnerabilities and pre-existing mental
illness are at higher risk. The greatly
increased demand for services will
continue throughout the recovery
phase. The following is recommended:
yy Coordinated and sustained public
health messaging on the risks
associated with COVID-19 and
actions that can be taken to maintain
mental health and wellbeing.
yy Rapid scaling of secure evidence-
based Health and Telehealth
interventions in addition to
strengthened provision of
community-based support.
There is no one-size-
fits-all formula for
the return of all
businesses.
20 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
yy Increased capacity to ensure
timely assessment and effective
treatment for people with ongoing
mental illness and those at risk
of suicide.
4. The Care of Indigenous
Australians
The disproportionate impact
of pandemics on Indigenous
populations worldwide is well
documented. Thanks to the
leadership by Australian Indigenous
organisations and their partnership
with Governments, the number
of cases is proportionately lower.
However, Indigenous Australians
are particularly at risk as Australia
“reopens” with a weakened economy
and the resulting consequences.
yy We recommend the continued
financial and logistical support
of Indigenous COVID-19 planning
taskforces in all jurisdictions for
the remainder of the pandemic.
yy Lack of adequate housing
particularly adversely affects
the ability of local aboriginal
health services to control virus
spread – immediate and more
enduring interventions are needed
to address the shortage of
appropriate housing.
yy The COVID-19 pandemic has
exacerbated vulnerabilities of local
workforces which were dependent
on staff from interstate and even
New Zealand. Short and Long-term
initiatives to build local workforce
capacity are needed.
Lack of adequate housing
particularly adversely affects the
ability of local aboriginal health
services to control virus spread
– immediate and more enduring
interventions are needed to
address the shortage of appropriate
housing.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 21
5. Equity of Access and
Outcomes in Health Support
History tells us that pandemics affect
those with the least resources and
with specific vulnerabilities hardest
and longest. We must guard against
that. Subsequent generations will judge
us for how equitably we supported
and included in decision-making the
people who are most at risk.
yy The report identifies several
populations that are particularly at
risk: women who are pregnant and
women at risk of family violence,
children and young people, those
living in out-of-home care; older
adults and those living in residential
aged care; people with disabilities;
people living with a life-threatening
illnesses amongst others.
yy Those who are at the intersection
of these attributes, often bear the
greatest brunt.
yy The main purpose of this section
is to alert the nation to its special
responsibilities to these many
populations.
yy The main thrust of our
recommendations is that there isn’t
a single silver bullet for all these
diverse populations. However, a
central principle is for Governments
to engage and partner with these
groups in designing and delivering
solutions for them.
6. Clarity of Communication
The overall success of the recovery
will depend upon engaging
widespread public support and
participation regardless of which
strategy is chosen.
If the Elimination Strategy is
pursued, it is important that the
public understands the additional
It is also critical that the public
understand that even with the
Elimination Strategy, life will not
return to the ‘old normal’.
22 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
sacrifice needed, why it is worth it
and what benefits they can expect
in return. It is also critical that the
public understand that even with
the Elimination Strategy, life will not
return to the ‘old normal’.
With the Controlled Adaptation
strategy, it is critical that the public
understand that in exchange for an
earlier relaxation, there will be a need
for ongoing adaptation. The public
should also be prepared that should
numbers worsen, the course may
need to be temporarily reversed.
This would not be a failure of the
strategy – rather it is the strategy.
It is important that Governments
continues to:
yy Communicate the approach and
associated measures using specific
and empathetic language that helps
people feel empowered to act,
rather than just passive recipients
of instructions.    
yy Enlist the support and assistance
of independent, credible and
trustworthy advocates (e.g.
healthcare workers, educators,
community leaders) to convey
key messages.
yy Enhance the impact of
communication by establishing
community reference groups to
provide ongoing input into the
decisions that affect them and also
how best to communicate them.
Collectively they should represent
Australia’s demographic and socio-
cultural diversity.
yy Be proactive in identifying and
actively combatting misinformation
and conspiracy theories by
transparently providing factual
and current information.
Several community reference
groups should be established so
that collectively, they represent
Australia’s demographic and
socio-cultural diversity.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 23
1
There are things we should not be
prepared to sacrifice, whatever the
circumstances. While in other cases,
we must be clear about conflicting
values and the consequences of our
choices. To facilitate that discussion,
1.	 Democratic accountability and
the protection of civil liberties:
Whatever measures Australia
implements to deal with the virus
now, and in recovery, must be
compatible with a commitment
to democratic accountability and
the protection of fundamental civil
we articulate the six core principles
that should frame Australia’s
decisions and policymaking. They
are not only guides for decision-
making about recovery, they are also
preconditions for its success.
liberties. Special measures that
require restriction of movement
or data-sharing, by either
public or private bodies, must
be proportionate, time-bound,
grounded in consent and subject
to democratic review.
An Ethical Framework
for the Recovery
At a time of national crisis, and in turning our minds to
the recovery from it, it is vital to clarify the key values
and principles that will guide decision-making when
we will face many difficult challenges and trade-offs.
Six core principles to frame Australia’s
decisions and policymaking
1.	 Democratic accountability and the protection of civil liberties
2.	 Equal access to healthcare and social welfare
3.	 Shared economic sacrifice
4.	 Attentiveness to the distinctive patterns of disadvantage
5.	 Enhancing social well-being and mental health
6.	 Partnership and shared responsibility
24 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
2.	 Equal access to healthcare and
social welfare: Equal access to
healthcare and core universal
services and to a social safety
net for all in our community must
remain a fundamental principle
now, and later, as we recover.
Attention must also be given to
the healthcare and social needs
of those within our society who
are not currently citizens, with
appropriate recognition of their
special circumstances.
3.	 Shared economic sacrifice:
While the virus’s economic impact
is significant and affects all of us
in different ways, some bear more
of the cost than others. Many such
inequities are not a direct impact
of the virus, but a consequence
of the choices we have made
in responding to it. These and
future economic sacrifices
must be shared fairly across the
community.
4.	 Attentiveness to the distinctive
patterns of disadvantage: Equal
treatment is a fundamental value
in Australia, nonetheless the
impact of policies and measures
on people varies depending
on their social circumstances.
Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islanders, minorities, women,
children, people with disability, the
elderly and others, will experience
distinctive disadvantages as
a result of their relative social,
economic and cultural position.
Any policies and measures to
contain the virus, and for recovery,
must explicitly identify and
address the negative distributional
effects of implementation.
Chapter 1: An Ethical Framework for the Recovery
Many such inequities are not a
direct impact of the virus, but
a consequence of the choices
we have made in responding to
it. These and future economic
sacrifices must be shared fairly
across the community.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 25
5.	 Enhancing social well-being
and mental health: Any policies
or measures should aim to
enhance and strengthen individual
mental health, social solidarity
and reciprocity, both now and as
we recover. Economic renewal
programs should focus on lifting
the most disadvantaged first.
We should foster economic and
social innovation that will make
Australia more resilient in the face
of future shocks.
6.	 Partnership and shared
responsibility: Recovery is not
just what governments can do for
us, but what we can do for each
other – and in partnership with
our community organisations,
businesses and industry. Each of
us has an individual responsibility
to respond in this moment of
crisis. We have a duty to act
in ways that both respects the
dignity and equal worth of others,
contribute to their safety, and
to ensure that the measures
implemented now and in recovery
are equitable and just.
It is important also to recognise the
inter-relatedness of these principles.
Each principle reinforces the other.
Democratic accountability depends on
an engaged community, which in turn
depends on its social and economic
well-being. The protection of our
civil liberties, as well as the universal
provision of health and social welfare,
depends on our shared commitment
to upholding the necessary conditions
required for civic life.
In the next few months and years, we
will not just be responding to a virus.
Our response will be defining who we
are and what we will become.
Economic renewal programs
should focus on lifting the most
disadvantaged first.
26 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
2
A jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction
elimination approach would
only relax internal containment
and social distancing measures
once there was no evidence of
community transmission in the
relevant jurisdiction, and once
appropriate early detection and
control measures were in place. It
would aim to maintain elimination
through border control and detection
and control of transmission chains.
This contrasts with the “controlled
adaptation” method (next chapter),
which would allow for an earlier
relaxation of social distancing
measures while there is still some
minimal evidence of community
transmission – seeking instead to
maintain such transmission at levels
for a prolonged period.
Key Points:
yy Elimination of community
transmission, and maintenance of
that elimination is achievable and
feasible in Australia, unlike many
other countries. This has already
been achieved in some of our
jurisdictions and could be made to
occur for the last State/Territory by
June, and hence nationally.
yy Elimination of community
transmission could optimise
health, social and economic
outcomes for Australia and provide
particular safety to the vulnerable
groups who are especially at risk
if we allow ongoing background
transmission.
The Elimination
Option
Definition: Elimination is defined as the eradication of
community transmission of SARS-CoV-2 at a country,
State/Territory or regional level. In practice this would
mean no new SARS-CoV-2 cases linked to community
transmission or unknown sources of infection over
two incubation periods since the time of the last
known community acquired case, provided a highly
sensitive early detection, case and contact tracing and
management surveillance system is in place.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 27
yy Elimination of community
transmission in Australia will
present unique geopolitical and
economic advantages, positioning
Australia as a global and regional
leader, and attracting and
reinvigorating business activity
at a greater pace.
Goal and objectives
The goal of Elimination is to optimise
health, social and economic
outcomes in Australia through:
yy Elimination of local transmission of
COVID-19 on a State and Territory,
and then national basis;
yy Maintenance of such elimination,
through border control, highly
sensitive early detection systems
and effective control of detected
transmission chains;
yy Implementation of gradual and
targeted relaxation of internal
containment and social distancing
measures once elimination is
achieved with continuing avoidance
of large gatherings and other
potential super-spreading activities;
yy Use of a State and Territory approach
means that social and economic
activities can be resumed as each
jurisdiction achieves elimination and
builds its surveillance and control
capacity, with appropriate jurisdictional
border controls in place until there is
elimination across all States.
Methods and
requirements
The methods of the elimination
approach are broadly summarised as:
1.	 Continuation of current
containment, social distancing,
testing, contact tracing and
management measures to bring
about elimination of community
transmission of SARS-CoV-2.
2.	 In parallel, further enhancement of
a highly sensitive early detection,
case and contact tracing and
management and border control
system, with monitoring of
important parameters. This would
build on existing systems and is
required for both the elimination
and controlled adaptation options;
it is outlined in detail below.
28 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
3.	 Community engagement is critical
to any early detection and control
system, to ensure appropriate
support for and engagement
with the required measures. The
Australian community has shown
itself to be highly engaged and
compliant with COVID-19 control
measures (see below).
4.	 Once early detection, case and
contact tracing and management
and border control systems
are functioning at the required
capacity and these systems
show that elimination has been
achieved, gradual and targeted
relaxation of social distancing
measures can be implemented.
5.	 Strong border control measures
and quarantining of people
coming into Australia from areas
affected by COVID-19 will need to
be maintained. It is anticipated
that internal containment and
social distancing measures will
be able to be relaxed to a greater
extent under the elimination
than the controlled adaptation
approach, since the risks of
resurgence of community
transmission will be minimised.
6.	 The overall system will need to be
responsive to community needs
and will need to be able to take
advantages of technological
advances as they occur, including
progress with contact tracing apps
and potential self-testing for SARS-
CoV-2. Systems requirements will
need to be reviewed regularly and
adapted (Lurie et al, 2020).
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
It is anticipated that internal
containment and social distancing
measures will be able to be relaxed
to a greater extent under the
elimination than the controlled
adaptation approach, since the
risks of resurgence of community
transmission will be minimised.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 29
Details of early detection and
case and contact management
systems, including performance
indicators and targets
In addition to current testing, testing
should be implemented to detect all
SARS-CoV-2 transmission chains.
This should occur through testing all
syndromic fever and cough primary
care presentations, in combination
with exhaustive and meticulous
case and contact identification
and management (Lokuge et al).
These measures will enable
appropriate early detection
and elimination of community
transmission of COVID-19 and are in
addition to established regimes such
as the testing of very fast increasing
here symptomatic travellers, contacts,
health care workers and hospitalised
pneumonia cases. If testing capacity
is limited, interventions such as
pooling allow increased case
detection, even given reduced test
sensitivity. Though our first preference
is to increase testing capacity to meet
the potential need.
Wider identification and testing of
all upstream contacts, (i.e. potential
sources of infection for identified
cases, and their related transmission
chains) is critical, and to be done
exhaustively requires more resources
than downstream contact tracing.
Symptom definitions may be broadened
as evidence emerges (see below).
An Australian study investigated
detection and elimination of community
transmission of SARS-CoV-2 and
maintenance of such elimination
(Lokuge et al). It compared efficiency
and sensitivity to detect community
transmission chains through testing
of hospital cases; primary care fever
and cough patients; or asymptomatic
community members, using
surveillance evaluation methods and
mathematical modelling, varying
testing capacities and prevalence of
COVID-19 and non-COVID-19 fever and
cough, and the reproduction number.
This analysis showed that, assuming
20% of cases are asymptomatic and
that all symptomatic COVID-19 cases
present to primary care – there are
13 unrecognised community cases
30 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
(five infectious) when a transmission
chain is identified through
hospital surveillance versus three
unrecognised cases (one infectious)
through primary care surveillance
(Lokuge et al) – making primary care
detection a better choice. These three
unrecognised upstream community
cases are themselves estimated to
generate a further 22–33 contacts
requiring follow-up. The unrecognised
community cases rise to five, if
only 50% of symptomatic cases
present to primary care. Screening
for asymptomatic disease in the
community could not exhaustively
identify all transmission under any of
the scenarios assessed. Thus primary
care driven identification seems the
preferred mode.
System requirements for increasing
testing to allow exhaustive
identification of all transmission
chains, and then enable complete
follow-up of all cases and contacts
within each chain, were assessed
per million population. The additional
capacity required to screen all fever
and cough primary care patients
would be approximately 2,000 tests/
million population per week using
1/16 pooling of samples (Lokuge et
al). Australia could easily enhance its
capacity to meet these numbers and
with the availability of greater testing
may even be able to dispense with
pooling.
The following are recommended
indicators for elimination
achievement and maintenance. They
relate to the ability of the system to
cover and test the population (A),
indicators which will assure one that
elimination targets are being met (B)
and being maintained (C).
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
… there are 13 unrecognised
community cases (five infectious)
when a transmission chain
is identified through hospital
surveillance versus three
unrecognised cases (one
infectious) through primary care
surveillance …
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 31
A)	Indicators of system
	 coverage, uptake and
	completeness:
yy Proportion of fever and cough
(influenza-like-illness) in the
community screened for COVID-19
(target=100%): weekly percent
population screening target for
all locations to be based initially
on State/Territory-specific
targets in Table 1, varying with
expected monthly total fever and
cough incidence (i.e. 0.6%–3%
of the population). This percent
target should be reassessed
monthly based on sentinel
influenza surveillance systems
(e.g. Flutracker, plus additional
community-based surveys.)
Surveillance system performance
should also be validated through,
for example, random community-
based surveillance for unreported
fever and cough at household and
in general primary care settings.
Fever and cough prevalence have
decreased due to social distancing,
however as these measures are
lifted, it would be expected that
prevalence will increase, especially
if lifting occurs during winter.
yy For the elimination option, the
above indicator is the primary
indicator to be monitored on an
ongoing basis, regardless of
whether phase of response is
aiming towards elimination or
maintaining elimination.
yy Related performance indicators:
»» Uptake of screening for COVID-19
in patients with fever and
cough in sentinel surveillance
populations (target=100%), this
can be part of the information
collected during sentinel follow-
up and monthly fever and cough
prevalence surveys recommended
above.
»» Community understanding of
testing criteria, attitudes towards
uptake of screening, practices
related to screening, views on
feasibility and burden, support
services for enabling screening
(again, can be included in sentinel
surveillance and surveys).
32 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
B)	Indicators of successful
	 progress towards
	 elimination of
	 community transmission,
	 given indicators in (A)
	 have all been met:
yy Proportion of newly reported cases
that are travel related and/ or
known contacts of confirmed cases
(target=100%).
yy Proportion of newly reported cases
that are tested on day of symptom
onset (target=100%).
yy Proportion of newly detected cases
that have been under quarantine
from time of exposure event
(target=100%).
yy Proportion of complete follow up
of all contacts (target=100%).
Initially, as the modelling suggests,
the number of upstream contacts
under follow up per case should
be at least 2 times number of
downstream contacts under
follow up (as there will be 2–3
upstream transmission branches
for every identified case, and total
number of contacts under follow
up per case should be >35, unless
there is a clear justification for
lower). This figure should also be
reviewed regularly, and contact
case definitions updated based
on sero-surveys and screening for
viral shedding around identified
cases, including in high-risk settings
(institutional settings, schools,
health care facilities). Complete
follow-up includes:
»» For upstream contacts: PCR and
serological testing at time of case
detection
»» For downstream contacts:
documented quarantining for 14
days after last contact, linked to
PCR testing at end of quarantine
period to exclude asymptomatic
viral shedding.
yy Proportion of hospitalised new
cases and/or deaths relative to total
new community-acquired cases
(target=0%).
yy Proportion of tested patients
provided results within 24 hours
of testing (target = 100%).
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
… total number of contacts under
follow up per case should be >35 …
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 33
C)	Indicators of successful
	 elimination of community
	 transmission, given (A)
	 and (B) have all been met:
yy Proportion of new cases are travel
related introductions of disease
(target=100%).
yy Proportion of new cases that are
classified as unknown source or
local community transmission-
related exposure (target=0%).
Elimination-relevant evidence
and technologies regarding early
detection and case and contact
management systems should be
reviewed rapidly on an ongoing
basis, incorporating new evidence-
based developments as they emerge.
Such developments include: data on
symptoms that would be appropriate
to include in addition to fever and
cough in primary care (e.g. anosmia,
milder influenza-like-illnesses); analysis
of wastewater; and use of apps related
to contact tracing and management.
There is relevant evidence available
from countries and jurisdictions with
experience of effective COVID-19
control, including China, Singapore,
South Korea, Hong Kong and Taiwan
(see Appendix).
Evidence: rationale,
benefits and risks of
the jurisdiction-by-
jurisdiction elimination
approach
Elimination is a desired outcome
and the lowest risk approach. Apart
from global eradication, elimination is
the most effective measure to control
mortality and morbidity from and
health services impacts of infectious
disease. The desirability of this goal
is not disputed, the main concerns
regarding an elimination approach are:
i.	 that it may not be achievable;
ii.	 that it may not be sustainable; and
iii.	that it may be too costly in social
and economic terms to achieve
and maintain.
We address these concerns below,
including demonstrating the feasibility
of the approach, its safety and the fact
that it is likely to result in better health,
social and economic outcomes than
its alternatives.
Elimination is feasible, even in
the presence of asymptomatic
infections, based on detection and
management of transmission chains.
34 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
Concerns have been raised regarding
the proportion of individuals
infected with SARS-CoV-2 who are
asymptomatic and the implications
of this for elimination and disease
control. Most screening in high
income countries such as Australia
targets detection of sporadic
disease in asymptomatic individuals,
scattered throughout the population
e.g. for breast, bowel and cervical
cancer, PKU, neonatal deafness
(see Figure 1). Population testing
for asymptomatic cases is critical
to the success of such screening.
In contrast, infectious diseases like
COVID-19 occur in transmission
chains, where each case is linked to
another series of cases (see Figure 2).
Detection and control of these
types of infectious diseases relies
on first detecting the transmission
chains, then exhaustive upstream
and downstream identification and
management of all of cases in each
chain. The World Health Organisation
recommends management of
COVID-19 using transmission chains
(World Health Organisation, 2020).
Provided a proportion of the cases
in each transmission chain are
																								
	
Figure	1.	Sporadic	disease	 	 	 	Figure	2.	Disease	in	Transmission	Chains	
	
	
Figure 1. Sporadic disease
Figure 2. Disease in
Transmission Chains
																								
	
Figure	1.	Sporadic	disease	 	 	 	Figure	2.	Disease	in	Transmission	Chains
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 35
symptomatic, each chain will be
detectable. Subsequent contact tracing
aims to identify and manage cases in
the chain regardless of whether they
are symptomatic or asymptomatic; for
example, quarantining of downstream
contacts of cases will prevent spread
of disease regardless of whether
someone develops symptoms.
The crucial question for COVID-19
control is not the proportion of
cases which are asymptomatic, but
whether the early detection system
that is applied will detect cases and
prevent transmission. This relates to
the proportion of transmission chains
(rather than individuals) that are totally
asymptomatic. While the proportion
of SARS-CoV-2 cases which are truly
asymptomatic is currently not known,1
our analyses indicate that virtually
all transmission chains will include
symptomatic individuals (Lokuge
et al). Added to this, early detection
systems should include a broad
range of testing, including conducting
wide serological testing in potential
upstream contacts, testing of sentinel
and vulnerable populations, such as
health care workers, as well as testing
with expanded sensitivity (such as that
which may be possible with sewerage)
and sequencing viral samples,
allowing investigation of relatedness
of infections. Finally, general
measures such as containment,
social distancing and border control
work on both symptomatic and
asymptomatic infections.
Australia is on track to eliminate
community transmission of SARS-
CoV-2 and elimination is likely
to have already been achieved in
multiple jurisdictions. Australia is
in the enviable position of having
elimination as the preferred option
Australia is in the enviable position
of having elimination as the
preferred option for COVID-19
control, thanks to a range of factors,
including the timely actions of the
Australian community.
1	https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/situation-reports/20200402-sitrep-73-covid-19.
	pdf?sfvrsn=5ae25bc7_6
36 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
for COVID-19 control, thanks to a
range of factors, including the timely
actions of the Australian community.
The low number of cases overall
mean that elimination is possible
within a relatively short timeframe
if containment measures are
maintained. A number of jurisdictions
are already at or close to elimination,
in that they have recorded no
cases where the source was not a
known case (presumed community
transmission) or have recorded <10
such cases during the course of the
pandemic to date (e.g. Australian
Capital Territory, Northern Territory,
South Australia, Tasmania, Western
Australia).2
Other jurisdictions are
showing rapidly declining case
numbers, especially those from
unknown sources. Hence, the most
recent available national data indicate
small and declining numbers of cases
with an unknown source (Figure 3).
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
2	https://www.health.gov.au/news/health-alerts/novel-coronavirus-2019-ncov-health-alert/coronavirus-covid-
	19-current-situation-and-case-numbers#in-australia
	
Figure	3:	Number	of	COVID-19	cases	by	place	of	acquisition	over	time,	Australia	(n	=	
6,394)	From:	Commun	Dis	Intell	2020	44	https://doi.org/10.33321/cdi.2020.44.34	Epub	
17/4/2020	
	
	
	
Figure 3. Number of COVID-19 cases by place of acquisition
over time, Australia (n = 6,394)
From: Commun Dis Intell 2020 44 https://doi.org/10.33321/cdi.2020.44.34 Epub 17/4/2020
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 37
A basic reproduction number in
the range 2.2–2.7 has been used
in relevant Australian modelling
studies and appears consistent
with local dynamics (Change et al,
2020; Moss et al 2020, Coatsworth
2020, Jarvis et al 2020). Currently,
effective Rt is below 1 across virtually
all jurisdictions in Australia, with
the increase in Tasmania due to an
identified cluster of cases. This is
evidenced by declining prevalence
across states and territories;
estimates from multiple approaches,
including modelling, are that the
effective reproduction number (Rt)
to about 0.5 at present in NSW and
Victoria (Figure 4).
The reductions in the effective
reproduction number that have been
achieved indicate approximately
a two thirds reduction in overall
transmission since early March. This
has been achieved through social
distancing combined with contact
tracing and increasingly effective
public health control as case numbers
have dropped and notification delays
have fallen. The updated model of
Chang et al. (2020) suggests that the
social distancing compliance levels
in Australia have approached 90%
between 24 March and mid-April 2020,
providing evidence of high community
engagement with the measures.
Hence there is good evidence that,
if the current efforts are continued,
elimination will be achieved, state-by-
state. Estimates based on modelling –
and from calculations based on an Rt
of 0.5, current national case numbers
of 50/day and a serial interval of five
days – indicate that elimination of
The updated model of Chang
et al. (2020) suggests that the
social distancing compliance
levels in Australia have
approached 90% between
24 March and mid-April 2020,
providing evidence of high
community engagement with
the measures.
38 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
Figure 4. Time-varying estimate of the effective reproduction
number of COVID-19
	
(light blue ribbon =
90% credible interval;
dark blue ribbon = 50%
credible interval) up to
5 April based on data
up to and including 13
April, for each Australian
State/Territory with
sufficient local
transmission (excludes
ACT, NT). Confidence
in the estimated values
is indicated by shading
with reduced shading
corresponding to
reduced confidence.
The black dotted line
indicates the target
value of 1 for the
effective reproduction
number required for
control. The red dotted
line indicates the
reproduction number
estimated for the
early epidemic phase
in Wuhan, China in
the absence of public
health interventions
and assuming that
the population was
completely susceptible
to infection (2.68).
Estimates from
Tasmania should be
regarded with caution.
From: Price et al, 2020
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 39
community transmission for the last
remaining state in Australia is likely
to occur within 30–60 days from
the time of writing (i.e. from 16 May
to 14 June). This is assuming no
major institutional or other outbreak
events. Empirical evidence suggests
it may be quicker than this, depending
on levels of community action: in
Hubei province case numbers fell
from around 80 cases to <1 case on
average per day in two weeks, albeit
with extreme containment and social
distancing. It would be expected
that with further enhancements of
surveillance in Australia and resultant
early case detection and case and
contact management, the rate of
elimination would be increased.
The reductions in the effective
reproduction number that have
been achieved indicate approximately
a two thirds reduction in overall
transmission since early March. This
has been achieved through social
distancing combined with contact
tracing and increasingly effective
public health control as case numbers
have dropped and notification delays
have fallen.
Maintenance of elimination is
achievable and feasible. Australia has
a long history of successful disease
elimination and of maintaining long
term elimination, including for human
conditions with and without vaccines.
It has also demonstrated its ability to
maintain biosecurity for a wide range
of animal and plant diseases – such
as equine influenza, bovine brucellosis
and foot and mouth disease3
– that
remain widespread in the rest of the
world. A number of Asian countries –
including China, Hong Kong, Taiwan
and South Korea – and New Zealand
have either implicit or explicit aims to
control COVID-19 through elimination,
at a regional or national level. Policies
in many other countries, particularly
Australia has a long history of
successful disease elimination
and of maintaining long term
elimination, including for human
conditions with and without
vaccines.
3	https://www.health.qld.gov.au/cdcg/index/brucell
40 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
in Europe, are predicated on assuming
elimination is not possible – partly
given the extent of their spread and
partly because they do not account
for the impact of community-based
case detection and contact tracing
on transmission control (Ferguson
et al, 2020).
Mantaining elimination of COVID-19
community transmission will require
demonstrable high-performing border
controls, case and contact follow-
up, along with sufficient testing and
surveillance to detect a low risk of
COVID-19 circulation in the population
(Baker et al, 2020).
In a very low transmission setting,
which is tending to elimination
and where interventions have been
partially relaxed, it is important to
be prepared to rapidly respond to a
breakout spike in cases. Modelling
suggests that such a reactive strategy,
where the strength of social distancing
measures is rapidly increased, is
highly effective.4
In general, such
outbreaks can be managed with
effective surveillance, even if very
large (e.g. as has been seen in South
Korea) but limitation of non-essential
mass spreading events will mean the
surveillance and case management
systems will not be overwhelmed.
Once elimination, surveillance and
control system and border control
indicators are met, gradual and
targeted relaxation of containment
social distancing measures can be
implemented.
There is a chance for rebound cases
if the current containment and social
distancing measures are relaxed
simultaneously and broadly. A phased
approach, tailored to specific cohorts
of the population and sectors of
the economy, is recommended.
4	 Figure 1, Milne and Xie, medRxiv https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.03.20.20040055
In general, such outbreaks can
be managed with effective
surveillance, even if very large …
but limitation of non-essential mass
spreading events will mean the
surveillance and case management
systems will not be overwhelmed.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 41
Employees in several prioritised
sectors of the economy can be
excluded from strict social distancing
and added in a staggered fashion
to the essential services which are
currently exempt.
Priority can be decided by
Government, with a focus on:
1.	 manufacturing, construction,
mining, agriculture, forestry
and fishing;
2.	 wholesale and retail trade; and
3.	 tourism, education, media
and communication, arts
and recreation.
There is a trade-off between
compliance/adoption levels and
duration of the restrictions (Chang
et al., 2020), and so an elimination
strategy would need to err on a side
of caution in recommending time
intervals for resumption of activity.
Consideration would be given to
continuing social distancing tailored
to specific community cohorts
(e.g. elderly, immunocompromised
individuals, and other vulnerable
groups). Given the experience in
South Korea, avoidance of large
gatherings would reduce risk.
Elimination of community
transmission and maintenance
of this elimination will optimise
health, social and economic
outcomes for Australia. The
elimination strategy will result in
the fewest cases of disease and
lowest mortality compared to
other proposed strategies. Given
the value of life and health and the
uncertainties about the long-term
effects of COVID-19 infection, this
is a critical consideration. It will
also place the least burden on the
health care system, protecting our
health care workers and ensuring
they are able to support the health
of the broader community. This is
particularly important given the
likely co-circulation with seasonal
influenza. Elimination will also permit
the greatest resumption of health
programs – including screening
programs – critical to reducing
morbidity and mortality in Australia.
The marginal costs of achieving
elimination are low relative to the
alternative of controlled adaptation
and, overall, the total economy costs
may be lesser than other strategies.
After elimination has been achieved
it should permit greater social and
42 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
economic activity within the region of
elimination than its alternatives, up
to the point where a vaccine and/or
effective treatments become available.
Additionally, once one region has
demonstrated the requirements for
sustained elimination in the context
of lifting of control measures, this
provides guidance and unparalleled
incentives for other settings to
implement such measures. As
the areas and regions achieving
elimination grows, the economic
benefits continue to accumulate for
those regions. However, those areas
not achieving elimination will suffer
comparatively greater social and
economic marginalisation.
Elimination of domestic transmission
would not only provide tangible
benefits, it would result in substantial
intangible benefits related to change
in people’s perception in relation to
infection; it would be expected to
result in increasing participation in
the entertainment and hospitality
sectors. Controlled adaptation would
likely have a greater ongoing impact
on perceptions and behaviour, and
therefore on such sectors. Elimination
would be expected to positively
influence consumer and business
confidence and would also reduce
the uncertainty and associated risks
with a new outbreak and subsequent
re-introduction on social distancing
controls. Importantly, repeated,
large-scale outbreaks, with possible
re-introduction of controls, as may
occur with controlled adaptation,
would likely have negative impacts on
business confidence and investment
as it would make business planning,
beyond the very short term, difficult.
Elimination may mean a slower
relaxation of mandated controls
(say a maximum of 30 days or so
after controlled adaptation begins
to relax mandated controls, for the
latest jurisdiction). Thus, elimination
implies initially higher economic costs
until mandated controls are relaxed.
The estimated economic costs per
30 days of current levels of mandated
controls is approximately 2% of GDP.
After mandated controls are relaxed,
there is a higher level of economic
activity as Australia moves closer
to (but is still below) pre-COVID-19
economic output – thus leading
to greater improvement in the
medium term.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 43
The relative economic performance of
elimination and controlled adaptation
is illustrated in Figure 5. In this
figure, area B (economic output
with elimination, less economic
output with controlled adaptation
after 1 August 2020) exceeds area
A (economic output of controlled
adaptation, less economic output
with elimination before 1 August
2020). An elimination strategy may
be expected to deliver, say, about a
5% higher level of economic activity,
on average, for each month from 1
August. Thus, an elimination strategy
might be expected to deliver, over
an 18-month period, about 50%
more increase in economic output
compared to controlled adaptation.
Even in the extremely conservative
projection that elimination only
delivers a 1% extra economic output
per month, on average, from 1 August
2020 onwards compared to the
adaptation strategy, it remains the
preferred strategy in terms of the
economy.
Both elimination and controlled
adaptation overwhelmingly dominate
an uncontrolled epidemic attempting
to achieve herd immunity. This is
illustrated in Figure 6 where the
vertical axis measures economic loss.
The uncontrolled strategy results
in at least THREE times greater
economic loss than an elimination
strategy. Figure 6 also shows that
an elimination strategy dominates a
controlled adaptation strategy where
a vaccine is not available, at the
earliest, until the second half of 2021.
Figure 7 provides a comparison of
the possible number of COVID-19
infected people in Australia with the
elimination and controlled adaptation
strategies. It illustrates that a
controlled adaptation strategy has a
greater probability of recurrence of
another outbreak. This is shown by
the ‘ups and downs’ in the number
of infected persons with a controlled
adaptation strategy but not with the
elimination strategy.
The uncontrolled strategy results
in at least THREE times greater
economic loss than an elimination
strategy.
44 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
Figure	5	
	
	 	 Figure	6	
	
Figure	7	
Figure 5
Figure 6
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 45
	
Figure	7	
	
	
Figure 7
There are significant risks to
allowing continuing background
community transmission of SARS-
CoV-2 in Australia, including for
vulnerable populations. Cases of
COVID-19 in the community will
inevitably lead to morbidity and
mortality. The greater the number
of cases in the community at the
time when measures are relaxed, the
greater the probability of a spike in
new cases. Controlled adaptation is a
higher risk strategy than elimination,
as with a positive number of cases
there is a higher probability that an
outbreak will occur resulting in more
deaths and the possibility of the
reintroduction of physical distancing
controls. This phenomenon has
already been seen in settings where
containment and social distancing
measures have been relaxed while
community transmission is still
occurring.5
Even in settings with
limited transmission, without
enhanced surveillance transmission
resurgence occurs, but with enhanced
surveillance such resurgence is
prevented (as has been seen in South
Korea: see Appendix).
5	https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-52305055
46 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
This issue is further emphasised by
recent modelling work demonstrating
that, in the European setting, Rt
only becomes <1.0 when multiple
strong measures of social distancing
are implemented (see example for
Denmark in Figure 8). Hence, if social
distancing measures are relaxed
when community transmission is
active, the Rt may increase to >1.0
and remaining cases then become
foci for resurgent infection.
To date, even when there have been
small numbers of cases nationally,
it has not been possible to prevent
vulnerable community members from
contracting COVID-19, especially
within institutions such as aged
care homes. This is because these
individuals remain connected to
community members for their care
and other needs. The greatest
protection from infectious diseases
for the vulnerable comes from
minimising the potential pool of
infection they are exposed to, with
elimination providing the greatest
assurance of such protection.
	
Figure	8.	Relation	of	different	non-pharmaceutical	interventions	to	Rt:	example	from	Denmark	
(Flaxman	et	al).		
	
	
Figure 8. Relation of different non-pharmaceutical interventions to Rt
Example from Denmark (Flaxman et al., 2020)
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 47
There are also risks to regional
Australia from removing restrictions
prior to elimination of community
transmission. In our prior work,
we distinguished between urban
and rural epidemic peaks: “the
first wave is observed in highly-
urbanised residential centres where
the pandemic first reaches a nation
(e.g. near international airports),
whilst the second wave is observed
in sparsely connected rural regions”
(Zachreson et al, 2018). “In contrast
to many other countries with a more
even spatial population distribution,
Australia comprises a relatively
small number of densely populated
urban centres distributed along the
coastline, sparsely connected to many
more low-density inland towns and
rural/regional communities.
This particular population distribution
has been implicated in Australia’s
highly bimodal epidemic curves,
with modes associated with its
urban, and rural communities”. For
the COVID-19 pandemic early results
indicate that the first wave may
peak in metropolitan areas about
45 days before the smaller second
wave in regional Australia (seen as
an inflexion in Fig 3b from Chang
et al. 2020). This effect disappears
under the elimination strategy. Failing
to eliminate the current spread
concentrated in/near major urban
centres may result in secondary
waves in regional Australia.
Risks of the elimination approach.
While States and Territories will
vary in the time taken to SARS-
CoV-2 elimination, the jurisdiction-
by-jurisdiction approach is likely
to require greater time before
containment and social distancing
measures can be relaxed to the
fullest extent possible. There are
also risks related to controlling
For the COVID-19 pandemic early
results indicate that the first wave
may peak in metropolitan areas
about 45 days before the smaller
second wave in regional Australia …
48 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
internal borders while States/
Territories are at different stages of
control. The approach depends on
being able to establish and maintain
strong international border controls,
including quarantining of people
coming into Australia from areas with
active COVID-19 transmission. It is
also dependent on the functioning
of a highly sensitive early detection
system, and on resultant case and
contact tracing and management.
Such a system requires additional
investment and will need to adapt and
mature as the pandemic continues.
All aspects of control require the
engagement and trust of the Australia
people, over an extended period.
There will be multiple challenges to
this – including the possibility that
the community may be unwilling
to continue with certain aspects of
disease control and early detection
– and clear strategies will need
to be devised, factoring in the
stages when engagement may
be most at risk. Confidence can
be gained in this regard from the
very effective adoption of social
distancing measures by the Australian
community. As demonstrated by
the strong positive support for
leaders that took early decisive and
consistent action,6
the community
can and will act appropriately with the
right leadership and support.
At a global scale, it has been shown
that it is possible to repeatedly
eliminate diseases such as Ebola
virus disease, including in low-
resource settings. Nevertheless, it
remains possible that Australia may
not be able to achieve elimination.
As demonstrated by the strong
positive support for leaders that
took early decisive and consistent
action, the community can and
will act appropriately with the right
leadership and support.
6	https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-19/wa-premier-mark-mcgowan-applauded-in-coronavirus-crisis-
	analysis/12159020
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 49
In this case, the strategy may need
to change to one of controlled
adaptation. Even if this is the case,
the interventions in place to support
elimination, such as enhanced
surveillance, will ensure that any
transmission that does occur will be
much lower.
The other challenge that elimination
strategy may pose is to international
travel, especially if the entire world
developed “Herd Immunity” while
Australia did not. That is very unlikely
without a vaccine. Were a vaccine
to become available, it is very likely
that Australia will be one of the first
jurisdictions to use it.
One may think that using the
Controlled Adaptation strategy could
allow for easier travel, because of
greater immunity. This is very unlikely
at any scale. Even if the infection
rate were managed at the current
rate of say about 100 cases a day, it
would take years and years before
sufficient numbers of Australians
have been safely exposed to change
the international travel restrictions.
Thus, the only risk of the elimination
strategy, given its many and
significant benefits across the
spectrum, is the extra cost of about
30 additional days of controls and
social distancing. Should it fail for
any reason – all the elements will be
in place to revert to the Controlled
Adaptation.
Even if the infection rate were
managed at the current rate of
say about 100 cases a day, it
would take years and years before
sufficient numbers of Australians
have been safely exposed to
change the international travel
restrictions.
50 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
In response South Korea
introduced both focused efforts
to contain the church outbreak
(testing ~10,000 members) and
introduced wider social distancing,
in particular preventing schools
and childcare reopening.
Appendix:
Brief summaries
of experiences of
countries with evidence
of effective COVID-19
control, aiming for
elimination7
South Korea
South Korea’s initial response was
largely focused on international
travellers and local healthcare
responses, with enhanced screening
for travellers from Wuhan initiated in
early January and then progressively
stronger restrictions for travellers
applied over the period from late
January to mid-February. South Korea
then experienced a superspreading
event (or potentially a series of
these) connected with members of
the widespread Shincheonji church.
This led to very rapid growth from
one or two cases per day to 100s
of cases per day. In response South
Korea introduced both focused
efforts to contain the church outbreak
(testing ~10,000 members) and
introduced wider social distancing,
in particular preventing schools and
childcare reopening. They have not,
however, been as restrictive in terms
of business with restaurants and
shopping malls remaining open. After
spikes to as high as 800 cases a day
during the outbreak, case numbers
fell to about 100 per day by mid-
March and in the last two weeks have
fallen further, with only eight cases
recorded on 18/04 with just three of
these locally acquired.
7	 Note all of these charts are sourced from the worldometers site: https://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus/
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 51
	
	
Daily new cases in South Korea
Daily new cases in Singapore
52 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
Singapore
Singapore has until recently had
the least restrictions on movement
and business, focusing on strong
border controls and quarantine
requirement, well-resourced contact
tracing widespread fever-screening
and hospital-based isolation of all
cases. This strategy appeared highly
effective until around the middle of
March, when as in Australia, imported
cases increased substantially. Over
the 2nd half of March, unlinked cases
started to grow, suggesting that local
transmission had become established
and a series of tighter measures
started to be established. However,
by this point infection had become
established in the population of
foreign workers housed in dormitory
accommodation. This has now led to
an escalating growth in cases in these
populations and required Singapore
to adopt a similar social distancing
approach to Australia since early
April but with special measures
for the foreign worker populations.
With around 700 cases per day at
present, it seems likely that this
specific population outbreak will
continue for at least the next two
to four weeks despite the extra
restrictions. This highlights the
need to identify and focus specific
measures on transmission-related
high-risk sub-populations.
With around 700 cases per day at present, it seems likely that
this specific population outbreak will continue for at least
the next two to four weeks despite the extra restrictions. This
highlights the need to identify and focus specific measures
on transmission-related high-risk sub-populations.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 53
Hong Kong
Hong Kong has paralleled Singapore
but has not experienced a large
scale outbreak of the kind seen in
either South Korea or Singapore.
They experienced large case
growth from March 15 connected
with international arrivals as
seen in Australia and Singapore.
However, this has not led to
large local case outbreaks. Hong
Kong has maintained fairly strict
home quarantine requirements
for travellers (wristband monitors
etc.) but has selectively relaxed
these (including not requiring these
since late March for travellers from
mainland China).
Hong Kong has introduced similar
but slightly less restrictive social
distancing rules to Australia since
early April. Previously schools had
been closed and remain closed.
Case numbers have fallen to four
to five per day in the last week and
their public estimates of Rt now have
95% uncertainty intervals below 1 in
this period.
	
	
Daily new cases in China, Hong Kong SAR
54 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
Taiwan
Taiwan has operated in a similar
fashion to Singapore’s initial approach
but with perhaps a slightly stronger
focus on border control. They have
encouraged wearing of masks and
in recent weeks encouraged social
distancing. They also delayed return
to school in February but have kept
schools open since then. Businesses
remain open. Perhaps due to their
strong focus on border control and
home quarantine, they have seen very
little local transmission, with >85% of
cases being overseas source. They
have reported fewer than 5 cases per
day in the last week – almost all of
these are imported.
China
China as the first location affected
had a large epidemic on their hands
by the time of the shutdown in
Wuhan, with estimates from early
modelling studies suggesting
~75,000 cumulative infections
by this point.8
The shutdown was
progressive, initially isolating Wuhan
but quickly extending to much of
Hubei province due to high travel
volumes out of Wuhan prior to
shutdown. A widely reported, social
contact outside of the household
was almost entirely prevented,
while the public health and health
system response was scaled up to
find and isolate cases and expand
8	https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7159271/
A widely reported, social contact outside of the household
was almost entirely prevented, while the public health and
health system response was scaled up to find and isolate
cases and expand treatment capacity.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 55
	
	
	
Daily new deaths in China
treatment capacity. Restrictions
were less severe in the rest of
China due to lower case numbers
but still strong, with movement
restrictions later applied in mid-
February using a rapidly developed
mobile app. The lockdown appears
to have been highly successful in
reducing transmission, with Hubei
province reporting no new cases by
mid-late March. From that point on,
symptomatic cases have primarily
occurred via importation with 14-day
quarantine restrictions preventing
onward transmission. China does
appear to be in an elimination phase
but their recent reporting of moderate
daily numbers of asymptomatic
cases suggests some remaining
challenges in entirely removing local
transmission in settings that have
experienced widespread, uncontrolled
transmission.9
9	http://weekly.chinacdc.cn/news/TrackingtheEpidemic.htm
56 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
References
Australia Government Department of
Health https://www.health.gov.au/
news/health-alerts/novel-coronavirus-
2019-ncov-health-alert/coronavirus-
covid-19-current-situation-and-case-
numbers#in-australia (accessed 19
April 2020)
Michael G Baker, Amanda Kvalsvig,
Ayesha J Verrall, Lucy Telfar-
Barnard, Nick Wilson. New Zealand’s
elimination strategy for the COVID-19
pandemic and what is required to
make it work | NZ Med J. Vol 133
No 1512: 3 April 2020
S.L. Chang, N. Harding, C. Zachreson,
O.M. Cliff, M. Prokopenko, Modelling
transmission and control of the
COVID-19 pandemic in Australia,
arXiv preprint arXiv:2003.10218, 2020
Deputy Chief Medical Officer,
Dr Nick Coatsworth, an update on
coronavirus, 15.04.2020 https://www.
facebook.com/healthgovau/videos/
live-deputy-chief-medical-officer-dr-
nick-coatsworth-with-an-update-on-
coronavir/2845981535498744/
(from 10:20 onwards).
Seth Flaxman, Swapnil Mishra, Axel
Gandy et al. Estimating the number
of infections and the impact of non-
pharmaceutical interventions on
COVID-19 in 11 European countries.
Imperial College London (2020),
doi: https://doi.org/10.25561/77731
https://mrc-ide.github.io/
covid19estimates/#/details/Denmark
Neil M Ferguson, Daniel Laydon,
Gemma Nedjati-Gilani, Natsuko Imai,
Kylie Ainslie, Marc Baguelin, Sangeeta
Bhatia, Adhiratha Boonyasiri, Zulma
Cucunubá, Gina Cuomo-Dannenburg,
Amy Dighe, Ilaria Dorigatti, Han Fu,
Katy Gaythorpe, Will Green, Arran
Hamlet, Wes Hinsley, Lucy C Okell,
Sabine van Elsland, Hayley Thompson,
Robert Verity, Erik Volz, Haowei
Wang, Yuanrong Wang, Patrick
GT Walker, Caroline Walters, Peter
Winskill, Charles Whittaker, Christl A
Donnelly, Steven Riley, Azra C Ghani
(2020). Report 9: Impact of non-
pharmaceutical interventions (NPIs)
to reduce COVID-19 mortality and
healthcare demand, Imperial College
London, https://www.imperial.ac.uk/
media/imperial-college/medicine/sph/
ide/gida-fellowships/Imperial-College-
COVID19-NPI-modelling-16-03-2020.pdf
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 57
Christopher I Jarvis, Kevin Van
Zandvoort, Amy Gimma, Kiesha Prem,
CMMID COVID-19 working group,
Petra Klepac, G James Rubin, W John
Edmunds. Quantifying the impact of
physical distance measures on the
transmission of COVID-19 in the UK.
doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.03.
31.20049023
Laschon E. WA Premier Mark
McGowan draws applause in
coronavirus crisis, but the question
is whether the praise will last, https://
www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-19/wa-
premier-mark-mcgowan-applauded-in-
coronavirus-crisis-analysis/12159020
Lokuge K, Banks E, Davies S, Roberts
L, Street T, O’Donovan D, Caleo G,
Glass K. Exit strategies: optimising
feasible surveillance for detection,
elimination and ongoing prevention
of COVID-19 community transmission.
Preprint
Nicole Lurie, Melanie Saville, Richard
Hatchett, and Jane Halton, Developing
Covid-19 Vaccines at Pandemic
Speed, The New England Journal of
Medicine, https://www.nejm.org/doi/
full/10.1056/NEJMp2005630, DOI:
10.1056/NEJMp2005630, 2020
David J. Price, Freya M. Shearer,
Michael Meehan, Emma McBryde,
Nick Golding, Jodie McVernon1,
James M. McCaw. Estimating the case
detection rate and temporal variation in
transmission of COVID-19 in Australia
Technical Report 14th April 2020
Wingfield-Hayes R. Coronavirus
lockdown: Lessons from Hokkaido’s
second wave of infections. BBC News,
Tokyo. https://www.bbc.com/news/
world-asia-52305055
Moss R, Wood J, Brown D, Shearer
F, Black, AJ, Cheng AC, McCaw JM,
McVernon J, Modelling the impact
of COVID-19 in Australia to inform
transmission reducing measures and
health system preparedness, preprint,
2020
World Health Organization. Report of the
WHO-China Joint Mission on Coronavirus
Disease 2019 (COVID-19), 2020
C. Zachreson, K. M. Fair, O. M. Cliff, N.
Harding, M. Piraveenan, M. Prokopenko,
Urbanization affects peak timing,
prevalence, and bimodality of influenza
pandemics in Australia: Results of
a census-calibrated model, Science
Advances, 4(12), eaau5294, 2018
58 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
The “Controlled
Adaptation” Strategy
Definition: What is meant by “controlled
adaptation”?
Controlled adaptation is an approach to achieving a
targeted or minimal level of symptomatic COVID-19
cases with three objectives:
yy Minimal COVID-19 case load;
yy Keeping within health system capacity; and
yy Maximising societal and economic functioning.
3
Controlled adaptation – at its heart
– is a constrained optimisation
problem (and solution). Some just
call it “suppression.” We have called
it “Controlled Adaptation” because
it entails two elements:
1.	 controlling the virus by increasing
and decreasing the restrictions as
indicated by data; and
2.	 adapting society to function with
it for a long time.
This strategy accepts that the virus
is here to stay, and therefore our best
response is to adapt our ways until a
vaccine becomes available.
If the number of new cases of
infections continue to be low as
they are, we think it may be possible
Figure 1. Controlled adaptation as an
optimisation problem (and solution)
Health
system capacity
and resourcing
Societal
and economic
funtioning
Minimal
or target
case load
OPTIMISE
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 59
as a major criterion for relaxation. In
this scenario you relax measures, the
cases surge, you clamp down again.
And repeat. They indicate that such
an intermittent strategy will likely
continue in the United States until
2022, and suggest a resurgence could
occur as late as 2024, necessitating
ongoing monitoring.
The other approach is to aim for
carefully staged relaxation that has
a low probability of needing severe
tightening up again in the future.
This approach is already occurring in
other countries including China and
various European nations. However, in
drawing international comparisons, it
is important to bear in mind variations
in case load, testing and surveillance
measures, and health system
capacity put Australia in a uniquely
advantageous situation to deliver
this strategy.
to start lifting social distancing
restrictions in a phased manner
around mid May.
This chapter provides the rationale for
relaxing social distancing, the kind of
testing-tracing-isolation system that
would need to be in place to make it
happen, which restrictions could be
lifted first, how this could be done while
protecting the vulnerable in society.
We then show how to monitor the
success of the strategy, its economic
impact as well as its flexibility, so
that it is truly adaptive in the face of
uncertain outcomes.
In the end, we propose how the
decisions required could be best
made and provide a simple table of
the pros and cons of such a strategy.
What are the best
approaches to relaxing
restrictions?
There are (at least) two schools of
thought to relaxing restrictions.
One approach is intermittent
application of social distancing
restrictions, an on-off scenario
laid out by Kissler et al (2020) who
singled out health system capacity
This strategy accepts that the virus
is here to stay, and therefore our
best response is to adapt our ways
until a vaccine becomes available.
60 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
Once relaxation begins, it will be
critical to set the target infection rates
in a manner that is mindful of reserve
in the event of a surge or cross-cover
of localised explosive outbreaks.
This is particularly important should
outbreaks occur in those with high
rates of chronic disease, and in aged
care facilities, correctional centres,
homeless shelters and with other
vulnerable communities.
The goal of Controlled Adaptation
over the next month (i.e. to mid
May) would be to suppress new
infections to a minimum using
the currently-in-place social
distancing measures and travel
restrictions. This period will provide
time to prepare for relaxation of
distancing measures through
enhanced surveillance capacity and
planning, improved understanding
of COVID-19 epidemiology and
modelling scenarios, building public
health capacity (especially testing
and contact tracing – including
app technologies), creating reserve
health system capacity, developing
better knowledge regarding effective
therapeutic options, and creating
stable supply lines for medical
consumables and ventilators.
In the medium-term, distancing
measures would be progressively
lifted but with the ability to reinstitute
as the need arises.
Recommendation
Lift measures in phases, with
an interval/pause of a minimum
of three weeks to determine
the impact on spread and case
numbers, and a close watch on the
effective reproductive number to
keep it below one.
This involves a cycle of release,
evaluate, learn, release some more.
Timelines and case load thresholds
for lifting of measures are likely to
differ between states, particularly if
interstate travel restrictions remain,
as well as per factors such as varying
local health service capacities,
climate, population density and
contact tracing capacity.
This involves a cycle of release,
evaluate, learn, release some more.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 61
What are the essential
requirements before
lifting restrictions?
Recommendation
Put in place extensive testing
and surveillance, rapid, effective
case detection, case isolation
and contact tracing, including
potential re-introduction of some
distancing measures if it seems
that Reff will overshoot 1.
The key to Controlled Adaptation is
maintaining the effective Reproduction
Number, or the number of new cases
that a current generates, to just
under one (i.e Reff ~<1). Modelling
will be required to identify the level of
coverage of individual measures and
their mix to achieve an average Reff of
1 across time and sub-populations.
Modelling and analysis will continue
to be required to monitor and ensure
that we are achieving this target. Real
fluctuations and statistical errors
mean we will aim for just under one,
and not exactly for one.
Possible criteria for lifting
restrictions
Possible criteria for continuing/
imposing restrictions
Health care has been expanded
to adequate capacity
Geographic areas of high COVID-19
activity (Reff>1.0)
Contact tracing capacity has
been enhanced
Defined communities or geographic
areas containing high proportion
of at-risk individuals (by age,
comorbidity)
Testing is available on a
significantly wider basis,
and results are available
more rapidly
Syndromic surveillance suggests an
increase in respiratory presentations
which is not matched by an increase
in testing, perhaps due to temporary
shortfalls in capacity (such as from
inadequate reagent supply)
62 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
This explains in part why the
current testing approach has failed
to identify the sources of a number
of cases, and reinforces that testing
strategies need to be expanded.
Border and travel controls
Border and travel controls are likely
to be needed over the long term
unless the traveller has documented
immunity (natural or vaccine-related)
or is willing to submit to a two-week
quarantine period upon arrival.
International border controls will
impede tourism and education, which
has traditionally been a key driver
of growth in Australia. The period of
quarantine may, however, reduce as
testing capacity, speed and accuracy
improves – and more innovative
mechanisms of ensuring safety may
be considered (pre-testing before
presenting at border, off-shore pre-
arrival quarantine, etc.).
Surveillance systems
and contact tracing
Surveillance of all infections with a
range of mild and often non-specific
symptoms is always challenging, with
reported case numbers reflecting
testing rates and methodology.
An unknown proportion of cases
with a SARS-CoV 2 infection are
asymptomatic or only mildly
symptomatic (Zhou et al, 2020).
Prevalence rates of asymptomatic or
mild disease have been as high as
50–78% of cases in studies reported
from different countries and contexts
(Day, 2020a; Day 2020b; Nishiura
et al, 2020). Modelling to estimate
the proportion of asymptomatic
cases on the Diamond Princess
cruise ship suggested much lower
rates (17.9% (95% credible interval
(CrI): 15.5–20.2%)), although this
population was older and largely
contained (Mizumoto et al 2020).
Recent data from Austria, which
instituted containment measures early
in the epidemic, indicated there were
three times as many acutely infected
cases than initially thought by testing
patients that were symptomatic but
not hospitalised (Groendahl, 2020).
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 63
Prevalence rates of asymptomatic
or mild disease have been as high
as 50–78% of cases …
Surveillance for COVID-19 disease
to date has focused on high-risk
cases based on epidemiology and/
or symptoms, which underestimates
the true case numbers to an unknown
degree. This explains in part why the
current testing approach has failed
to identify the sources of many cases
and reinforces that testing strategies
need to be expanded.
Emerging data suggests
asymptomatic cases can transmit
SARS-CoV 2 (Huang et al, 2020), even
if transmission may be less efficient
than from symptomatic cases. This
implies that it will not be possible to
identify all cases and transmission
chains, rendering an elimination
strategy difficult to achieve through
case-targeted measures alone.
The prospect of environmental
transmission poses an additional
challenge. The Controlled Adaptation
strategy accepts this reality, and is
built in response to it.
There are two potential approaches
to surveillance: sentinel and
universal.
Intensive universal surveillance is
necessary to underpin the control
strategy, while the role of sentinel
surveillance is secondary. We explain
both below.
There are two types of tests,
both have a role. We specify their
respective roles in this strategy.
Virological testing
Universal surveillance aiming at
detecting the vast majority of
symptomatic cases would require
widespread virological testing of
people presenting with symptoms
that could be consistent with
COVID-19, even when mild.
In addition, the public would need
to be encouraged to seek testing as
soon as they develop symptoms.
For this to happen, testing centres
would have to be widely available
and accessible (including in remote
areas), free of charge, with minimal
wait times and a short turnaround
time (less than one day).
64 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
The following would need to be in
place:
yy sufficient laboratory capacity and/
or point of care testing
yy electronic test result tracking
yy sufficient trained workforce
for taking throat swabs and
communicating results
yy sufficient capacity to manage waste
yy sufficient PPE
yy social marketing to encourage
people to come forward for testing
yy education for medical practitioners
yy spaces suitable for sample
collection while allowing social
distancing
yy logistics expertise.
Standardised systems of
demographic data collection could
also be established at the network of
COVID-19 testing sites to determine
biases in voluntary presentations. In
addition, mechanisms for managing
people with more severe symptoms,
including diagnosing other conditions,
would need to be in place.
Recommendation
Create a comprehensive,
adequately resourced and swift
testing infrastructure supported by
strong incentives and messaging
to encourage public engagement.
Virological testing of people with
no symptoms would be unlikely to
be useful except when investigating
clusters (including in households). A
single negative test in someone with
no symptoms would only indicate that
they had no detectable virus at the
time of testing. If testing were done
early post symptom onset, some false
negative results may occur (Arima et
al, 2020), and consideration should be
given to repeat testing for cases with
a high level of suspicion.
Sentinel surveillance strategies
based on selective person case-
testing cannot be used as part of a
control strategy but can be useful to
detect trends. Sentinel surveillance
could include testing of all people
presenting to selected health care
services regardless of whether they
have symptoms. The selected health
care services could be targeted
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 65
to communities considered to be
particularly susceptible to COVID-19,
such as remote Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander communities.
The sentinel surveillance would be
additional to the current universal
case-based surveillance system
– it cannot replace it.
Serological testing
To inform whether the removing
restrictions in high-risk settings, for
example, on inter-generational (mixed)
gatherings should be undertaken, an
accurate understanding of the level
of positive seroprevalence to infection
in the community would be needed.
Modelling could do this based on
the number of recorded cases and
the likely relative proportion of
asymptomatic individuals with
SARS-CoV-2.
However, modelling is unlikely to
provide localised information and
may, therefore, be unable to inform
the lifting of localised high-risk
control measures. When a reliable
serological test (for IgG) becomes
available, periodic population-based
serological surveillance will be a
useful adjunct to inform control
strategies, and monitor levels of
population immunity.
Recommendation
Conduct at least periodic (say,
monthly) random antibody
testing snapshots of a cross-
section of the community to
inform decisions on relaxation
of local restrictions. Solicit
detailed statistical advice on
whether to have regionally and
socio-demographically weighted
sampling, conditional on
variations in infection rates and
sequelae.
SARS-CoV-2 immunity registers
have been proposed and while they
may have some use in restricted
settings (e.g. some businesses
or occupations), at a population
level they are unlikely to be useful
given both the small proportion of
the population being infected and
uncertainties about the degree
and duration of immune-protection
following primary infection.
66 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
10	See international hub of research on apps living document
	 “Unified research on privacy-preserving contact tracing and exposure notification” at
	 https://docs.google.com/document/d/16Kh4_Q_tmyRh0-v452wiul9oQAiTRj8AdZ5vcOJum9Y/edit#
Contact tracing
Contact tracing is most efficient while
strong social distancing measures are
in place, as the number of potential
contacts for each case are low and
likely to be known to the case. As
social distancing measures are
relaxed, contact tracing becomes
more challenging because of the
likelihood of each case having more
contacts, some of whom may not be
well known to the case. Due to the
short latent period of SARS-CoV-2
(possibly as low as two to three days),
it is necessary for contacts to be
quarantined within two to three days
of contact with the case. This may
not be possible with current contact
tracing methods or even with more
rapid case identification, particularly
given that transmission is possible in
the pre-symptomatic period.
Recommendation
Promote and incentivise the use
of contact tracing apps to ensure
sufficient speed of contact tracing
for use as a control strategy.
For this to be most effective,
high uptake of contact tracing
apps dispersed widely among the
population would be necessary.
Ferretti et al (2020) suggested
a population uptake of 60% was
sufficient to be effective as a control
strategy, but this depends on the
distribution of smartphones and
apps in the population. Community
organisations and businesses may
have a role here, in building effective
initiatives for testing and for tracing.
There are many ethical and social
considerations that would need to
be addressed to increase uptake
of the App10
(Calvo et al, 2020).
If social license allows, the apps
can also be used to monitor the
level of adherence of contacts
to quarantine.
… it is necessary for contacts to be
quarantined within two to three
days of contact with the case.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 67
What aspects of
Social Distancing
should be relaxed
initially and how?
Controlled adaptation is about the
phased reintroduction of ‘normal’
societal conditions, with learning from
each phase and the ability to pivot
back to controls as needed. We have
suggested a possible path below but
it is important to note that this will
be critically dependent on the precise
conditions existing around mid-May.
Graduated relaxation (and
when required, tightening)
of physical distancing policies
Relaxation Options:
Schools and Universities
Schools should be a high priority
for resuming activity given there
is limited evidence on the role of
children as a source of infection, and
the importance of schools in reducing
inequity of education outcomes.
Universities should provide online
education as much as possible but
restrictions regarding face-to-face
laboratory practicals and clinical
placements could be loosened.
Relaxation Options:
Group Gatherings
Because of the potential for
considerable population mixing and
close contact between attendees at
mass gatherings, it is unlikely that
mass gatherings would be compatible
with maintaining the Reff close to
1. Until there is a sufficient level of
immunity in the population mass
gatherings are not advisable.
A context specific risk assessment
tool has been developed by the
WHO Novel Coronavirus-19 Mass
Gatherings Expert Group (McCloskey
et al., 2020) which could be applied
as circumstances change.
Schools should be a high priority
for resuming activity given there
is limited evidence on the role of
children as a source of infection,
and the importance of schools in
reducing inequity of education
outcomes.
68 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
Relaxation Options:
Differentiation of High-Risk groups
In other contexts, such as return to
work, restrictions could be determined
by health status, age or geographical
/postcode data identifying areas of
high demographic vulnerability.
While age is one risk factor, in
fact co-morbidities appear more
important, at least until advanced
age (say, 80+), when the impact of
age on the immune system generally
seems to reduce the resistance of
organ function to the severity of the
infection.
There is good evidence for the
proposition that a simple age-based
criterion may be needlessly costly.
Unpublished analysis from the
CHAMP study of older men (Cumming
et al., 2009) suggests about a third
of men in their 70s have none of the
medical conditions associated with
severe COVID-19.
This suggests that if multiple
morbidities, rather than age alone,
are the primary correlate of COVID-19
fatality, then the incidence of
morbidity should be an indicator
of risk.
Recommendation
Urgent analysis is required on
the independent effects of sex,
age, ethnicity and comorbidity of
sequelae of COVID-19 infection, to
improve recommendations on who
should be self-isolating.
Possible staged return of societal
activity, should the effective
reproductive number remain at
or below an average of 1.
This suggests that if multiple
morbidities, rather than age
alone, are the primary correlate
of COVID-19 fatality, then the
incidence of morbidity should
be an indicator of risk.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 69
Containment and
social distancing
requirements
Immediate term
(Next 30 days)
Medium Term
(30–90 days)
End Game
(Beyond 90 days and
until vaccine is available,
say, end of 2021)
Travel and border
controls
yy Maintain travel for
essential services
or serious family
issues
yy Allow domestic travel
subject to border
quarantine or testing
yy No overseas travel
– unless quarantine
observed or testing
Workplaces and
Businesses
yy Staged return –
some working at
home
yy Modified workplace
practices
yy Younger workers
without key
comorbidities at work
yy Regional plans based
on comorbidities and
demographics
yy Modified workplace
practices
yy Full return – high risk
workers, if able, to
work from home
yy Modified workplace
practices
Schools yy Staged return yy Full return but
voluntary
yy Modified practices
yy Full return – high risk
students and staff,
if able, to work from
home
yy Modified practices
Universities yy Staged return yy Full return but
voluntary
yy Modified practices
yy Full return – high risk
students and staff,
if able, to work from
home
yy Modified practices
Mass and Public
gatherings (Games,
Concerts, Rallies)
yy Banned yy Banned yy Banned – context
specific
70 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
Modify Workplace and
Business Practices
In the process of a staged relaxation
of social distancing there are
important measures that can be
taken to enhance access to work
while mitigating health risks, thereby
increasing the economic efficiency of
social distancing. These include:
yy Fractional Schooling. Schools can
return with classes divided and half
the students attending each day.
yy Canteens and school/university
cafes as take-away only, physical
distancing in classrooms, hand
hygiene practices maintained.
yy Routine use of PPE in high risk
occupations such as dentists,
optometrists and allied health
workers.
yy Job sharing and shift-work.
Working from home could be
combined with workplace shifts to
allow a fraction of people to return
to their workplaces but with greater
physical space to allow social
distancing. Policies could allow
working from home for people with
co-morbidities, older age groups, or
people who live with these groups.
Work hours could be made flexible
to facilitate this, especially in States
with strong restrictions on hours.
yy Internal voluntary measures
around physical distancing and
rigorous hand hygiene in meal
preparation could be extended to
restaurants and public places that
are currently closed.
Recommendation
In the short-term workplaces
should be encouraged to stagger
the schedule of workers, and
undertake other hygiene and
physical distancing measures,
to allow a safer return to work.
Protecting vulnerable
populations
Residential aged care facilities
are internationally recognised as
exceptionally high-risk environments
for the transmission of COVID-19,
among individuals for whom severe
disease outcomes, including death,
are highly probable. As such, they
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 71
are likely to be the last environments
in which liberalisation of physical
distancing measures would be
recommended.
However, there are also serious issues
regarding the adverse impact of
social isolation in these settings. If
elderly people and those with chronic
conditions need to be in isolation
for much of the next year or so, we
should prioritise support for these
groups and also provide simple
understandable information to guide
their isolation.
Similar to fire risk or sunburn indices,
there could be a daily or weekly (and
regionally varying) risk index to allow
vulnerable people to determine the
degree to which they need to self-
isolate.
Strict biosecurity controls have been
implemented in Australia’s north at
the request of, and in consultation
with, Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander community leaders. These
controls have been instigated in
recognition of the increased risk of
severe infection outcomes in these
communities, coupled with limited
access to medical care because of
remoteness. These controls have
been successful and provide a good
exemplar of how community-led and
owned initiatives may work well.
Economic impacts
Social distancing and border
restrictions have “brick walled” the
travel and hospitality industries which
account for around 9% of GDP and
employ 1.7m people or approximately
14% of the labour force (ABS Labour
Force 2020, IBisWord 2020). Further
unemployment has also been created
by reduced demand and supply
constraints with 49% of business
impacted, rising to 89% in the next
two months (ABS Business Impacts
of COVID-19, 2020).
Unemployment generated by the
partial shutdown measures will
cause immense hardship to millions
of Australians. Job loss is already
estimated to have increased by
approximately 2.1 million people –
or 15.5% of the labour force (Roy
Morgan, 2020, ABS, Labour Force
2020). This is likely to be costing
72 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
Australia approximately 1% of GDP
per month, cumulating to 12% of
GDP over a year, which is a similar
annual decline to those experienced
in the 1930s. The costs would fall
disproportionally on the low-income
and low wealth households, socially
disadvantaged groups, those with less
secure employment and contingent
workers, such as in Arts, and also
differ by sector.
The costs could rise further. Stronger
social distancing measures in G7
countries are estimated to amount to
over 2% of GDP per month or 25% of
GDP over a year (OECD 2020). Further
losses due to a decline in confidence,
trade wars, long lasting barriers to
immigration, supply chain disruptions
and global economic conditions, that
will transmit to Australia through
the terms-of-trade (McKibbin and
Fernando, 2020), could also increase
the economic costs.
Other considerations include financial
losses, particularly the wealth effect
on superannuation and retiree
incomes. Mature workers who
become unemployed through this
period will find it difficult to regain
equivalent employment in a recovery.
Some may never work again.
An important consideration for
Australia is the impact of economic
differences across States and
Territories, including the possibility
that some may adopt an elimination
strategy and maintain closed borders,
which will increase trade and travel
costs.
Given that economic costs
accumulate, they have the potential
to quickly match health risks as a
social priority. Notwithstanding this
concern, maintaining social isolation
for some period appears to be a
good investment to allow the health
system to prepare and to reduce
the probability of an uncontrolled
escalation as well as obtain
Stronger social distancing
measures in G7 countries are
estimated to amount to over 2%
of GDP per month or 25% of GDP
over a year.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 73
more information about medical
interventions. But the costs of these
measures, in human and financial
terms, need to be carefully weighed.
Extending the current regime into the
second half of the year risks rising
economic and social costs with
very harmful consequences through
rising unemployment, income losses,
inequality and social unrest.
Recommendation
A staged relaxation of social
distancing should be introduced
as soon as the infection rate,
health capacity and testing
thresholds are met to mitigate
the economic costs which will be
disproportionately borne by some
segments of society.
Recommendation
The adverse impact of border
controls on trade, tourism,
business services, education and
immigration to Australia, and
their impact on economic activity,
needs to be considered and
innovative solutions developed.
What are indicators
of success of this
strategy? And how do
we monitor these?
It will be important to have in place
data collection and analysis of
KPIs for contact tracing and case
identification, in order to provide
sufficient confidence that this
strategy can be delivered. This would
also be useful to inform modelling
where ‘real-life’ data could inform
assumptions used in the modelling.
Such KPIs would be by public health
unit area, and could be monitored
monthly then collated by state/
territory health departments using
line-listed data. These could include:
yy Number of tests performed by age,
gender, location
yy Duration between symptom onset
and test request (in hours or days)
– median, IQR, range
yy Duration between test request and
test result notified to public health
(for action) (in hours) – median,
IQR, range
74 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
These KPIs are more focussed
on the objective of controlling the
infection rate and keeping it below a
Reff of 1. Indicators would also have
to be established for rejuvenation
of economic activity and social life.
A controlled adaptation strategy
will require the active and adaptive
balancing of all three.
Flexibility of the strategy
Controlled adaptation can be thought
of as a flexible ‘holding position’.
Depending on future developments,
one can take several paths:
yy If an effective vaccination
becomes available, we can
pivot to vaccination;
yy Or relax social distancing further
should better treatments become
available or measures improve to
protect the vulnerable.
These pivots and fine-tuning cannot
be detailed now. Rather, as more
research and understanding of how
to manage COVID-19 emerges over
the next few months, these options
can be further explored.
yy Duration between case
identification and notification of
contacts (in days/hours) – median,
IQR, range (by contact)
yy Number and proportion of cases for
whom a source or contact can be
identified
yy Number and proportion of identified
contacts able to be contacted.
Key indicators of success will be:
yy No sustained increase in positive
tests, even as testing rates remain
high
yy No sustained increase in rates of
severe disease and ICU admissions
in at-risk populations
yy Rapid response to any clusters or
areas of increased transmission.
Recommendation
Create key performance indicators
for the controlled adaptation
strategy by jurisidiction, establish
a reliable system of compiling
them, monitor and transparently
share them.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 75
The key research necessary to guide
decision making in the medium and
long term will include:
yy vaccine development and
clinical trials of their safety and
effectiveness;
yy new treatments or re-purposing of
existing treatments;
yy information on the impact of social
and physical distancing measures
on SARS-CoV-2 infection rates and
sequelae, both in isolation and as
packaged measures (e.g. from
improved agent-based simulation
models and “nowcasting”, and cross-
national comparisons of strategies
implemented in similar societies);
yy durability of immunity following
infection. Viral mutation and
waning immune-protection may
both contribute to risks of infection
recurrence. Multiple tests are
now available for identifying
SARS-CoV-2 and have been
registered by the TGA11
, but their
accuracy is uncertain. The positive
predictive value of these tests
should be calculated for both an
asymptomatic screening population,
and symptomatic ‘case’ population;
yy the extent of asymptomatic
infections and the role of
asymptomatic individuals in
disease transmission. This may
vary by age and co-morbidities,
but knowledge on this would help
underpin decisions regarding
removal of restrictions. As an
example, understanding the
potential contribution of school
age children in transmission of
infection to teachers would provide
scientific data to underpin decisions
regarding school closures;
11	https://www.tga.gov.au/covid-19-test-kits-included-artg-legal-supply-australia
Multiple tests are now available for
identifying SARS-CoV-2 and have
been registered by the TGA, but
their accuracy is uncertain.
76 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
yy economic decision modelling
on the health gains and costs
(health system and societal) of
various policy options, relative to
each other, and impacts of social
restrictions, including border control
restrictions, on unemployment and
economic activity more generally;
yy public preferences and responses
to measures such as surveillance,
testing, and ongoing restrictions
on extended family and public
gatherings.
Recommendation
Federal and State Governments
and Health Agencies develop
a coordinated repository of
emerging COVID-19 research
information, perhaps in
collaboration with universities
and other research organisations,
to guide decision making during
Controlled Adaptation.
Optimising the strategy
There are a range of methods
and approaches for balancing the
competing concerns and available
alternatives, from mathematical
optimisation procedures to decision
analytic approaches. Economic,
epidemiological and simulation
modelling is critical. In the absence
of a ‘single’ best method, more
flexible methods such as multi-
criteria decision analysis have
been developed. Capacity for such
optimisation resides in Governments,
universities and the private sector
but is currently fragmented and not
directed as a coordinated mission.
In the absence of a ‘single’ best
method, more flexible methods
such as multi-criteria decision
analysis have been developed.
Capacity for such optimisation
resides in Governments,
universities and the private sector
but is currently fragmented and not
directed as a coordinated mission.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 77
Recommendation
Commission a coordinated stream
of modelling, data collection
and analysis in multiple sectors
to help optimise the adaptation
function of the Controlled
Adaptation strategy, make the
data transparent, and use it in the
medium to long-term for decision-
making on COVID-19.
Existing political decision-making
approaches (e.g. Australian Health
Protection Principal Committee
(AHPPC) and other agencies
advising Government) have
effectively managed approaches
to date. However, rising social and
economic costs will bring political
pressure upon State, Territory and
Federal governments to relax social
distancing faster than the data may
suggest. It may help to create an
independent, multi-sectoral body to
advise on the relaxation of social
distancing with agreed targets, to
reduce this political pressure in the
medium to long term.
Recommendation
Consideration should be given
to creating a multi-sectoral,
independent advisory body to
manage and depoliticise the
process of controlled adaptation.
However, rising social
and economic costs
will bring political
pressure upon State,
Territory and Federal
governments to relax
social distancing faster
than the data may
suggest.
78 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
Risks and benefits of this strategy?
Benefits of controlled adaptation Risks of controlled adaptation
Controlled adaptation is a flexible
strategy, and allows policies to quickly
pivot in response to new information
Allows a progressive re-opening of
sectors of society, up to the set target
of manageable infection rates
Impacts of climate on transmission
of COVID-19 are uncertain, but
reducing restrictive measures in
the next 1–3 months, precisely co-
incident with the known period of
maximal transmission of respiratory
viruses in Australia, could be a risk
Allows a much-needed earlier
economic recovery to be initiated,
thus alleviating widespread economic
and personal hardship
Calibrate restrictions to COVID-19
case load and health system capacity
Calibration of relaxed distancing
policies to infection rates may go
awry, and outbreaks may not be able
to be contained without moving to
full lockdown
Contact tracing capacity enhanced Compliance with contact tracing
app may be suboptimal leading to
pressure on manual contact tracing,
potentially exceeding available
resourcing
Testing is available on a significantly
wider basis, and results are available
more rapidly
Development of a rigorous, rapid and
comprehensive testing system will
require significant resourcing and
infrastructure
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 79
Benefits of controlled adaptation Risks of controlled adaptation
More rapid return to normal operations
by the healthcare system
There is evidence that individuals
are delaying or forgoing medical care,
potentially leading to poorer health
outcomes in the long term (Tam et
al 2020)
If we aim for elimination and fail, we
may lose community responsiveness
to hand-washing and social distancing
messages, meaning that next time
extreme distancing measures are
needed to avoid an impending
exponential growth in cases, we
may not succeed
Success of the strategy depends on
long-term societal acceptance of,
and compliance with, behavioural
restrictions. This includes the
prospect of localised escalation of
distancing requirements in response
to outbreaks
80 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
References
Arima Y et al. Severe Acute
Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus
2 Infection among Returnees to
Japan from Wuhan, China. Emerging
Infectious Diseases, 2020; 26(7).
Early release (https://wwwnc.cdc.
gov/eid/article/26/7/20-0994_article)
Australian Bureau of Statistics (2020)
Labour Force, Australia, Mar 2020.
https://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs
@.nsf/Lookup/6202.0Main+Features
1Mar%202020?OpenDocument
Australian Government (2020) Impact
of COVID-19: Theoretical modelling of
how the health system can respond
https://www.health.gov.au/resources/
publications/impact-of-covid-19-in-
australia-ensuring-the-health-system-
can-respond
Calvo RA, Deterding S, Ryan RM.
Health surveillance during covid-19
pandemic. BMJ 2020;369:m1373 doi:
10.1136/bmj.m1373 (Published 6
April 2020)
Chomik, R (2020), COVID-19 and
Vulnerable Populations: A Preliminary
analysis of the health and economic
risks. CEPAR Fact sheet, forthcoming
Cumming R, Handelsman D, Seibel
MJ, Creasey H, Sambrook P, Waite
L, Naganathan V, Le Couteur D,
Litchfield M. International Journal of
Epidemiology, Volume 38, Issue 2,
April 2009, Pages 374–378, https://
doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyn071
Day, M. Covid-19: identifying and
isolating asymptomatic people helped
eliminate virus in Italian village. BMJ
2020a; 368 :m1165
Day M. Covid-19: four fifths of cases
are asymptomatic, China figures
indicate. BMJ 2020b; 369 :m1375
Department of Prime Minister and
Cabinet, (2014) “Best Practice
Regulation Guidance Note Value of
Statistical Life”, https://www.pmc.gov.
au/sites/default/files/publications/
Value_of_Statistical_Life_guidance_
note.pdf
Ferretti L et al. Quantifying SARS-
COV-2 transmission suggests
epidemic control with digital contact
tracing. Science 2020, 10.11.26/
science.abb6936.
Fox GJ, Trauer JM, McBride E.
Modelling the impact of COVID-19
upon intensive care services in New
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 81
South Wales, Medical Journal of
Australia, 2020 https://www.mja.com.
au/journal/2020/212/10/modelling-
impact-covid-19-upon-intensive-care-
services-new-south-wales
Groendahl B. Austrian study shows
coronavirus infection more than 3
times higher. April 10, 2020 [Internet
news] https://www.bloomberg.com/
news/articles/2020-04-10/austrian-
study-shows-coronavirus-cases-more-
than-3-times-higher
Huang L, Zhang X, Zhang X, Wei Z,
Zhang L, Xu J, Liang P, Xu PY, Zhang
C, Xu PA. Rapid asymptomatic
transmission of COVID-19 during
the incubation period demonstrating
strong infectivity in a cluster of
youngsters aged 16-23 years outside
Wuhan and characteristics of young
patients with COVID-19: a prospective
contact-tracing study. J Infect. 2020
Apr 10. pii: S0163-4453(20)30117-1.
doi:10.1016/j.jinf.2020.03.006.
IBIS World. Accommodation and Food
Services – Australia Market Research
Report, 2020. Available at: https://
www.ibisworld.com.au/industry-
trends/market-research-reports/
accommodation-food-services/
Kissler et al., Projecting the
transmission dynamics of SARS-
VpV-2 through the postpandemic
period, Science 10.1126/science.
abb5793 (2020)
McCloskey B, Zumla A, Ippolito
G, Blumberg L, Arbon P, Cicero A,
Endericks T, Lim PL, Borodina M;
WHO Novel Coronavirus-19 Mass
Gatherings Expert Group. Mass
gathering events and reducing further
global spread of COVID-19: a political
and public health dilemma. Lancet.
2020 Apr 4;395(10230):1096-1099.
doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30681-4.
McKibbin W, Fernando R. The Global
Macroeconomic Impacts of COVID-19:
Seven Scenarios. In: CAMA working
paper 19/2020, 2020, Australian
National University
Mizumoto K, Kagaya K, Zarebski
A, Chowell G. Estimating the
asymptomatic proportion of
coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19)
cases on board the Diamond
Princess cruise ship, Yokohama,
Japan, 2020. Euro Surveill. 2020
Mar;25(10). doi:10.2807/1560-7917.
ES.2020.25.10.2000180.
82 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy
National Tourism Satellite Accounts
2019 https://www.tra.gov.au/
Economic-analysis/economic-
value. And https://www.abs.gov.au/
ausstats/abs@.nsf/mf/6302.0
Nishiura H, Kobayashi T, Suzuki A,
Jung SM, Hayashi K, Kinoshita R,
Yang Y, Yuan B, Akhmetzhanov AR,
Linton NM, Miyama T. Estimation
of the asymptomatic ratio of novel
coronavirus infections (COVID-19).
Int J Infect Dis. 2020 Mar 13. pii:
S1201-9712(20)30139-9. doi:
10.1016/j.ijid.2020.03.020.
OECD. Evaluating_the_initial_
impact_of_COVID-19 containment
measures on economic activity,
2020. Available at: https://read.oecd-
ilibrary.org/view/?ref=126_126496-
evgsi2gmqj&title=Evaluating_
the_initial_impact_of_COVID-19_
containment_measures_on_
economic_activity
Oke J, Heneghan C. Global Covid-19
case Fatality rates, 2020, CEBM,
Oxford University. Available at: https://
www.cebm.net/covid-19/global-covid-
19-case-fatality-rates/
Onder, G. Case-Fatality Rate and
Characteristics of Patients Dying in
Relation to COVID-19 in Italy, Journal
of the American Medical Association,
2020; E1-E2.
Roy Morgan (2020) Unemployment
and Underemployment March
20202 http://www.roymorgan.
com/findings/8363-roy-
morgan-unemployment-
and-under-employment-
march-2020-202004080900
https://www.ibisworld.com.au/
industry-trends/market-research-
reports/accommodation-food-
services/
Tam Chor-Cheung Frankie, Cheung
Kent-Shek, Lam Simon, et al. Impact
of Coronavirus Disease 2019
(COVID-19) Outbreak on ST-Segment–
Elevation Myocardial Infarction Care
in Hong Kong, China. Circulation:
Cardiovascular Quality and Outcomes.
0(0):CIRCOUTCOMES.120.006631.
doi:10.1161/
CIRCOUTCOMES.120.006631
Zhou, Xian et al. Follow-up of the
asymptomatic patients with SARS-
CoV-2 infection, Clinical Microbiology
and Infection, 21 March 2020 [In
Press] doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
cmi.2020.03.024
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 83
4
This crisis is a pandemic which
means that Australia’s ongoing
success in containing the spread
of the SARS-CoV-2 virus is also
contingent on what other countries do
to contain their respective epidemics.
A clinically proven, efficacious,
vaccine will be important to aiding
both Australian and global recovery.
Until a vaccine is developed and
widely available border measures
and travel restrictions remain critical
to Australia’s health security and
economic recovery.
Recommendations
and Key Findings
yy Recommendation: A two-week
period of enforced and monitored
quarantine and isolation is
maintained for all incoming
overseas travellers, irrespective
of origin and citizenship, for a
minimum of the next six months.
yy Recommendation: International
travel bans remain on all
Australians, other than those
sanctioned for “essential” travel,
for the next six months and any
returning essential travellers
be subject to the quarantine
restrictions.
yy Recommendation: In the event the
Australian Government enters into
an agreement with another country
to permit entry of its citizens
and/or permanent residents (i.e.
New Zealand), the border control
policies of the other country must
be identical to Australia’s and
stringently enforced.
yy Recommendation: The Australian
Government initiates discussions
and policy development with the
World Health Organization for the
creation of a new internationally-
accepted vaccination certificate for
clinically-proven COVID-19 vaccine
candidate(s).
Border Protections
and Travel Restrictions
Key issue: What regime of border protection and
travel restrictions will be needed in the short and
medium term? How should Australia coordinate its
response to the changing realities of the pandemic
elsewhere?
84 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions
yy Key Finding: Approximately two-
thirds of Australia’s COVID-19 cases
have arisen from either international
travellers or close contacts of
international travellers. As a result,
the risk of reintroduction of the virus
into Australia from international
travellers remains very high.
yy Key Finding: Based on the evidence
to date, travel restrictions including
travel bans appear to have been
effective internationally in slowing
the spread of the virus. Retaining a
ban on Australian citizens travelling
overseas will reduce the risk of
travellers potentially re-introducing
the virus on their return to Australia,
as well as reduce the risk that
Australian citizens may become
sick overseas, requiring repatriation
and/or consular assistance.
General Background
The World Health Organization has
tended to advise against the use of
travel restrictions in disease outbreaks
and epidemics. This position has
been adopted on the basis of the
International Health Regulations
(2005) to which Australia is a
signatory. The evidence surrounding
the effectiveness of trade and travel
restrictions has historically been
very weak, with what limited studies
that have been done revealing they
prove economically costly, require
considerable resources to implement,
and have limited benefit in delaying
the start of a local epidemic, eg., by
only a few days or weeks (Ryu, Gao,
Wong, et al 2020; Mateus, Otete, Beck,
et al 2014; Otsuki and Nishiura 2016);
although others have noted that a
delay of even two or three weeks
can be important for preparedness
(Epstein, Goedecke, Yu, et al 2007).
Further, travel restrictions and flight
cancellations in particular have been
observed to harm public health efforts
by preventing or delaying the arrival of
healthcare workers and supplies such
as personal protective equipment into
affected countries (Tambo 2014).
Border measures that are too
restrictive will adversely harm
Australia’s economy not only via
reduced tourism, but also through
Australia’s balance of payments
and export industries.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 85
Following the announcement by
the World Health Organization of
a novel coronavirus – now known
as SARS-CoV-2 – a number of
countries implemented travel
restrictions against China before
expanding these measures to include
the worst-affected countries. The
Australian Government was one
of the first countries to implement
travel restrictions, initially against
residents of China’s Hubei province
(29 January) before extending this
to all of China (1 February), Iran
(1 March), South Korea (5 March),
and Italy (11 March). On 19 March,
the Prime Minister announced
Australia was closing its borders
to all non-citizens and non-residents
from 9pm on 20 March.
Current Context
Irrespective of the pathways taken
by State and Territory Governments
to relax social distancing measures
internally within their respective
jurisdictions, the decision regarding
national border controls and travel
restrictions remains firmly within the
authority of the Federal Government.
Border measures that are too restrictive
will adversely harm Australia’s economy
not only via reduced tourism, but also
through Australia’s balance of payments
and export industries. Conversely, if
border measures and travel restrictions
are too loose, Australia will face the
ongoing risk of re-introducing the virus
after it has been largely controlled
and contained. For these reasons, the
Australian Government must strike the
right balance between reducing the
risk of further importation of COVID-19
cases and the commensurate risk to
our healthcare system arising from
significant human morbidity and
mortality, with Australia’s economic
recovery and a return to normal social
functioning as much as possible.
Although the evidence on the use of
travel restrictions and border closures
during the COVID-19 pandemic
remains preliminary and has yet to
be sufficiently peer-reviewed, there is
nevertheless sufficient indication that
travel-related measures have proved
effective in slowing the international
spread of the virus. Maintaining
restrictions on incoming and outgoing
travellers gives the Australian
Government flexibility to pursue
either a full elimination strategy or
suppression strategy.
86 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions
Evidence and
Analysis to support
Recommendations
and Key Findings
In this section the main
Recommendations and Key
Findings are expanded upon.
Recommendation
A two-week period of enforced
and monitored quarantine and
isolation is maintained for all
incoming overseas travellers,
irrespective of origin and
citizenship, for a minimum
of the next six (6) months.
This is based on the evidence to date
that two-thirds of Australia’s COVID-19
cases are international travellers
or close contacts of international
travellers. Modelling studies have
identified that between 45.6% and
64% of infected incoming travellers
may not exhibit symptoms on arrival
or be pre-symptomatic (Quilty,
Clifford, CMMID nCoV Working Group,
et al 2020; Wells, Sah, Moghadas,
et al 2020). Accordingly, an ongoing
focus on limiting the ability for
incoming travellers to circulate
amongst the wider community
during a 14-day incubation period
is essential to ensure that the virus
is not re-introduced after it has
been controlled or contained across
Australia (Leung, Wu, Liu, et al 2020).
In addition, maintaining a focus on
quarantining incoming travellers in
hotels allows Australia to lift the ban
on all non-citizens, non-residents and
international students allowing for the
progressive recovery of the tourism,
hospitality and education sectors.
One of the considerations in
maintaining this policy is whether
the cost of the 14-day period of
quarantine is met by the State or
Territory of disembarkation (current
policy), the Federal Government,
or the individual traveller. This is
an important issue to resolve as it
has implications for the long-term
sustainability of this policy, as well as
impacting the viability of additional
policies such as creating special
travel arrangements with individual
countries (Recommendation below).
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 87
At the moment we do not find any
good evidence for the popular idea of
a “immunity passport.” There may be
other innovative ways of managing
safe travel (e.g testing in the
embarking country, or part quarantine
in the embarking country). However,
none of these have been rigorously
tested or proven. Given the critical
importance of travel for Australia,
for Australians and for our economy
– the Government is encouraged to
support further research into these
initiatives. Any such initiatives should
only be adopted after they have been
thoroughly tested.
Recommendation
International travel bans remain
on all Australians, other than for
sanctioned “essential” travel,
for the next six months and any
returning essential travellers
be subject to the quarantine
restrictions.
Exceptions could include travel for
essential purposes or compassionate
grounds (i.e. to attend a funeral of a
close family member); but returning
travellers must then enter a 14-
day period of quarantine as per the
earlier Recommendation. In the
event the current travel ban is not
maintained, it is considered highly
likely we will see Australian citizens
seek to travel overseas for leisure or
business. Given 185 countries have
documented COVID-19 cases, no
overseas destination can currently be
considered safe for travellers. There
is a high-risk Australians travelling
overseas during the next six months
will be exposed to the virus. Further,
most Australian travellers will travel
for short periods and then want to
return to Australia, increasing the risk
of reintroducing the virus, or become
unwell while overseas, necessitating
medical repatriation and/or high
levels of consular assistance. This
situation is likely to persist until a
vaccine becomes available, or a
significant proportion of the world’s
population develops a level of
immunity to the virus preventing
onward transmission.
88 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions
Recommendation
In the event that the Australian
Government enters into an
agreement with another country
to permit entry of its citizens
and/or permanent residents (i.e.
New Zealand), the border control
policies of the other country must
be identical to Australia’s and
stringently enforced.
This recommendation is predicated
upon the assumption that an effective
vaccine is not yet widely available.
In this context, should the Australian
Government agree to permit
international travel from any country
in order to help re-invigorate the
Australian travel and tourism industry
and support economic recovery, it is
essential that a number of conditions
are met. The first is that any country
seeking relaxation of Australia’s
border controls must be certified as
free from COVID-19 infections for
a minimum of 28 days (i.e. double
the length of the incubation period).
Second, the requesting country must
commit to implement external border
control policies identical to Australia,
such as mandatory quarantine for
all international travellers other than
Australian citizens and permanent
residents. This is to both protect
each respective country while also
ensuring costs are shared equitably
(i.e. if the other country requires
mandatory quarantine costs be
recovered from international travellers
but Australian States and Territories
meet these costs, it could result in
disproportionate costs to Australian
taxpayers). Third, these policies
must be strictly adhered to and
enforced. Any deviation would result
in the suspension of any special
arrangements given the risk of re-
introduction of the virus into Australia.
… any country seeking
relaxation of Australia’s
border controls must
be certified as free from
COVID-19 infections
for a minimum of
28 days …
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 89
Recommendation
The Australian Government,
via the Department of Health,
initiates discussions and policy
development with the World Health
Organization for the creation of
a new internationally-accepted
vaccination certificate for
clinically-proven COVID-19
vaccine candidate(s).
This recommendation is based on the
Yellow Fever vaccination certificate
model, which required internationally
agreed standards on certification of
vaccination to avoid unnecessary
disruption to international travellers
(Barnett, Wilder-Smith and Wilson
2008; Gear 1948). An internationally
agreed vaccination certificate will be
critical to global economic recovery.
Key Finding
Approximately two-thirds of
Australia’s COVID-19 cases have
arisen from either international
travellers or close contacts of
international travellers. As a
result, the risk of reintroduction
of the virus into Australia from
international travellers remains
very high.
As the virus is now present in 185
countries and there are now multiple
epicentres, the risk of reintroduction
into Australia from international
travellers remains very high and
without quarantine measures in
place the virus will spread given
pre-symptomatic cases are unlikely
to be detected by exit and entry
screening. Border measures such
as strict quarantine and isolation of
all incoming travellers are essential
to limiting the overall number of
COVID-19 cases in Australia.
… the risk of
reintroduction
into Australia from
international travellers
remains very high …
90 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions
Key Finding
Based on the evidence to date,
travel restrictions including travel
bans appear to have been effective
internationally in slowing the
spread of the virus. Retaining
a ban on Australian citizens
travelling overseas will reduce
the risk of travellers potentially
re-introducing the virus on their
return to Australia, as well as
reduce the risk that Australian
citizens may become sick
overseas, requiring repatriation
and/or consular assistance.
The general consensus is that
travel restrictions help delay the
international spread of COVID-19
and give countries time to prepare
and strengthen their public health
response. Without these restrictions
remaining in place, there is a high
risk the virus will be re-introduced
via returning Australian travellers.
In addition, Australians travelling
overseas are at increased risk of
contracting the virus given there are
multiple epicentres that are common
destinations for many Australians.
This increases the risk of Australian
travellers becoming seriously unwell,
potentially necessitating medical
repatriation, or dying. Either scenario
requires considerable consular
support, placing multiple persons
at increased risk of infection. Given
that COVID-19 cases are also still
present in Australia, it is possible that
Australian travellers may inadvertently
spread the virus to other countries
in the event they are permitted to
travel, which would reflect negatively
on Australia especially within our
immediate region.
References
Elizabeth Barnett, Annelies Wilder-
Smith and Mary Wilson (2008) Yellow
fever vaccines and international
travellers. Expert Review of Vaccines
7(5): 579-587.
Edward De Brouwer, Daniele
Raimondi, Yves Moreau (2020)
Modeling the COVID-19 outbreaks and
the effectiveness of the containment
measures adopted across countries.
Pre-print MedRxiv, https://doi.org/10.1
101/2020.04.02.20046375.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 91
Ramses Djidjou-Demasse, Yannis
Michalakis, Marc Choisy, et al (2020)
Optimal COVID-19 epidemic control
until vaccine deployment. Pre-print
MedRxiv, https://doi.org/10.1101/202
0.04.02.20049189.
Joshua Epstein, Michael Goedecke,
Feng Yu, Robert Morris, Diane
Wagener, Georgiy Bobashev (2007)
Controlling Pandemic Flu: the Value
of International Air Travel Restrictions.
PLoS Med 5: e401.
H S Gear (1948) Problems of Interna-
tional Travel. BMJ 1(4561): 1092-1094.
Kathy Leung, Joseph Wu, Di Liu,
et al (2020) First-wave COVID-19
transmissibility and severity in China
outside Hubei after control measures,
and second-wave scenario planning:
a modelling impact assessment.
The Lancet, published online 8 April
2020, https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140-
6736(20)30746-7.
Ana Mateus, Harmony Otete, Charles
Beck, Gayle Dolan and Jonathan
Nguyen-Van-Tam (2014) Effectiveness
of travel restrictions in the rapid
containment of human influenza a
systematic review. Bull World Health
Organ 92(12): 868-880.
Shiori Otsuki and Hiroshi Nishiura
(2016) Reduced Risk of Importing
Ebola Virus Disease because of Travel
Restrictions in 2014: A retrospective
Epidemiological Modeling Study.
PLoS One 11(9): e0163418.
Billy Quilty​, Sam Clifford​, CMMID
nCoV working group, et al (2020)
Effectiveness of airport screening at
detecting travellers infected with 2019-
nCoV. Eurosurveillance 25(5): 2000080.
Sukhyun Ryu, Huizhi Gao, Jessica
Wong, Eunice Shiu, Jingyi Xiao, Min
Whui Fong, and Benjamin Cowling.
Nonpharmaceutical Measures for
Pandemic Influenza in Nonhealthcare
Settings – International Travel-Related
Measures. Emerg Infect Dis. 2020 May
– early release article.
Earnest Tambo (2014) Non-conventional
humanitarian interventions on Ebola
outbreak crisis in West Africa: health,
ethics and legal implications. Infectious
Diseases of Poverty 3(42): https://doi.
org/10.1186/2029-9957-3-42.
Chad Wells, Pratha Sah, Seyed
Moghadas, et al (2020) Impact of
international travel and border control
measures on the global spread of
the novel 2019 coronavirus. PNAS
117(13): 7504-7509.
92 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
The Importance of Public
Trust, Transparency and
Civic Engagement
Key issue: The ongoing success of Australia’s
pandemic response points to the critical importance
of public trust, transparency, and civic engagement as
part of the Government’s optimal approach.
5
The most promising evidence-
informed strategy is only possible if
public involvement and cooperation
can be sustained. Here, we focus
on importance of transparency
and civic engagement, Chapter 11:
Communications elaborates further on
the specific forms of encouragement,
support and communication needed
to control COVID-19.
Recommendations
yy Recommendation: Prioritise trans-
parency and trust by acknowledging
uncertainty and communicating
clearly and with empathy.
yy Recommendation: Communicate
rationale for decisions including
what evidence is being used, who
was consulted, and what impacts
were considered and why a course
was chosen.
yy Recommendation: Involve commun-
ities, industries, organisations, and
other stakeholders in decisions about
options for strengthening and/or
relaxing containment measures.
yy Recommendation: Consideration
should be given to the establishment
of a funded national service program
for younger Australians (e.g. Aussies
All Together) to inclusively engage
the young from across the nation in
the process of social reconstruction
across the country.
Federal, State and Territory
governments have responded
quickly and at scale, and a
recent Newgate Australia survey
(2020) reports that 76% of the
public strongly supports social
distancing measures, bans on mass
gatherings, and limiting outdoor
activity to essential tasks.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 93
Background/Context
Australian efforts to contain
transmission of the SARS-CoV-2
virus and achieve a ‘flattening of the
curve’ have so far been successful.
Federal, State and Territory
governments have responded
quickly and at scale, and a recent
Newgate Australia survey (2020)
reports that 76% of the public
strongly supports social distancing
measures, bans on mass gatherings,
and limiting outdoor activity to
essential tasks. These strategies
have been enabled by strong
pandemic planning and public
health workforce infrastructure and
high levels of cooperation from
all sectors. In the months ahead
however, Australians will have a
less immediate sense of risk while
continuing to feel the impact of
public health measures on all parts
of their lives. The ongoing success
of Australia’s pandemic response
points to the critical importance
of public trust, transparency, and
civic engagement as part of the
Government’s optimal approach.
Evidence and
Analysis to support
Recommendations
Public trust
Trust is a key resource in harnessing
public cooperation and sustaining
the behaviours needed for pandemic
management. Trust is affected by
perceived competence, objectivity,
fairness, consistency, sincerity, faith
and empathy (Renn and Levine,
1991). A lack in one area may be
compensated if there is a surplus
of the other. Credibility and trust
are key factors in effective crisis
communication (Briñol & Petty,
2009) and can be expressed at the
messaging, personal, institutional and
political/cultural levels (Renn, 2008).
Levels of trust in Government
differ between socio-economic
and demographic groups (Stoker
et al., 2018). For this reason, broad
messaging aimed at the general
public must be complemented
with more targeted communication
and involvement. While policy
decisions should be announced
94 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust,
Transparency and Civic Engagement
and articulated by political figures,
public health officials and other
relevant experts must continue to
provide public communications, to help
communicate that such policies are
underpinned by appropriate evidence.
Where possible, appropriately
summarised abstracts of this evidence
should be made publicly available on
the Government COVID-19 websites.
The Commonwealth Dashboard,
and the various State Dashboards,
are welcome developments – keep
them current.
Inconsistency between jurisdictions
in policies may sometimes be justified
but cause confusion because they
result in different emphases on risk
and the ‘right’ approach. When Federal,
State and Territory approaches are
not in alignment, the reasons must
be clearly explained to the public.
Furthermore, since ‘evidence’ is facts
plus values, both should be clearly
articulated (Carter et al., 2011).
When communicating, leaders
should express genuine empathy and
concern (Reynolds & Quinn, 2008).
The more Australians believe that
leaders empathise with them and
are genuinely concerned for their
wellbeing, the more likely they will
respond favourably to Government
advice. Leaders should also
communicate respect and a belief that
they trust the public, as this is more
likely to elicit cooperation (Van Bavel
et al 2020).
Transparency
Trust in government and organis-
ations is enhanced when there is
transparency of information, evidence,
and a clear decision-making process.
Governments and organisations should
therefore seek to provide access to
accurate information, both positive
and negative, so that people may
build accurate expectations. Change
should be communicated early, even
with incomplete information, as
acknowledging uncertainties does not
undermine trust in the information or
its source (van der Bles et al., 2020).
While people dislike uncertainty, a
perception of obfuscation is worse
because it diminishes trust. Moreover,
withholding information can motivate
people to look for information
elsewhere, which can foster belief
in misinformation (Kovic & Füchslin,
2018).
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 95
There should be appropriate levels
of transparency in decision-making
processes. This includes what
evidence is used in decisions, who
was consulted, and what impacts
were considered. Where risk is
inherent, acknowledgment of risks
and their magnitude enhances
trust. Strong risk negations (e.g.,
it’s perfectly safe) may make people
more risk averse (Betsch & Sachse,
2013). It is better to acknowledge
a risk when it is present including
information about its magnitude,
even if outweighed by the benefits.
Governments should prioritise
transparency and trust in situations
where the State acts rapidly and
with limited consultation for the
greater good, as is often the case in
health emergencies. Elimination and
controlled adaptation scenarios both
require significant data collection,
analysis, and sharing to reduce
ongoing chains of transmission.
Aggregated anonymised data from
telecommunications, social media
and satellite-based systems have the
potential to improve traditional public
health data collection approaches
(Buckee, 2020; George & Taylor et
al., 2019), however, digital tracking
applications also raise justified
concerns by experts and some
members of the public. Using data-
driven approaches, including new
tracking applications to accelerate
contact tracing, has the potential for
perceived and actual Government
overreach. The public will have many
legitimate questions. Government
transparency on what information
is collected, how it is encrypted,
who has access, where the data
is stored, and whether dual-use of
health-related data is allowed, must
be addressed by the Government in
advance of deploying mobile tracking
applications. Addressing these issues
is especially important with respect
to data collection relating to First
Nations peoples (Kukutai and Walter,
2019; Mann, DeVitt and Daly, 2019).
Change should be communicated
early, even with incomplete
information, as acknowledging
uncertainties does not undermine
trust in the information or its source.
96 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust,
Transparency and Civic Engagement
In relation to the use of citizen-
generated data (i.e., from mobile
contact tracing applications),
Governments must address real and
perceived privacy concerns and data
ethics, and mitigate the potential for
misuse, including the politicisation of
health-related data (Daly, Devitt, and
Mann, 2019). There should be sound
evidence justifying data surveillance
especially if less imposing measures
would be sufficient. Consultation on
the use of surveillance technologies
should include cybersecurity
experts, data ethicists, public health
researchers and other stakeholders.
With respect to anonymised public
health data, there should be a
strong commitment to data sharing,
exchange, and interoperability
(Wilkinson et al., 2016; Research
Data Alliance COVID19 Working
Group, 2020).
Civic engagement
As the threat of COVID-19 becomes
less immediate but costs continue to
be felt, Australia will need to prioritise
active and ongoing engagement
with communities, industries,
organisations and other stakeholders.
Civic engagement is about enabling
communities and social networks to
be involved in the decisions that will
affect them (Miranti & Evans 2019;
Adler & Goggin 2005). However, this
can be challenging in times of crisis
when Governments must make rapid,
life-saving decisions that may require
imposing strict measures with little or
no time for community involvement.
Australia’s initial success in reducing
the rate of transmission has provided
a valuable window of opportunity
to establish deliberative processes
in which social groups, businesses,
and organisations can influence
the containment measures that
are likely to affect them (Cammett
& Lieberman 2020). Meaningful
stakeholder engagement will improve
the effectiveness of containment
measures (Renn 2008). It will
encourage greater ownership of
Civic engagement is about
enabling communities and social
networks to be involved in the
decisions that will affect them.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 97
decisions and accordingly more
chance of public cooperation
(Head 2011).
Community groups, businesses,
and organisations also have specific
expertise and local knowledge that
is needed to devise implementable
containment measures over the
long-term (Wynne 2002). An
excellent example of this is the
way in which the major Australian
supermarket chains have translated
a set of general social distancing
requirements into specific, workable
shop-floor practices. Stakeholder
engagement also permits input
from those groups who are likely to
shoulder the consequences and risks
of a potential cause of action and,
as the subsequent chapters describe
in some detail, some communities
and professions are more vulnerable
than others.
Australia’s approach must, therefore,
be a collaborative one.
The specific consultative process
will depend on measures being
considered and the types of groups
that are likely to be involved. When
options for strengthening or relaxing
containment measures are being
considered, it is important to identify
which specific groups have a stake
(Renn 2008). These could be groups
whose health may be affected (such
as older Australians, or teachers), or
sectors that have a direct financial
interest (such as the hospitality
industry). Representatives from these
groups, identified via community
organisations, professional or
industry associations, unions, or
patient advocacy groups, should then
be considered as participants in a
deliberative process. It may be useful
to establish COVID-19 community
reference groups to represent key
groups that could then provide
ongoing guidance for the duration of
the pandemic (see for example, the
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
Advisory Group on COVID-19).
When options for strengthening or
relaxing containment measures are
being considered, it is important to
identify which specific groups have
a stake.
98 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust,
Transparency and Civic Engagement
Groups should be provided with an
opportunity to delineate and appraise
the risks as they perceive them (Renn
2008). They could be provided with
decision parameters, permissible
options and methods for minimizing
harm. Industry representatives could
be encouraged to consult more widely
and present a plan for commencing
commercial activity in a way that
minimises risk.
Establish a funded national
service program
Due to the COVID-19 response in
Australia, the young have been
particularly displaced by the social
distancing policies and many will
find it hard to get a foothold in the
economy. As social distancing begins
to be relaxed, they will have an
increased capacity to serve Australian
communities, but potentially few
options. Civic engagement, including
both community and industry, has
been a purposeful component of
Australian policymaking for several
decades (Head 2011). There also
exists a wealth of expertise and
experience among governments,
communities, industry and academia
in public policy focused on
volunteering (Volunteering Australia,
2014; Walsh & Black 2015).
Aussies All Together (suggested
title) could be an inclusive program
that provides opportunities for skills
development and engagement in
the aftermath of emergencies within
Australia’s borders. Participants will
receive culturally appropriate training
to support communities in order to
improve health and wellbeing, (re)
build infrastructure, provide peer-
tutoring, perform conservation
and wildlife preservation. Such
a program could offer meaning,
purpose and social connectedness
to those involved, and will contribute
Research shows that young people
are influenced by “top down”
signals from policies and programs,
and are motivated by grassroots or
“bottom up” programs to support
communities.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 99
to Australia’s long-term national
health and education strategy.
Research shows that young people
are influenced by “top down” signals
from policies and programs, and are
motivated by grassroots or “bottom
up” programs to support communities
(Walsh & Black, 2015). There is
considerable empirical evidence
on the benefits of fostering youth
volunteerism in Australia and New
Zealand (Black, 2012; Lewis, 2013).
References
Adler, R. P., & Goggin, J. (2005). What
do we mean by “civic engagement”?
Journal of Transformative
Education, 3(3), 236–253. doi:
10.1177/1541344605276792
Betsch, C., & Sachse, K. (2013).
Debunking vaccination myths:
strong risk negations can increase
perceived vaccination risks. Health
Psychol, 32(2), 146-155. doi:10.1037/
a0027387
Black, R. (2012). Educating the
reflexive citizen: making a difference
or entrenching difference. Melbourne:
The University of Melbourne
Briñol, P. & Petty, R. E. (2009).
Source factors in persuasion: A self-
validation approach. European Review
of Social Psychology, 20, 49-96.
doi:10.1080/10463280802643640
Buckee, Caroline (2020) Improving
epidemic surveillance and response:
big data is dead, long live big data,
Lancet Digital Health, https://doi.
org/10.1016/S2589-7500(20)30059-5
Cammett, M. & Lieberman, E. Building
Solidarity: Challenges, Options and
Implications for COVID-19 Responses.
https://www.ethics.harvard.
edu/files/center-for-ethics/files/
safrawhitepaper4c.pdf. Accessed 18-
Apr 2020
Carter, S. M., Rychetnik, L., Lloyd, B.,
Kerridge, I. H., Baur, L., Bauman, A.,
Zask, A. (2011). Evidence, Ethics,
and Values: A Framework for Health
Promotion. Am J Public Health,
101(3), 465-472. doi:10.2105/
ajph.2010.195545
Daly, A., Devitt, S.K., Mann, M., eds
(2019). Good Data. ISBN 978-94-
92302-27-4
100 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust,
Transparency and Civic Engagement
George, DB and Taylor, W et al
(2019) Technology to advance
infectious disease forecasting for
outbreak management, Nature
Communications, https://doi.
org/10.1038/s41467-019-11901-7.
Head, B. (2011). Australian Experience:
Civic Engagement as Symbol and
Substance. Public Administration
and Development 31: 102-112.
Kovic, M, & Füchslin, T. (2018).
Probability and conspiratorial thinking.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 32, 390-
400. doi:10.1002/acp.3408.
Kukutai, T and Walter, M. Recognition
and Indigenizing Official Statistics:
Reflections from Aotearoa New
Zealand and Australia. Statistical
Journal of the IAOS 31.2 (2015)Lewis,
K. V. (2013). The power of interaction
rituals: The Student Volunteer Army
and the Christchurch earthquakes.
International Small Business Journal,
31(7), 811-831.
Mann, M., DeVitt, K., and Daly, A.
(2019) What is (in) good data?
Good Data. ISBN 978-94-92302-
27-4, https://networkcultures.org/
blog/2019/01/23/out-now-tod-29-
good-data/ Accessed 16-Apr 2020
Miranti, R. & Evans, M. (2019).
Trust, sense of community, and
civic engagement: Lessons from
Australia. Journal of Communication
Psychology. 47:254-271.
Newgate Australia survey (2020).
Australia’s Response to COVID-19
Has Reached Rare Consensus,
As Community Wants to Stay the
Course on Virus Fight, 16-Apr 2020
https://www.newgatecomms.com.
au/australias-response-to-covid-19-
has-reached-a-rare-consensus-as-
community-wants-to-stay-the-course-
on-virus-fight/
Renn, O. (2008). Risk governance :
Coping with uncertainty in a complex
world. Earthscan: Sterling UK.
Renn, O., & Levine, D. (1991).
Credibility and trust in risk
communication. In R. E. Kasperson &
P. J. M. Stallen (Eds.), Communicating
risks to the public: international
perspectives (Vol. 4). Dordrecht:
Kluwer.
Research Data Alliance COVID-19
Working Group, https://www.rd-
alliance.org/groups/rda-covid19
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 101
Reynolds, B., & Quinn, S. C. (2008).
Effective communication during an
influenza pandemic: the value of
using a crisis and emergency risk
communication framework. Health
Promotion Practice, 9, 13S-17S.
Stoker, G., Evans, M. & Halupka, M.
(2018). Trust and Democracy in
Australia: Democratic decline and
renewal. Institute for Governance &
Policy Analysis, University of Canberra.
Van Bavel, Jay J., Katherine Baicker,
Paulo Boggio, Valerio Capraro,
Aleksandra Cichocka, Molly Crockett,
Mina Cikara, et al. (2020). Using
Social and Behavioural Science
to Support COVID-19 Pandemic
Response. PsyArXiv. March 24.
doi:10.31234/osf.io/y38m9.
van der Bles, A. M., van der Linden, S.,
Freeman, A. L. J., & Spiegelhalter, D. J.
(2020). The effects of communicating
uncertainty on public trust in facts and
numbers. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 117(14), 7672-
7683. doi:10.1073/pnas.1913678117
Volunteering Australia (2014). Policy
and Best Practice. Retrieved from:
http://www.volunteeringaustralia.org/
policy-and-best-practise/
Walsh, L., & Black, R. (2015). Youth
volunteering in Australia: An evidence
review. Report prepared for the
Australian Research Alliance for
Children and Youth. Canberra: ARACY.
Wilkinson, M. D., Dumontier, M.,
Aalbersberg, I. J., Appleton, G., Axton,
M., Baak, A., … Mons, B. (2016). The
FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific
data management and stewardship.
Sci Data, 3, 160018. doi:10.1038/
sdata.2016.18.
Wynne, B. (2002) ‘Risk and
environment as legitimatory
discourses of technology: Reflexivity
inside out?’ Current Sociology, vol 50,
no 30, pp459–477.
102 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Australia’s Optimal
Approach for Building
and Supporting a Health
System within the
“Roadmap to Recovery”
Building and supporting our health system requires
focus on two interrelated key aims:
1.	resuming and optimising routine, comprehensive
health care; and
2.	simultaneously managing COVID-19 across the
healthcare system using ongoing preparedness
and readiness to re-escalate crisis management.
6
Recommendations
and Key Findings
Recommendations
yy Recommendation: Agree and
optimise national guidelines,
training (including evidence-based
use of PPE and other infection
control approaches) and supply
chains for managing SAR-CoV-2
and COVID-19 screening, testing
and management that strengthens
primary and hospital care
collaboration.
yy Recommendation: Establish a
national real-time health data
repository starting with COVID-19
related data that links primary,
secondary and acute care that can be
extended to other areas of heath care.
yy Recommendation: Maintain e-health
(e.g. video/telehealth and apps) as
an important part of routine health
care, supported by nationally agreed
standards and quality indicators.
yy Recommendation: Support
community messaging to seek
medical care in managing existing
conditions and diagnosis and
treatment of both COVID-19 and
non-COVID-19 conditions.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 103
yy Recommendation: Provide the
flexibility in health care worker
training requirements that will
ensure the viability of Australia’s
essential health workforce
pipeline.
yy Recommendation: Provide
accessible mental health care
support specifically designed
for health care workers.
Key Findings
yy Key finding: Lack of transparency,
inconsistent messaging and
uncertainty undermine confidence
and performance in health care.
yy Key finding: Australia has a
strong, Government-supported
primary and community health
sector led by general practice and
supported by PHNs. Voluntary
patient registration would further
strengthen the ability of general
practices to engage with their
patients on an ongoing and
proactive basis.
yy Key finding: Australia has a
strong public hospital sector
combined with a private sector
that particularly supports elective
surgery. The public sector could
maintain, and if needed escalate,
COVID-19 care while elective care
(public and private) is escalated
in collaboration with private care
providers.
yy Key finding: PPE is vital for both
staff protection and to maintain
health services across the spectrum
from community to hospital care.
Uncertainty about appropriate use
and supply are therefore obvious
major stressors for health care
workers and the system. Misuse
includes both inadequate PPE and
overuse of PPE.
yy Key finding: The pandemic is
threatening both educational
opportunities for students and the
health care workforce pipeline and
this must be rectified.
yy Key finding: As with the
likely ongoing uptake of
videoconferencing in the broader
community, video or other eHealth
options are likely to be able to
offer high value care when used
appropriately.
104 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for
Building and Supporting a Health System within
the “Roadmap to Recovery”
yy Key finding: There has been marked
reductions in pathology testing
and clinical presentations for non-
COVID-19 problems indicating a
possible delay in the management
of existing conditions and lack of
attention for new problems.
yy Key finding: Electronic health
records and data linkage are
key to comprehensive COVID-19
surveillance as well as managing
non-COVID-19 clinical problems.
yy Key finding: All critical care
specialties have previously
supported advanced care planning
for patients likely to have poor
outcomes, COVID-19 has further
emphasised this need.
yy Key finding: Medical research
integrates laboratory,
epidemiological and clinical
trial-based programs aimed at
understanding the fundamental
molecular, biological and
biochemical characteristics
of COVID-19 and for devising
treatments and vaccines.
yy Key finding: Epidemiological
modelling of the dissemination
and spread of COVID-19 in an
Australian context has been
critical in informing strategies to
minimise the number of infections
and optimise the treatment of
Australians who have already been
infected. More Health Services
Research is now needed to prepare
for the changes in the healthcare
system to deal with COVID-19 and
its consequences.
General Background
Current Context
The COVID-19 crisis challenges
all aspects of health care and all
overlapping sectors of our system.
For patients with COVID-19, 80%
can be adequately cared for in the
community, 15% require hospital
inpatient acute care; and 5%
require critical care (ICU) usually
for respiratory support. Health care
professionals are also at increased
risk of contracting COVID-19. Dealing
with the crisis has led to delaying non-
urgent elective surgery; i.e. surgery
unlikely to lead to death or significant
harm within 30-days. Also, many
patients are avoiding the health care
system for non-COVID-19 problems.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 105
Evidence and Analysis to
support Recommendations
and Key Findings into
Australia’s recovery phase
ARS-CoV-2 testing and
screening and vaccination
With the dual aims of managing the
pandemic and increasing clinical
activity for non-COVID-19 needs,
both community and hospital sectors
require agreed expert evidence-based
guidance on testing and screening
for SARS-CoV-2, as epidemiology and
antibody and antigen tests evolve.
This advice should include managing
those who screen or test positive.
Escalating elective surgery will be
highly dependent on this advice
including Australian epidemiology.
Similar guidance will be needed
should a vaccine become available.
Analysis:
yy Ensure updated national guidelines
on managing SARS-CoV-2 and
COVID-19 screening and testing in
community and hospital settings.
yy Link screening and testing data to
enhance national surveillance.
The central role of primary care
in the “Roadmap to Recovery”
The centrality of primary care has
been re-enforced during the COVID-19
pandemic as countries with strong
primary care have demonstrated
greater capacity to flexibly respond.
Recovery will be prolonged – this is a
marathon, not a sprint. Primary care
has a key role in preventing, testing,
tracing and managing COVID-19.
Primary Health Networks have played
a vital role in supporting primary care
in the response.
The understandable focus on
COVID-19 has led to the unintended
consequence of a reduction in those
seeking health support for non-
For patients with COVID-19,
80% can be adequately cared for
in the community, 15% require
hospital inpatient acute care; and
5% require critical care (ICU)
usually for respiratory support.
106 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for
Building and Supporting a Health System within
the “Roadmap to Recovery”
COVID-19 care. Tele(video)health
(with new MBS item numbers) has
helped to some extent. Many hospital-
based ambulatory services including
outpatient clinics have also moved
to telehealth. Concern remains that
we will see increased morbidity and
mortality from the current altered
focus of health care workers and
from patient reluctance to engage
on non-COVID-19 problems. This is
also likely to be disproportionately
the case in socioeconomically
marginalised groups.
As hospital services, particularly
elective surgery resume, the
severity of both comorbidity and the
underlying reasons for the patient
requiring surgery may have worsened
increasing risks of complications
and mortality. This places greater
demands on all three areas: primary
community care, acute hospital care
and critical care.
Analysis:
yy Primary care should be supported
as the central component of the
health system including care for
conditions well managed using
care in the community.
yy Collecting, curating and linking
health data across the health
care system should be supported
including MyHR.
Hospitals as Partners in the
“Roadmap to Recovery”
To date, Australian hospitals have
avoided the nightmare of other
countries such as the UK, Spain, and
the US. Our acute and critical care
sectors are treating an unexpectedly
small number of COVID-19 patients
but are prepared for many more. There
is now a need to resume elective
diagnostic and therapeutic procedures
(medical and surgical) in low risk
patients as soon as possible. There is
concern that following the pandemic
there will be the adverse effects
of neglecting other health issues,
including worsening mental health.
This is a public health problem.
Primary care and hospital clinicians
need to increase collaboration to
improve patients’ chronic conditions
that may have deteriorated during the
pandemic and ensure that access to
procedures is based on need rather
than the loudest voices. Escalating
elective diagnostic and therapeutic
procedures will require Government
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 107
facilitated collaboration between the
public and private sectors.
Due to our timely response, the
Australian health care system has
been provided with time to plan.
It is well documented that older
Australians are more likely to require
intensive care and ventilation than
younger Australians. Now is the time
for general practitioners, emergency
medicine, anaesthetists, intensivists to
promote there being early goals of care
discussions for patients at high risk of
death or severely impaired functional
recovery. Some patients who have
died in ICU from COVID-19 may
have benefitted from goals-of-care
discussions before their final illness.
The health care system needs to be
primed for a COVID-19 resurgence as
has been seen in other countries and
to be able to pivot quickly in response.
Primary care and public hospitals will
need to maintain COVID-19 readiness
and the ability to escalate.
Analysis:
yy The public must be supported to
seek medical care for existing cond-
itions and diagnosis and treatment
of non-COVID-19 conditions.
yy Support community-based “goals-
of-care” discussions for patients
at risk of poor outcomes – so
patients are better prepared should
circumstances so require.
yy Facilitate public and private
sector collaboration in escalating
elective diagnostic and therapeutic
procedures.
yy Priorities for resuming care must be
based on need – and may require a
communications campaign to build
momentum.
Now is the time for general
practitioners, emergency medicine,
anaesthetists, intensivists to
promote there being early goals
of care discussions for patients
at high risk of death or severely
impaired functional recovery. Some
patients who have died in ICU from
COVID-19 may have benefitted
from goals-of-care discussions
before their final illness.
108 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for
Building and Supporting a Health System within
the “Roadmap to Recovery”
Mental Health and Wellbeing
of Healthcare Workers in the
Recovery phase
Supporting the wellbeing of
healthcare workers at elevated
risk of experiencing psychological
distress and adverse mental health
symptoms is vital for both their health
and for managing the pandemic. The
intensive workload, uncertain PPE,
fear of infection and spread to family
members, saturation media coverage,
inconsistent messaging and reduced
contact with loved ones all contribute
to the added mental burden on
healthcare workers. The psychological
harm of the pandemic for healthcare
workers is a continuum from stress
and burnout to post-traumatic stress
and other mental health symptoms.
Analysis:
A targeted mental health plan for
healthcare workers is essential
including:
yy Optimising informal and formal
support networks and education on
the possible psychological impact
of COVID-19.
yy Screening of healthcare workers for
psychological distress and mental
health symptoms.
yy Access to free evidence-based
eHealth mental health interventions,
and face-to-face treatment for
individuals requiring more intensive
support.
Personal Protective Equipment
(PPE)
Personal protective equipment has
been an important and emotive subject
during this COVID-19 pandemic.
However, PPE is only one part of
protecting staff and other patients
from COVID-19 cross-infection.
PPE is a collective term for differing
levels of protection, and it has been
complicated by the lack of any
agreed terminology. There has also
been uncertainty about when to use
The psychological harm of the
pandemic for healthcare workers
is a continuum from stress and
burnout to post-traumatic stress
and other mental health symptoms.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 109
the various levels of PPE, and also
uncertainty about availability of PPE
with a marked disparity of access
across community and hospital care.
Appropriate PPE use significantly
reduces risk of viral transmission.
PPE should be matched to the SARS-
CoV-2 risk, which will depend on
location, and should be based on
national case definitions and guided
by local infectious diseases and
public health advice. It should also be
matched to the potential mode of viral
transmission occurring during patient
care – contact, droplet, or airborne.
Suggested Levels of PPE based on
mode of transmission risks:
1.	 Low risk: Standard work clothes
and procedures;
2.	 Contact precautions: Gloves and
plastic apron;
3.	 Droplet precautions: Gloves,
plastic apron, surgical mask and
eye protection;
4.	 Airborne precautions: Gloves,
fluid repellent long sleeved gown,
goggles or full-face shield and
N95 mask. (Purified Air Powered
Respirators (PAPRs) with training.)
Availability of PPE is dependent on
both supply and use. Unnecessary
use (misuse) does not enhance safety
and undermines availability. Clear
understanding of the levels of PPE
and when they are needed is required
to sustain stocks and de-escalate
use of PPE during the return to pre-
pandemic clinical activities. Adhering
to guidelines such as those from the
College of Anaesthetists (ANZCA)
should help de-escalate use of PPE
and re-escalate if needed.
Analysis:
yy Use of consistent terminology of
levels of PPE based on method of
transmission
yy Ensure a nationally coordinated PPE
stockpile with reliable, accessible
estimates of different PPE
components and greater certainty
about adequate access for hospital
and community workforce.
yy Develop agreed national guidelines
in collaboration with relevant
professional bodies (such as the
medical Colleges) for appropriate use
of PPE for each level of transmission
risk, including: an agreed list of
aerosol-generating procedures.
110 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for
Building and Supporting a Health System within
the “Roadmap to Recovery”
Managing the Professions and
the training pipeline within the
“Roadmap to Recovery”
Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic
Australia was already facing major
challenges in maintaining and
sustaining a health workforce to meet
the growing and distributed demand
for health care. Workforce strategies
to address these pre-existing
imbalances in supply and demand,
particularly in nursing and midwifery,
will not be sufficient to meet the
added immediate and longer-term
impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic.
The immediate surge in workforce
demand from the pandemic along
with any subsequent waves, will
continue to require rapid up-skilling
and re-deployment of large numbers
of health professionals to the frontline
for up to 18 months. Interruptions are
anticipated through natural attrition,
work stress, burnout, sick leave,
isolation leave, and added caring
responsibilities.
Further, healthcare workers will
access annual and long service
leave which will have been limited
during the pandemic. Workforce
disruption is expected due to loss of
required clinical training. Universities
and other training organisations
are working within jurisdictions to
leverage existing resources, capability
and capacity in order to provide
scalable, high quality, interdisciplinary,
evidence-based training solutions to
rapidly upskill the health workforce
and support workforce supply while
providing career pathways that aid
retention.
Analysis:
yy Professional regulators should
consider removing minimum
mandatory hours as a requirement
for registration and adopt a flexible
approach to the assessment of
work readiness that includes work
experience, scope of practice and
clinical competence and recognise
and promote innovative approaches
to clinical education within new
models of care (such as telehealth).
yy Pandemic preparedness should
be compulsory curriculum for all
health care courses and students
should be trained to the highest
standards in the correct use of PPE
and consideration to how students
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 111
can be safely involved in learning
about COVID-19, including the use
of virtual health care placements.
yy Ongoing in-person clinical
placements should recommence
when there are sufficient supplies
of appropriate PPE. Final year
students should be prioritised to be
involved in COVID-19 related care
as they will commence practice in
2021 and must be prepared for their
role.
The National Principles for Clinical
Education during the COVID-19
recently published by the Australian
Government are a helpful contribution
in this space. It is important the
professional accreditors now conform
to these principles.
The silver lining of a digitally
connected health care system as
we move into a recovery phase
COVID-19 has catapulted our health
care systems into the digital delivery
of health care. This has been largely
welcomed by the public and the health
care workforce. There is an opportunity
to build upon the experience of
tele and video consultations and
incorporate these permanently
into health care, yet this must be
accompanied by appropriate standards
and guidelines for training, and quality
indicators and management. Virtual
healthcare can be extended beyond
voice/video interaction to include
asynchronous communication,
consumer empowerment and
biomedical monitoring.
The COVID-19 pandemic has also
demonstrated the importance of
real-time health data in the planning
response and management of the
crisis. The engagement of the public
in following the daily data updates
has been unprecedented. The time is
ideal to capitalise on the alignment
of the public, practitioner and policy
need for data.
Analysis:
yy eHealth (virtual Healthcare) should
become routine health care.
Standards and Quality indicators
should be developed in conjunction
with the relevant professional
bodies to support the integration of
virtual healthcare into routine care.
Consider how to integrate virtual
healthcare into training health care
professionals.
112 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for
Building and Supporting a Health System within
the “Roadmap to Recovery”
The contribution of medical and
health research to Australia’s
capacity to manage the COVID-19
pandemic
Australia’s medical research
community has made significant
contributions to Australia’s response
to the COVID-19 pandemic through
universities, medical research
institutes, hospitals and other
research institutions. Australia has
been at the cutting edge being one of
the first outside China to isolate the
virus, develop virus-detection tests,
publish on the immune response
to the virus and lead in developing
innovative Vaccine candidates.
Analysis
yy Medical research integrates
laboratory, epidemiological and
clinical trial-based programs
aimed at understanding the
fundamental molecular, biological
and biochemical characteristics
of COVID-19 and is critical for
treatments and vaccines.
yy Medical research models the
projected dissemination and spread
of COVID-19 in an Australian context,
to inform strategies to minimise the
number of infections and optimise
the treatment of Australians who
have already been infected.
yy Health services research will be
critical in supporting the health
system more broadly in the recovery
from COVID-19.
References
Babbage S. COVID-19: Impacts and
opportunities for Australia’s Health
Care System. Price Waterhouse
Coopers, Sydney, Australia, 20/3/2020.
https://www.pwc.com.au/important-
problems/coronavirus-covid-19/
healthcare-system-impacts-
opportunities.html
Australia has been at the cutting
edge being one of the first outside
China to isolate the virus, develop
virus-detection tests, publish on
the immune response to the virus
and lead in developing innovative
Vaccine candidates.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 113
Horton R, COVID-19 and the NHS—“a
national scandal”. The Lancet,
Volume 395, Issue 10229, 2020, Page
1022, doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736
(20)30727-3
Cook TM. Personal protective
equipment during the COVID-19
pandemic – a narrative review.
Anaesthesia. 2020
Australian and New Zealand
College of Anaesthetists (ANZCA).
Recommendations for PPE
according to SARS-CoV-2 risk
status. 2020. http://www.anzca.edu.
au/documents/anzca-covid-ppe-
statement-v24-09042020-(1).pdf
Burns, H., Hamer, B. & Bissell, A.
(2020). COVID-19: Implications for
the Australian healthcare workforce.
Retrieved from: https://www.pwc.
com.au/important-problems/
coronavirus-covid-19/australian-
healthcare-workforce.html
Australian Government (2020). Impact
of COVID-19. Theoretical modelling on
how the health system can respond
https://www.health.gov.au/sites/
default/files/documents/2020/04/
impact-of-covid-19-in-australia-
ensuring-the-health-system-can-
respond-summary-report.pdf
Australian and New Zealand College
of Anaesthetists (ANZCA), Royal
Australasian College of Surgeons
(RACS): Medical colleges support
resumption of selective elective
surgery for low-risk patients.
http://www.anzca.edu.au/
communications/media/media-
releases-2020/medical-colleges-
support-resumption-of-selective-e
Choosing Wisely. ANZCA, ANZICS,
ACEM. https://www.choosingwisely.
org.au/recommendations
Australian and New Zealand Intensive
Care Society. COVID-19 resources
for critical care professionals. https://
www.anzics.com.au/coronavirus/
The Australian Commission on
Safety and Quality in Health Care.
A guide to the potentially preventable
hospitalisations indicator in Australia.
2017.https://www.safetyandquality.
gov.au/sites/default/files/migrated/A-
guide-to-the-potentially-preventable-
hospitalisations-indicator-in-Australia.
pdf
114 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Preparing to Reopen
Key issues: What are the special considerations,
preparations and support needed to assist the
reopening of businesses and workplaces, schools
and tertiary education institutions?
7
Recommendations
and Key Findings
Businesses and Workplaces
yy Recommendation: Create a national
risk diagnostic tool with review
criteria for businesses to review and
self-assess their own shortage of
resources, ability to reopen/reform,
challenges and limitations in post-
COVID-19 situations.
yy Recommendation: Develop a health
tracking system and new hygiene
standards to ensure reopening
practices are safe for the workforce
and public.
yy Recommendation: Develop a
staged approach to a return to
work, taking account of geographic
location, occupation/industry type,
and characteristics of workers
which might indicate high risk of
serious infection.
yy Recommendation: Diversify
opportunities for new employment
styles and extend the criteria for
receipt of the JobKeeper allowance.
Tertiary Institutions
yy Key finding: Losses in research
and teaching capacity of post-
school educational institutions
(universities, colleges, VET
providers) as a result of the current
crisis will greatly hinder economic
recovery and long-term prosperity.
yy Recommendation: Federal and
State Government support the
post-school education sector
to help prevent researcher and
teacher job losses, and support
a swift return to capacity in both
teaching and R&D.
yy Key finding: It is important
that post-school educational
institutions account for gaps in
syllabus knowledge and work/
vocational placement skills through
students’ first year of candidature.
yy Recommendation: Post-school
educational institutions make
appropriate accommodations and
take necessary actions to assist
the transition of incoming first year
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 115
students who may not have all the
assumed syllabus knowledge or
expected work/vocational skills.
yy Key finding: Students in accredited
programs due to graduate in 2020
and research students collecting
data and undertaking fieldwork
in 2020 are at significant risk of
disruption.
yy Recommendation: Australia
develop a coordinated, national
(or state-based, as appropriate)
response to graduating students
and apprentices/trainees from
accredited programs agreed by
the relevant accrediting bodies.
yy Key finding: Australia’s response
needs to balance consideration of
the priority of domestic students,
with the important benefits that
come from a strong, vibrant
international education sector.
yy Recommendation: Balanced with
critical health and epidemiological
considerations, there is a need for
early decision-making about when
and how international students
return to Australia for on-campus
learning.
Schools
yy Key finding: Online and remote
learning remain useful temporary
measures, but place significant
burdens on students, families and
educators. Continued use of remote
learning for some or all students,
as opposed to school-based
in-class teaching, may deepen
existing inequalities in educational
attainment and engagement.
yy Key finding: Schools face several
major challenges in the return to full
operations in terms of addressing
student well-being, mental
health concerns, as well as other
operational issues.
Australia’s response needs to
balance consideration of the
priority of domestic students, with
the important benefits that come
from a strong, vibrant international
education sector.
116 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
yy Recommendation: Any resumption/
expansion of in-class school
operations should be contingent
upon physical distancing measures
appropriate to each school
context. A staged return of school
operations should consider the
social, emotional, developmental
and academic needs of different
groups.
yy Recommendation: To support
academic, mental health, and
school to post-school transitions,
government should provide schools
with adequate funding, resources,
and coordination support to
facilitate adaptive responses
to current circumstances and
emergent contingencies.
Context
Businesses and Workplaces
The Australian economy, in common
with most of the rest of the world,
will confront serious recession in
coming months, and will probably not
regain levels of activity recorded at
the end of 2019 for two years or more
(Ketchell, 2020). Updated forecasts
from the International Monetary
Fund suggest real GDP growth of
–6.7% in 2020. This indicates the
recession Australia is facing will
dwarf those that came before it. In
order to realise the projected 6.1%
real GDP growth forecast by the IMF
in 2021, government needs to support
businesses in a number of ways.
Tertiary Institutions
The Australian Higher Education
sector comprises over 1.5 million
students enrolled in 136 universities
and non-university higher education
institutions (Department of Education,
Skills and Employment, 2019), with
about half a million of them from
overseas (DESE, n.d). More broadly
across the tertiary education sector
In order to realise the projected
6.1% real GDP growth forecast by
the IMF in 2021, government needs
to support businesses in a number
of ways.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 117
the Australian Bureau of Statistics
estimates that in May 2019 there
were over 2.1 million people in
Australia aged 15–64 studying
for a non-school qualification at
Certificate III level or above (ABS,
2019a). Many of the educational
challenges and recommendations
relevant to the tertiary education
sector are substantially the same
as the ones for schools. However,
there are also issues particular to
the tertiary education sector and the
contributions this sector makes to
Australia’s national benefit.
Universities play a vital societal/
economic role in research and
development (R&D), contributing
$41 billion to the national economy
and employing 259,100 full-time
equivalent staff (Deloitte, 2018).
International education brought in
around $40 billion in 2019 (ABS,
2020). Despite amounting to around
40% of Australia’s exports of services
and nearly 10% of all goods and
services, Commonwealth funding has
fallen from 37% to 30% (DESE, 2020)
as the share of university revenue
from international students has risen
(between 2003 and 2018 from 14%
to 26% or more). At the same time,
there has been a collapse in gross
Australian expenditure on R&D, falling
from 1.88% in 2015–16 to 1.79%
of GDP in 2017–18 (ABS, 2019),
while the OECD average annual R&D
spend was 2.37% of GDP in 2017
(OECD, 2020). While universities’
role as a major export industry is
increasingly recognised, this is not
always so with R&D activities which
also support significant innovation-
driven economic growth. Independent
modelling by London Economics
estimates that Go8 research activity
alone contributed $24.5 billion to the
economy each year, with an estimated
$10 return to the private sector for
every $1 of Go8 research income
(London Economics, 2018).
Universities play a vital societal/
economic role in research and
development (R&D), contributing
$41 billion to the national economy
and employing 259,100 full-time
equivalent staff.
118 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
The COVID-19 crisis has directly and
substantially impacted the tertiary
sector through closures of campuses,
cessation of in-class learning, and a
rapid shift to remote online learning.
Even though off-campus learning
already represented part of the
regular experience for one in three
higher education domestic students
in Australia (Norton, Cherastidtham
& Mackey, 2018), that applied mostly
to adult learners and postgraduate
students.
The COVID-19 crisis has also
highlighted the crucial need for
innovation and productivity-driven
growth for our national economy and
the health of our citizens. A strong
tertiary education sector is one of our
greatest assets, strongly positioned
to provide a pathway through the
current crisis and return to wellness
and prosperity. Australian health and
medical researchers are engaged in
world-leading programs to develop
effective treatments and vaccines for
COVID-19, with Australian universities
training the future workforce in ways
that are crucial to responding to this
crisis. Our vocational colleges and
TAFEs are also providing critical
workforce training needed for this
recovery. Perhaps the greatest demand
on universities and other post-school
institutions comes at a time when they
are also most under threat.
The following Key Findings and
Recommendations take into account
all post-school educational institutions
and pathways.
Schools
In 2019, nearly four million students
were enrolled in 9,503 Australian
schools (ABS, 2020). While the re-
opening of schools to face-to-face
operations needs to be considered
from the public health perspectives,
it is also vital that the diverse
educational impacts of moves to
Rapidly developing policies
surrounding the operations of
schools within the COVID-19
pandemic context have been a
flashpoint for public media debate.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 119
remote online teaching and learning
on young people, educators, education
systems and the broader Australian
economy are recognised. This report
examines the key educational issues
that must be considered alongside
epidemiological factors when
determining the reopening of
schools around Australia.
Schools play a complex role in
society, integrating the production
of both public and private goods
(Labaree, 1997), and balancing
multiple, overlapping purposes of
academic learning, socialisation, and
individual development (Biesta, 2015).
Considerations for the re-opening of
schools need to remain aware of this
complexity.
Rapidly developing policies
surrounding the operations of schools
within the COVID-19 pandemic
context have been a flashpoint for
public media debate. Federal and
State/Territory governments have at
times appeared at odds over strategy,1
and teachers and education unions
have expressed strong concerns
regarding the health and safety of
staff, especially those with relevant
pre-existing health conditions, as
schools remained open into late
March.2
Anecdotal reports from mid-
March have attendance rates at only
35% to 50%.3
Numerous medical
experts and the Federal Government
have not been entirely supportive
of families removing children from
schools in the absence of illness
or other specific concerns (Creagh,
2020),4
drawing on modelling and
epidemiological support (e.g., Viner
et al 2020) – though positions on
this shifted with rapid change in the
national and international situations.
1	https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-03-23/federal-and-state-governments-school-closures-amid-
	coronavirus/12080062
2	https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-03-19/coronavirus-why-is-australia-keeping-schools-open/12070702
3	https://www.theage.com.au/national/victoria/parents-are-voting-with-their-feet-school-attendance-rates-in-
	freefall-20200317-p54aw0.html
4	https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-15/coronavirus-covid19-education-schools-scott-morrison-
	response/12149984
120 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
By the end of Term 1 and immediately
following Easter, schools moved
students to remote online learning.
Schools remain open for in-school
remote learning for children of
essential service workers and
vulnerable students; however, there
has been some confusion as to what
constitutes an essential service
worker, with contrasting messaging
from Federal and State/Territory
levels.5
Currently, it is envisaged
that students will start returning
to in-class learning some time in
TermTwo, but it is unclear who, how
many, and when they will return to
in-class learning. Thus, Australian
schools seem to be transitioning to a
mix of in-class, remote, and flexible
learning arrangements—with precise
arrangements and plans varying
between states, and likely, between
schools.6
5	https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2020/mar/27/more-harm-than-good-the-cases-for-and-
	against-closing-schools-during-the-coronavirus-pandemic
	 Argoon, A. (2020) Victorian schools will close and childcare centres have rigid rules eased Herald Sun
	 Newspaper, Victoria March 24, 7.29am heraldsun.com.au
6	https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-15/coronavirus-covid19-education-schools-scott-morrison-
	response/12149984
Evidence and
Analysis to Support
Recommendations
and Key Findings
Businesses and Workplaces
Recommendation
Create a national risk diagnostic
tool with criteria for businesses
to review and self-assess their
own shortage of resources, ability
to reopen/reform, challenges
and limitations in post-COVID-19
situations.
Recommendation
Government should facilitate
information-sharing to support
business reopening and recovery
with centralised information sharing
platforms to be developed at State
and Federal Government levels.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 121
For those firms with cash reserves,
the hibernation policy will work.
However, firms without sufficient
cash reserves will not have the ability
to pivot to adapt to the changing
business environment, nor pay the
accountants and other business
professionals required to develop
business strategies (Sneader and
Singhal, 2020).
The advice of financial professionals
with expertise in business strategy
could be of assistance. Government
could encourage and facilitate legal
and financial advisory assistance for
small and medium sized businesses
at low cost, through subsidies to the
service providers. The $100,000 cash
flow support for small and medium
businesses the Government has
already implemented is an appropriate
strategy to assist in this area.
In addition, an exit strategy for firms
with high risk of financial distress
can be an important foundation for
strategic renewal (Ren, Hu and Cui,
2019) as they free up committed
resources and, therefore, contribute
to the formation of new ventures
(Carnahan, 2017).
Another important tool in helping
businesses to recover are revenue-
contingent loans (RCL). This facility
could, for example, be deployed
to continue wage support as the
JobKeeper scheme is wound down
through the recovery period for
firms not at risk of financial distress
(Botterill, Chapman and Kelly, 2017).
It can also be useful to consider
strategies that have worked in the
past. Following the Great Depression,
the United States introduced Federal
Government programs to provide
employment and support businesses,
such as the Reconstruction
Finance Corporation that loaned or
invested billions of dollars to rescue
important parts of the economy.
Government could encourage
and facilitate legal and financial
advisory assistance for small and
medium sized businesses at low
cost, through subsidies to the
service providers.
122 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
The Corporation was able to push
assistance beyond banks into local
economies thus restoring confidence
in the financial system (Vossmeyer,
2014), and has been used as a
stabilisation agency and device to
redirect the flow of capital investment
to socially desirable enterprises such
as small businesses (Sprinkel, 1952).
In general Government needs to
simplify, where possible, the process
and complexity of supporting
resources (such as business loans,
grants, or other stimulus schemes) to
increase the uptake and engagement
of small businesses who have limited
time dealing with operational issues.
Recommendation
Develop a health tracking system
and new hygiene standards to
ensure reopening practices are
safe for the workforce and public.
Basic temperature testing can be
implemented at public places to
prepare for reopening. A health colour
code – such as the system being
used in China or a tracking app –
such as the TraceTogether used in
Singapore,7
can be used to slow the
coronavirus spread and limit any
further outbreak when the mass
population attempts to return to
work and mass gatherings.
Hand sanitizers at entry and
egress points in business should
be mandated and installed at
minimal cost to ensure basic
health standards.
Contactless service rules and
maintenance of social distancing
is required until reliable preventative
vaccines or effective treatments
are available at scale
Recommendation
Develop a staged approach to a
return to work, taking account of
geographic location, occupation/
industry type, and characteristics
of workers which might indicate
high risk of serious infection.
7	https://www.zdnet.com/article/singapore-introduces-contact-tracing-app-to-slow-coronavirus-spread/
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 123
Links between prevalence of medical
condition, geographic area, and
occupational type could be used to
formulate a staged opening by area,
or, if a geographically uniform re-
opening is undertaken, where medical
resources might be needed. While
observed prevalence of COVID-19 in
a given area is clearly a relevant risk
factor, other considerations are also
important (Chomik, 2020).
Workers with co-morbidities are
probably more at risk of serious
infection than older workers, and
should be guided appropriately
in returning to work. There is a
significant fall in infections in men
with no medical condition between
the 70–74 age group compared to
later age groups (Cumming et al.,
2009). Pre-existing medical conditions
appear to be present in almost all
serious infections (Onder, 2020).
Recommendation
Diversify opportunities for new
employment styles and extend
the criteria for receipt of the
JobKeeper allowance.
Many owner-operators do not
take wages or salaries from their
businesses, but instead rely on
drawings or dividends for their income.
Where evidence can be provided that
these owner-operators are losing
income from lost work opportunities,
eligibility criteria for the JobKeeper
allowance should be extended.
Mass layoffs across a range of
business and projections from the
International Monetary Fund of
unemployment of 8.9%, up from 5.2%
in 2019, [15] signifies the need for
redeployment of the labour force.
This will also require many individuals
to upskill or reskill in order to adapt
to the new business landscape
post COVID-19 restrictions. Many
businesses around the world are
already requiring staff to improve
their skills to refocus in longer term
preparations [16].
Workers with co-morbidities are
probably more at risk of serious
infection than older workers …
124 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
Retraining and upskilling programs
could be geared towards providing a
workforce able to deliver on building
up national supply chains for health-
related essential goods with less
reliance on international markets.
International trade flows, however,
should not be impeded with moves
towards old protectionist trade policies.
Tertiary Education
Key finding
Losses in research and teaching
capacity of post-school educational
institutions (universities, colleges,
TAFEs) as a result of the current
crisis would greatly hinder
economic recovery and long-term
prosperity.
Recommendation
Federal and State Government
support the post-school education
sector to help prevent researcher
and teacher job losses, and
support a swift return to capacity
in both teaching and R&D.
As a case in point, universities
play a key role in delivering high-
level training in critical nation-
building skills such as education,
medicine, psychology, minerals
and engineering, and research
and development (R&D) activities
(Deloitte, 2018). A loss in R&D
and teaching capacity as a result
of this crisis would greatly hinder
economic recovery and long-term
prosperity (Universities Australia,
2020). Continued isolation threatens
both, especially as critical aspects
of tertiary education and research
cannot be conducted in an online
environment. Universities will play
a significant role in developing
the evidence base, treatments,
and policies, as well as in training
the professionals of the future
(Universities Australia, 2019), but
remaining closed hampers those
endeavours. Universities have been
set back markedly in their capacity
to deliver on these objectives
(Universities Australia, 2020). Post-
school colleges and TAFEs face
similar challenges in preparing the
tradespeople of the future.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 125
Key finding
It is important that post-school
educational institutions account
for gaps in syllabus knowledge
and work/vocational placement
skills through students’ first year
of candidature.
Recommendation
Post-school educational
institutions make appropriate
accommodations and take
necessary actions to assist the
transition of incoming first year
students who may not have all the
assumed syllabus knowledge or
expected work/vocational skills.
Due to disruptions to in-class
learning in 2020, there may be
students entering university, college,
or TAFE from school who do not
have all the assumed syllabus
knowledge or who may not have
the met all the required work/
vocational placement hours/days.
To the extent this is the case, these
students’ pathways through post-
school education may be hampered.
Possible mitigating strategies include
institutions offering a pre-university/
college bridging week or revision
in Week 1 (specific to a course to
ensure subject-specific readiness),
and using teaching staff to monitor
and attend to identified knowledge
or skill gaps as courses proceed
through first year. Vocational colleges
and TAFEs may offer pre-college
or Week 1 practical instruction to
address practical skill gaps (arising
from lost work placements in Year
12). This may also require institutions
offering first year students expanded
support through learning/counselling
support units.
Possible mitigating strategies
include institutions offering a pre-
university/college bridging week
or revision in Week 1 (specific to a
course to ensure subject-specific
readiness) …
126 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
Key finding
Students in accredited programs
due to graduate in 2020 and
research students collecting data
in 2020 are at significant risk of
disruption.
Recommendation
Australia develop a coordinated,
national (or state-based,
as appropriate) response
to graduating students and
apprentices/trainees from
accredited programs agreed by
the relevant accrediting bodies.
Students due to graduate in 2020
are most at risk. Research students
collecting data in 2020 are also at
risk. Strong coordination between
Government services, industry
(major employers), accrediting
bodies, and universities is essential
to ensure staff are available to
teach and conduct research, as
well as to manage the transition
of 2020 graduating students into
the workforce or further study. This
is especially critical for accredited
university programs (e.g. engineering,
medicine, exercise science,
psychology, podiatry, teaching,
etc.) and also apprenticeships
and traineeships. There are
inconsistencies and instances
of inflexibility across accrediting
bodies’ response to this issue. If
there is delay in achieving practice/
placement hours, some students
may require significant revision of
preparatory units. Some students
may have to wait so long to achieve
those hours that they risk dropping
out. This could leave Australia short
of the very specialists and skilled
tradespeople needed to rebuild
post COVID-19. Australia requires a
coordinated, national response (or
state-based response if appropriate)
to graduating students from relevant
programs agreed by the accrediting
bodies in a given profession. Similar
considerations will be needed for final
year apprentices and trainees.
If there is delay in achieving practice/placement hours, some
students may require significant revision of preparatory units.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 127
Key finding
Australia’s response needs to
balance consideration of the
priority of domestic students, with
the important benefits that come
from a strong, vibrant international
education sector.
Recommendation
Balanced with critical health and
epidemiological considerations,
there is a need for early decision-
making about when and how
international students return to
Australia for on-campus learning.
Whilst the recovery focus is and
should be on domestic students,
international education is a key
export for Australia and must be
safeguarded. Australian university
degrees are highly regarded around
the world and Australian tertiary
education is thus a highly attractive
export opportunity (Universities
Australia, 2018). If the shift to
remote, online learning persists
there may be a decreased incentive
for international students to choose
Australian educational institutions,
rather than other international
competitors, ceasing to occupy the
third position among the favourite
countries to study abroad (UNESCO-
UIS, 2017). That scenario would
threaten the viability of the Australian
tertiary education sector; in the
case of universities, one-fourth of
total university revenue comes from
overseas student fees (Universities
Australia, 2019). Alongside critical
health and epidemiological
considerations, there is a need for
early decision-making about when
and how international students return
to Australia for on-campus learning.
If the shift to remote, online
learning persists there may
be a decreased incentive for
international students to choose
Australian educational institutions,
rather than other international
competitors …
128 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
Schools
Key finding
Online and remote learning remain
useful temporary measures, but
place significant burdens on
students, families and educators.
Continued use of remote learning
for some or all students, as
opposed to school-based in-class
teaching, may deepen existing
inequalities in educational
attainment and engagement.
There is growing concern about
the ‘digital divide’ in education, and
the corresponding likelihood that
online learning will lead to deepening
existent inequalities among students
(Karp & McGowan, 2020). There
are considerable gaps in terms of
the proportion of internet access at
home between areas (88.3% access
in greater capital cities versus 77.1%
in remote or very remote areas)
and by incomes (88.9% access in
the highest quintile versus 67.4%
in the lowest quintile) (ABS, 2018).
Students in early childhood settings,
including prep/kindergarten and Years
one to three also face additional
challenges engaging in a purely online
environment without significant help
and face-to-face support, as do young
people with developmental delay,
such as ADHD or autism (Tanner et
al., 2010). Australian teachers may
not have sufficient time, resources or
expertise to adequately and promptly
shift teaching into online modes
(Reimers & Schleicher, 2020). Failure
to ensure learning continuity can lead
to learning gaps that adversely impact
in-school, post-school transition
outcomes, mental health, and post-
education employment (Cutler &
Lleras-Muney, 2014).
Key finding
Schools face several major
challenges in the return to full
operations in terms of addressing
student well-being, mental
health concerns, as well as other
operational issues.
Pandemic conditions, physical
distancing and remote learning may
exacerbate youth wellbeing issues,
in a context where evidence shows
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 129
that one in four students already
suffer from mental health issues
(Mission Australia, 2017). For some
the current crisis comes after the
devastating bushfire season along
with other extreme weather events
(floods and cyclones), traumatic
disruptions which may lead to
increased family and sexual violence
and mental health issues which
all impact life at school (Cahill,
2020). Students’ elderly family
members may have passed away
or remain very sick. Reduced social
mixing with friends and peers over
extended periods will itself have
negative effects (Collington &
McLaws, 2020; Brooks et al 2020).
Schools, universities, and colleges
are uniquely placed to provide a
safe and supportive space and to
help emotional and social recovery
post emergencies (Cahill 2020),
but this will be reliant on sufficient
resources, training and support.
This confluence of significantly
disruptive circumstances highlights
the need to provide ongoing social
and emotional interventions as part
of a wide-ranging school-based
response to young peoples’ wellbeing
(Recommendation 2).
Recommendation
Any resumption of school
operations should be contingent
upon physical distancing
measures appropriate to each
school context. A staged return
of school operations should
consider the social, emotional,
developmental and academic
needs of different groups.
Limited evidence exists regarding the
use of social distancing measures
within schools in response to
communicable disease, beyond the
strategy of closure. However, a recent
review (Uscher-Pines et al, 2018)
provides a good account of the types
of practices which schools could
consider as they resume substantial
face-to-face operations:
yy Cancellation of all non-essential
and high-mixing activities (e.g.
field trips, camps, assemblies,
performances)
yy Students remain in constant class
groupings (where possible) and
remain in the same classroom,
while teachers move between
rooms where necessary.
130 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
yy Well-defined walking paths within
school buildings.
yy Separating individual desks within
classrooms to the maximum
amount possible.
yy Grade or class dismissal instead
of full school dismissal in case of
registered infection.
yy Staggered start/end to the school
day.
yy Staggered break times for different
student groups; allocating groups
of students to classrooms for
break times.
yy Enhanced cleaning and disinfection
of school buildings.
Hand-hygiene practices could be
integrated more intensively into school
routines, for example using hand
sanitizer when entering and leaving
classrooms. Close and sustained
contact of students on public
transport services to/from school,
university, etc. potentially poses a
significant issue to be addressed.
Three groups may deserve special
consideration in the return to face-
to-face schooling. Young people and
older staff with pre-existing medical
conditions, who face the possibility
of more severe COVID-19 disease if
infected (Sinha et al, 2020; Centers
for Disease Control and Preventions,
2020), may not elect to return to
school campuses, and will require
continuing remote and online support.
Final year secondary students
face a high-stakes period of their
education which has been thrown
into significant uncertainty with the
disruption to schooling (Roberts,
2020). Students in the early primary
school years have additional needs
regarding socialisation, emotional
and academic support in comparison
to older students, and while at home
have a greater impact on the working
capacity of parents. These student
groups may be prioritised if a staged
return to face-to-face schooling is
instituted.
Final year secondary students
face a high-stakes period of their
education which has been thrown
into significant uncertainty with
the disruption to schooling.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 131
Recommendation
To support academic, mental
health, and school to post-
school transitions, government
provides schools with adequate
funding, resources, and
coordination support to facilitate
adaptive responses to current
circumstances and emergent
contingencies.
To address the academic, mental
health and personal wellbeing issues
identified under Key Findings, school
systems may need to coordinate a
range of additional resources and
training. This includes funding for
school-psychologists, but also up-
skilling of staff in areas such as
trauma-informed education (Brunzell
et al, 2016). Teachers will need
time and professional development
support to identify and address
learning gaps, identify mental health
issues among students and to
deal with them both from a referral
perspective and with targeted in-class
support. Staff also will need to receive
mental health and wellbeing support
(Beltman et al 2016) as workloads will
be highly demanding and variable. The
development of national or state-based
taskforce(s) integrating key school
stakeholders could assist in effectively
managing the complexities of
resuming school operations (Reimers
& Schleicher, 2020), and maintain
adaptive preparedness in regards to
a potential second wave of COVID-19
infections (Wood & Geard, 2020).
Children require special consideration
with respect to the current crisis and
its management. There is strong
evidence exposure to adversity can
be encoded in the developing child
and be expressed as a range of
physical and mental health throughout
their lifetime and subsequent
generations (Shonkoff et al., 2012).
There is strong evidence exposure
to adversity can be encoded in the
developing child and be expressed
as a range of physical and mental
health throughout their lifetime and
subsequent generations.
132 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
The social changes caused by the
COVID19 crisis and associated social
distancing measures are and will
be accompanied by an increased
likelihood of such exposure for
Australia’s children. This exposure
is likely to be manifest as increased
mental, physical and social health
costs for this generation. Ensuring the
health of children during this crisis
by minimising exposure to adversity
should be a priority investment in
Australia’s future and a preventative
measure against future burden.
Positive parenting is the clean water
of child mental health and support
for parents is potentially the best,
and most evidence-based method for
maximising children’s health through
this crisis (Boparai et al., 2018; Rae &
Zimmer-Gembeck, 2007).
Australia leads the world in the
development and dissemination
of parent support strategies that
empower parents to provide a positive
child caregiving environment. These
programs improve parent mental
health, reduce parent-child conflict,
and improve child mental health over
the course of several parent support
sessions (Rae & Zimmer-Gimbeek,
2007; Sanders et al., 2017).
Further, recent evidence shows that
these treatments are equally effective
when delivered online as either
therapist assisted programs (Dadds
et al., 2019) or self-directed programs
(Piotrowska et al., in press). Thus,
a major initiative should be a public
campaign to steer parents toward
these programs during this phase.
References
Workplaces and businesses
[1] Ketchell, M. 2020. “How will the
coronavirus recession compare with
the worst in Australia’s history?” The
Conversation. Retrieved from https://
theconversation.com/how-will-the-
coronavirus-recession-compare-with-
the-worst-in-australias-history-136379
Australia leads the world in the
development and dissemination
of parent support strategies that
empower parents to provide
a positive child caregiving
environment.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 133
[2] International Monetary Fund.
Retrieved from https://www.imf.org/
en/Countries/AUS
[3] Vossmeyer, A. 2014. “Treatment
effects and informative missingness
with an application to bank
recapitalization programs.” American
Economic Review Vol. 2014, No. 5,
pp. 212-217.
[4] Sprinkel, B.W., 1952. “Economic
consequences of the operations
of the Reconstruction Finance
Corporation.” The Journal of Business
Vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 211-224.
[5] Sneader, K., and S. Singhal. 2020.
“Beyond coronavirus: The path to
the next normal.” McKinsey and
Company https://www.mckinsey.
com/industries/healthcare-systems-
and-services/our-insights/beyond-
coronavirus-the-path-to-the-next-
normal
[6] Wenzel, M., S. Standske, and
M. Lieberman. 2020. “Strategic
Response to Crisis.” Strategic
Management Journal, Virtual Issue.
Retrieved from https://onlinelibrary.
wliey.com/pb-assets/smj.3161-
1585946518840.pdf
[7] Ren, C.R., Y. Hu, and T.H. Cui.
2019. “Responses to rival exit:
Product variety, market expansion,
and preexisting market structure.”
Strategic Management Journal 40(2):
253-276.
[8] Carnahan, S. 2017. “Blocked but
not tackled: Who founds new firms
when rivals dissolve?” Strategic
Management Journal 38(11): 2189-
2212.
[9] Linda Botterill, Bruce Chapman
and Simon Kelly (2017), ‘Revisiting
Revenue Contingent Loans for
Drought Relief: Government as Risk
Manager’ (2017), Australian Journal of
Agriculture and Resource Economics,
Vol. 61(3): 367-384.
[10] Inside China’s Smartphone
‘Health Code’ System Ruling Post-
Coronavirus Life, retrieved 16 April
2020 https://time.com/5814724/
china-health-code-smartphones-
coronavirus/
[11] Singapore introduces contact
tracing app to slow coronavirus
spread, retrieved 16 April 2020
https://www.zdnet.com/article/
singapore-introduces-contact-tracing-
app-to-slow-coronavirus-spread/
134 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
[12] Chomik, R (2020), COLVD19 and
Vulnerable Populations: A Preliminary
Analysis of the Health and Economic
Risks, CEPAR Factsheet
[13] Cumming, R., David Handelsman,
Markus J Seibel, Helen Creasey,
Philip Sambrook, Louise Waite, Vasi
Naganathan, David Le Couteur, Melisa
Litchfield, International Journal of
Epidemiology, Volume 38, Issue 2,
April 2009, Pages 374–378, https://
doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyn071
[14] Onder, G. (2020), Case-Fatality
Rate and Characteristics of Patients
Dying in Relation to COVID-19 in Italy,
Journal of the American Medical
Association, pages E1-E2.
[15] International Monetary Fund
DataMapper, retrieved 16 April
2020 https://www.imf.org/external/
datamapper/LUR@WEO/OEMDC/
AUS?year=2019
[16] Reeves, Faeste, Chen, Carlsson-
Szlezak, and Whitaker. 2020. “How
Chinese Companies Have responded to
Coronavirus.” Retrieved from https://hbr.
org/2020/03/how-chinese-companies-
have-responded-to-coronavirus
Tertiary Education
Australian Bureau of Statistics (2019).
Education and Work, Australia,
May 2019. Retrieved from: https://
www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.
nsf/DetailsPage/6227.0May%20
2019?OpenDocument
Australian Bureau of Statistics
(2019). Research and Experimental
Development, Businesses, Australia,
2017-18. Retrieved from: https://www.
abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/
Latestproducts/8104.0Main%20
Features22017-18?opendocument&ta
bname=Summary&prodno=8104.0&is
sue=2017-18&num=&view=
Australian Bureau of Statistics
(2020). International Trade in
Goods and Services, Australia,
Jan 2020. Retrieved from: https://
www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.
nsf/DetailsPage/5368.0Jan%20
2020?OpenDocument
Australian Education Network (2018).
Student Numbers at Australian
Universities. Retrieved from:
https://www.australianuniversities.
com.au/directory/student-numbers/
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 135
Australian Government. Department
of Education, Skills and Employment
(n.d.). UCube. Retrived from:
http://highereducationstatistics.
education.gov.au/
Australian Government. Department
of Education, Skills and Employment
(2019). 2018 List of higher education
institutions. Retrieved from: https://
docs.education.gov.au/node/53031
Australian Government Department
of Skills and Employment. (2020,
March 31). 2008 to 2017 Finance
Publications and Tables. https://www.
education.gov.au/2008-2017-finance-
publications-and-tables
Deloitte Access Economics
report commissioned by
Universities Australia. https://www.
universitiesaustralia.edu.au/wp-
content/uploads/2020/04/200325-
Deloitte-one-pager-FINAL.pdf
Conlon, G, Halterbeck, H, and Julius,
J (2018). The Economic Impact of
Group of Eight Universities, London
Economics.
Creagh, S. (n.d.). Schools are open
during the coronavirus outbreak but
should I voluntarily keep my kids home
anyway, if I can? We asked 5 experts.
The Conversation. Retrieved 16 April
2020, from http://theconversation.
com/schools-are-open-during-
the-coronavirus-outbreak-but-
should-i-voluntarily-keep-my-kids-
home-anyway-if-i-can-we-asked-5-
experts-134022
Norton, A., Cherastidtham, I.
and Mackey, W. (2018). Mapping
Australian higher education 2018.
Grattan Institute. Retrieved from:
https://grattan.edu.au/wp-content/
uploads/2018/09/907-Mapping-
Australian-higher-education-2018.pdf
OECD (2020). Gross domestic
spending on R&D. Available at: https://
data.oecd.org/rd/gross-domestic-
spending-on-r-d.htm
TAFE Queensland (2020). Health
advice COVID-19. Advice to our
students and community. April 2020.
Retrieved from: https://tafeqld.edu.
au/current-students/health-advice.
html
136 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
TAFE New South Wales (2020).
Update for students about
coronavirus (COVID-19). April 2020.
Retrieved from: https://www.tafensw.
edu.au/urgent-updates
UESCO-Institute for Statistics (2020).
Education: Inbound internationally
mobile students by continent of
origin. Retrieved from: http://data.uis.
unesco.org/index.aspx?queryid=169
Universities Australia (2018)
INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
INJECT $32 BILLION A YEAR INTO
AUSTRALIA’S ECONOMY – BOOSTING
AUSSIE JOBS AND WAGES. (n.d.).
Retrieved 17 April 2020, from
https://www.universitiesaustralia.edu.
au/media-item/international-students-
inject-32-billion-a-year-into-australias-
economy-boosting-aussie-jobs-and-
wages/
Universities Australia (2019).
Clever collaborations: the strong
business case for partnering
with universities. Retrieved from:
https://www.universitiesaustralia.edu.
au/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/
Clever-Collaborations-FINAL.pdf
Universities Australia (2019).
Higher education: facts and figures.
July 2019. Retrieved from: https://
www.universitiesaustralia.edu.au/wp-
content/uploads/2019/08/190716-
Facts-and-Figures-2019-Final-v2.pdf
Universities Australia (2020). UA
welcomes first steps in securing
universities’ viability. Retrieved from:
https://www.universitiesaustralia.
edu.au/media-item/ua-welcomes-
first-steps-in-securing-universities-
viability/
Universities Australia (2020). Certainy
for year 12 students vital. April
2020. Retrieved from: https://www.
universitiesaustralia.edu.au/media-
item/certainty-for-year-12-students-
vital/
Viner, R. M., Russell, S. J., Croker,
H., Packer, J., Ward, J., Stansfield,
C., Mytton, O., Bonell, C., & Booy,
R. (2020). School closure and
management practices during
coronavirus outbreaks including
COVID-19: A rapid systematic review.
The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health,
0(0). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2352-
4642(20)30095-X
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 137
Schools
Australian Bureau of Statistics.
(2020, February 6). Schools, Australia,
2019—Main Features—Key statistics.
c=AU; o=Commonwealth of Australia;
ou=Australian Bureau of Statistics.
https://www.abs.gov.au/ausstats/
abs@.nsf/mf/4221.0
Beltman, S., Mansfield, C. F., & Harris,
A. (2016). Quietly sharing the load?
The role of school psychologists
in enabling teacher resilience.
School Psychology International,
37(2), 172–188. https://doi.
org/10.1177/0143034315615939
Biesta, G. (2015). What is Education
for? On Good Education, Teacher
Judgement, and Educational
Professionalism. European Journal of
Education, 50(1), 75-87. https://doi.
org/10.1111/ejed.12109
Brunzell, T., Stokes, H., & Waters, L.
(2016). Trauma-Informed Positive
Education: Using Positive Psychology
to Strengthen Vulnerable Students.
Contemporary School Psychology,
20(1), 63–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/
s40688-015-0070-x
Centers for Disease Control and
Prevention. (2020). Severe Outcomes
Among Patients with Coronavirus
Disease 2019 (COVID-19)—United
States, February 12–March 16, 2020.
MMWR. Morbidity and Mortality
Weekly Report, 69. https://doi.
org/10.15585/mmwr.mm6912e2
Cutler D., and Lleras-Muney A.
Education and Health. In: Anthony J.
Culyer (ed.), Encyclopedia of Health
Economics, Vol 1. San Diego: Elsevier;
2014. pp. 232-45
Dadds, MR., Thai, C., Mendoza Diaz,
A., Broderick, J., Moul, C., Tully, LA.,
Hawes, DJ, Davies, S., Burchfield, K.,
& Cane, L. (2019). Therapist-assisted
online treatment for child conduct
problems in rural and urban families:
Two randomized controlled trials.
Journal of Consulting and Clinical
Psychology, 87, 706-719.
Labaree, D. F. (1997). Public Goods,
Private Goods: The American
Struggle over Educational Goals.
American Educational Research
Journal, 34(1), 39–81. https://doi.
org/10.2307/1163342
138 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
Mission Australia (2017). Youth
mental health report: Youth Survey
2012-2016. Available at: https://www.
missionaustralia.com.au/news-blog/
blog/the-five-year-youth-mental-
health-report-has-launched
Piotrowska, P. J., et al. (in press).
ParentWorks: Evaluation of an online,
father-inclusive, universal parenting
intervention to reduce child conduct
problems and improve parenting
practices. Child Psychiatry and Human
Development.
Rae, T & Zimmer-Gembeck, M (2007).
Behavioral Outcomes of Parent-Child
Interaction Therapy and Triple P—
Positive Parenting Program: A Review
and Meta-Analysis. J Abnorm Child
Psychol, 35:475–495.
Reimers, F. & Schleicher, A. (2020).
A framework to guide an education
response to the COVID –19 Pandemic
of 2020. OECD Publishing. Retrieved
from: https://globaled.gse.harvard.
edu/files/geii/files/framework_guide_
v2.pdf
Roberts, P. (n.d.). COVID-19 has
thrown year 12 students’ lives into
chaos. So what can we do? The
Conversation. Retrieved 17 April
2020, from http://theconversation.
com/covid-19-has-thrown-year-12-
students-lives-into-chaos-so-what-
can-we-do-134891
Sanders, M.R., Burke, K., Prinz, R.J. et
al. (2017). Achieving Population-Level
Change Through System-Contextual
Approach to Supporting Competent
Parenting. Clin Child Fam Psychol Rev,
20, 36–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/
s10567-017-0227-4
Shonkoff, J. et al. (2012). The Lifelong
Effects of Early Childhood Adversity
and Toxic Stress. Pediatrics, 129
(1) e232-e246; DOI: https://doi.
org/10.1542/peds.2011-2663.
Tanner, K., Dixon, R. M. & Verenikina,
I. (2010). The Digital Technology in
the Learning of Students with Autism
SpectrumDisorders (ASD) in Applied
Classroom Settings. In J. Herrington
& B. Hunter (Eds.), Proceedings of
World Conference onEducational
Multimedia, Hypermedia and
Telecommunications 2010 (pp. 2586-
2591). Chesapeake, VA: AACE)
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 139
Viner, R. M., Russell, S. J., Croker,
H., Packer, J., Ward, J., Stansfield,
C., Mytton, O., Bonell, C., & Booy,
R. (2020). School closure and
management practices during
coronavirus outbreaks including
COVID-19: A rapid systematic review.
The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health,
0(0). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2352-
4642(20)30095-X
Wilson, C. K., Thomas, J., & Park,
S. (2018, March 29). Australia’s
digital divide is not going away. The
Conversation. http://theconversation.
com/australias-digital-divide-is-not-
going-away-91834
Wood, J., & Geard, N. (2020, April 9).
Coronavirus: What causes a ‘second
wave’ of disease outbreak, and
could we see this in Australia? The
Conversation. http://theconversation.
com/coronavirus-what-causes-
a-second-wave-of-disease-
outbreak-and-could-we-see-this-in-
australia-134125
140 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Mental Health
and Wellbeing
Key question: What are the expected impacts
and needed interventions for maintaining societal
well-being and individual mental health through
this process?
8
Recommendations
and Key Findings
yy Key Finding: The universal nature
of the COVID-19 pandemic has
implications for whole of society
wellbeing.
yy Key Finding: People with
psychological vulnerabilities and
pre-existing mental illness are
at higher risk of experiencing
worsening mental health.
yy Key Finding: COVID-19 has
placed unprecedented demand on
Australia›s mental health system
and its capacity to respond to
that demand, which will continue
throughout the recovery phase.
yy Recommendation: Coordinated
and sustained public health
messaging on the risks associated
with COVID-19 and actions that can
be taken in response to maintain
mental health and wellbeing.
yy Recommendation: Rapid and
stepped scaling of secure evidence-
based eHealth and Telehealth mental
health interventions for people who
require treatment and support in
addition to strengthened provision
of community-based support.
yy Recommendation: Strengthen
provision of community-based
support to maintain individual
health and societal wellbeing.
yy Recommendation: Increased
capacity to ensure timely
assessment and clear care pathways
to effective treatment and support
is essential for people with mental
illness and those at risk of suicide.
Current Context
The measures being implemented
to manage the threat of COVID-19
will have broad short and long-term
effects across the whole population,
beyond the fear of contracting and
spreading the virus. These include:
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 141
yy As individuals and families retreat to
their homes, feelings of confusion,
anxiety, stress and loneliness can
arise (Brooks et al 2020).
yy Social isolation can negatively
affect a person’s social, emotional
and physical health (Relationships
Australia 2018; Holt-Lundstad et al.,
2015).
yy Economic insecurities and financial
hardship cause stress and increase
the risk of conflict and violence,
particularly to women and children
(Peterman et al., 2020).
yy Increased risk of self-harm and
suicide may result from the
combination of home confinement
and increased economic and
mental stressors (Gunnell et al.,
in press).
yy Disruption to ability to earn and
work will lead to loss in sense of
purpose and identity for many
(Harms et al., 2015).
yy Grief and bereavement will
be experienced beyond the
pandemic from loss of lives,
from losing, autonomy and sense
of purpose, and from being
socially disconnected. The grief
process ranges from anticipatory
grief, complicated grief to
disenfranchised grief (Wallace
et al., 2020).
yy Early reports of increased suicides
associated with COVID-19 are
concerning (Montemurro, 2020).
Most importantly, these various
factors interact and intersect
to produce and reinforce the
consequences from the pandemic,
requiring a comprehensive and
holistic approach to managing
the road to recovery.
Economic insecurities and
financial hardship cause stress
and increase the risk of conflict
and violence, particularly to
women and children.
142 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing
People with previous or existing mental
health problems are at particular risk:
yy A higher likelihood of suicidal
thoughts and self-harm from health,
social and economic consequences
(Reger et al., 2020);
yy People with mental illness are
also at increased risk of physical
comorbidities (Copeland et al.,
2007; Seminog & Goldacre, 2013;
Firth et al., 2019), which in turn
places them at high risk of negative
health outcomes from COVID-19;
yy Physical distancing strategies may
increase loneliness and exacerbate
or trigger the onset of mental health
problems;
yy People with mental illness
experience barriers in accessing
health services due to stigma
and discrimination in healthcare
settings (Yao et al., 2020), which
can be exacerbated with COVID-19.
The Australian mental health system
was struggling with demand before
the COVID-19 crisis and has limited
capacity to cope in the face of
escalation of demand. Mobilising and
redeploying the health workforce to
test, treat and care for individuals with
COVID-19 reduces resources available
to manage individuals with other health
conditions. Reforms are required to
ensure the mental health system can
cope with the increased demand.
Tele- and digital mental health service
provision provides some response
capacity (Wind et al., 2020) with
the unique benefits of accessibility,
flexibility and scalability. Critically,
there is evidence supporting the
utility of self-guided internet-based
interventions (Karyotaki et al., 2018),
telephone counselling, (Leach et
al., 2006), internet-based cognitive
behavioural therapy (Titov et al., 2018),
and psychological therapy delivered
via video conferencing software for the
treatment of mental health problems
such as depression, anxiety, PTSD,
insomnia and substance misuse
(Bashshur et al., 2016; Totten et
al., 2016; Zhou et al., 2020). These
conditions are likely to arise from
Critically, there is evidence
supporting the utility of self-guided
internet-based interventions …
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 143
and be exacerbated by COVID-19.
Examples of these programs have
been shown to be effective in Australia
and are scalable (Titov et al., 2019;
Rice et al 2018; D’Alfonso et al. 2017;
Hickie et al.; 2019). In addition, other
low intensity services such as the
Improving Access to Psychological
Therapies (IAPT) program that have
been shown to be successful in
Australia and could also be expanded,
as demonstrated in the UK (Cromarty
et al., 2016; Clark, 2018).
Child Mental Health
The key factor in child mental health
is parenting. Australia leads the world
in parenting interventions for child
mental health and they are available
in e-delivery form. Currently hundreds
of thousands of parents are isolated
at home caring for children many
of whom have severe behaviour,
emotional and developmental
disorders. Rates of conflict and abuse
are at risk of escalating. Rolling out
these interventions, if parents will be
isolated at home with their children,
may be a first-line evidence-based
response.
Evidence and
Analysis to Support
Recommendations
A stepped care model of service
delivery is recommended which is
consistent with the directions in
the Fifth National Mental Health
and Suicide Prevention Plan
(Commonwealth of Australia, 2017).
This will ensure interventions are
provided at the right time and level
of intensity to meet the needs of the
target population or the individual.
Recommendation
Coordinated and sustained
public health messaging on the
risks associated with COVID-19
and actions that can be taken
in response to maintain mental
health and wellbeing.
All communication should be
in simple and clear language,
such that it is accessible to all
Australians …
144 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing
Clear and concise public
communication across a range of
media platforms likely to be accessed
by different demographics is essential
to foster preparedness for facing the
problem; increase knowledge through
education and provide outreach
for those most affected. The likely
impacts of COVID-19 (stress, grief
and loss, risk of violence) should be
articulated and normalised. Public
communication should explain
symptoms that indicate a need for
additional support; and provide clear
guidance on where support can be
sourced. All communication should
be in simple and clear language, such
that it is accessible to all Australians,
including those with low levels of
health literacy and from culturally and
linguistically diverse backgrounds.
Recommendation
Rapid and stepped scaling of
secure evidence-based eHealth
and Telehealth mental health
interventions for people who
require treatment and support in
addition to strengthened provision
of community-based support.
Significant national investment and
well-designed, accessible and flexible
national service infrastructure will
be required. Due consideration must
also be given to quality standards for
adjunctive digital mental health tools
(e.g., apps) and personalised digital
literacy for culturally and linguistically
diverse populations.
Recommendation
Strengthen provision of
community-based support to
maintain individual health and
societal wellbeing.
Individuals should be better
assisted to maintain their health and
wellbeing, including assisting in self-
management of chronic physical and
mental health conditions, as well
Public communication should
explain symptoms that indicate a
need for additional support; and
provide clear guidance on where
support can be sourced.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 145
as a broader whole of population
support aimed at maintaining healthy
living. Strategies include healthy diet,
exercising, meditation, and engaging
in daily activity. Interventions for
delivering these strategies with allied
health professionals can be accessed
to help to maintain mental health.
Active community involvement is
helpful for both individual mental
health and community wellbeing.
Recommendation
Coordinated and sustained
public health messaging on the
risks associated with COVID-19
and actions that can be taken
in response to maintain mental
health and wellbeing.
A multi-faceted approach is
essential. Face-to-face assessment
and treatment by specialist mental
health clinicians, at times including
hospitalisation, cannot be effectively
provided via the phone or internet.
Individuals with mental illness,
particularly those with suicidal
thoughts or behaviours require
clear care pathways. Public health
messaging needs to focus on risk
factors for self-harm. These include
campaigns about safe and responsible
drinking, increased risk of violence to
women and children and the importance
of checking in on friends, neighbours
and work colleagues (Gunnell et al., in
press). Maintaining and expanding the
paid (e.g. crisis helplines, safe houses,
shelters) and volunteer workforce to
provide services to support individuals
is urgently needed during this transition
from responding to recovering
from COVID-19. In addition, flexible
work options and mobilising other
support services to supplement and
complement the existing workforce
will be necessary.
References
Aldrich, D. P., & Meyer, M. A. (2015).
Social Capital and Community
Resilience. American Behavioral
Scientist, 59(2), 254–269. https://doi.
org/10.1177/0002764214550299
Andersson, G., Cuijpers, P., Carlbring,
P., Riper, H., & Hedman, E. (2014).
Guided Internet-based vs. face-to-
face cognitive behavior therapy for
psychiatric and somatic disorders: a
systematic review and meta-analysis.
World Psychiatry, 13(3), 288-295.
146 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing
Australian Bureau of Statistics
(2020) Business Indicators, Business
Impacts of COVID-19, Cat. No.
5676.0.55.003, March, Canberra, ABS.
Australian Institute of Health and
Welfare (AIHW) 2020, Mental health
services in Australia, viewed 8 April
2020, https://www.aihw.gov.au/
reports/mental-health-services/
mental-health-services-in-australia
Bashshur, R., Shannon, G., Bashshur, N.,
& Yellowlees, P. (2016). The empirical
evidence for telemedicine interventions
in mental disorders. Telemedicine
Journal & E-Health, 22, 87-113.
Borland, J. ‘Which jobs are most at
risk from the coronavirus shutdown‘,
26 March 2020, The Conversation,
https://theconversation.com/which-
jobs-are-most-at-risk-from-the-
coronavirus-shutdown-134680
Brooks, S.K., et al., The psychological
impact of quarantine and how to reduce
it: rapid review of the evidence. The
Lancet, 2020. 395(10227): p. 912-920.
Clark, D. M. (2018). Realizing the
mass public benefit of evidence-
based psychological therapies: the
IAPT program. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 14.
Commonwealth of Australia, 2017.
The Fifth National Mental Health and
Suicide Prevention Plan, Department
of Health, Canberra p 20.
Copeland, L.A., Mortensen, E.M., Zeber,
J.E., Pugh, M.J., Restrepo, M.I. and
Dalack, G.W., 2007. Pulmonary disease
among inpatient decedents: Impact
of schizophrenia. Progress in Neuro-
Psychopharmacology and Biological
Psychiatry, 31(3), pp.720-726.
Cromarty, P., Drummond, A., Francis,
T., Watson, J., & Battersby, M. (2016).
NewAccess for depression and
anxiety: adapting the UK improving
access to psychological therapies
program across Australia. Australasian
Psychiatry, 24(5), 489-492.
Deady, M., Choi, I., Calvo, R. A., Glozier,
N., Christensen, H., & Harvey, S. B.
(2017). eHealth interventions for the
prevention of depression and anxiety
in the general population: a systematic
review and meta-analysis. BMC
psychiatry, 17(1), 310.
Druss B.G. Addressing the COVID-19
Pandemic in Populations With Serious
Mental Illness. JAMA Psychiatry.
Published Online: April 3, 2020.
doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2020.0894
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 147
Firth, J., Siddiqi, N., Koyanagi, A.,
Siskind, D., Rosenbaum, S., Galletly,
C., Allan, S., Caneo, C., Carney,
R., Carvalho, A.F. and Chatterton,
M.L., 2019. The Lancet Psychiatry
Commission: a blueprint for
protecting physical health in people
with mental illness. The Lancet
Psychiatry, 6(8), pp.675-712.
Foster, H. and Fletcher, H. (2020)
Women’s Safety NSW: Impacts on
COVID-19 on Domestic and Family
Violence in NSW, New South Wales.
Gallagher, H. C., Block, K., Gibbs, L.,
Forbes, D., Lusher, D., Molyneaux,
R., … & Bryant, R. A. (2019). The
effect of group involvement on post-
disaster mental health: A longitudinal
multilevel analysis. Social Science &
Medicine, 220, 167-175.
Goldmann, E. and Galea, S., 2014.
Mental health consequences of
disasters. Annual Review of Public
Health, 35, pp.169-183.
Gunnell et al (In press) Suicide risk
and prevention during the COVID-19
pandemic. Lancet Psychiatry.
Harms, L., Block, K., Gallagher, H.C.,
Gibbs, L., Bryant, R.A., Lusher, D.,
Richardson, J., MacDougall, C.,
Baker, E., Sinnott, V. and Ireton,
G., 2015. Conceptualising post-
disaster recovery: Incorporating grief
experiences. British Journal of Social
Work, 45(suppl_1), pp.i170-i187.
Helliwell, J. F., Huang, H., & Wang, S.
(2014). Social capital and well-being in
times of crisis. Journal of Happiness
Studies, 15(1), 145-162.
Hobfoll, Stevan E., et al. “Five essential
elements of immediate and mid–term
mass trauma intervention: Empirical
evidence.” Psychiatry: Interpersonal
and Biological Processes 70.4 (2007):
283-315.
Holmes et al., 2020, Lancet Psychiatry,
https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215-
0366(20)30168-1.
Holt-Lundstad, J., Smith, T., Baker, M.,
Harris, T., & Stephenson, D. (2015).
Loneliness and Social Isolation as Risk
Factors for Mortality. Perspectives On
Psychological Science, 10(2), 227-237.
doi;10.1177/1745691614568352
Karyotaki, Eirini, David Daniel Ebert,
Liesje Donkin, Heleen Riper, Jos
Twisk, Simone Burger, Alexander
Rozental et al. “Do guided internet-
based interventions result in clinically
relevant changes for patients with
depression? An individual participant
data meta-analysis.” Clinical
psychology review 63 (2018): 80-92.
148 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing
Lai J, Ma S, Wang Y, et al. Factors
associated with mental health
outcomes among health care
workers exposed to coronavirus
disease 2019. JAMA Netw Open.
2020;3(3):e203976. doi:10.1001/
jamanetworkopen.2020.3976
Leach, L.S. and Christensen, H., 2006.
A systematic review of telephone-
based interventions for mental
disorders. Journal of telemedicine and
telecare, 12(3), pp.122-129.
Liu et al. (2020). Online mental health
services in China during the COVID-19
outbreak. Lancet Psychiatry, 7, e17.
Montemurro, N. (2020). The
emotional impact of COVID-19: from
medical staff to common people.
Brain, behavior, and immunity.
Peterman, A., Potts, A., O’Donnell,
M., Thompson, K., Shah, N. Oertelt-
Prigione, S. on behalf of the Gender
COVID-19 Working Group (2020)
Pandemics and violence against
women and children, Center Global
Development Working Paper 528.
Reger MA, Stanley IH, Joiner TE.
Suicide Mortality and Coronavirus
Disease 2019—A Perfect Storm?
JAMA Psychiatry. Published
online April 10, 2020. doi:10.1001/
jamapsychiatry.2020.1060
Relationships Australia (2018) Is
Australia experiencing an epidemic
of loneliness? Findings from 16
waves of the Household Income and
Labour Dynamics of Australia Survey.
Canberra: Relationships Australia.
Sander, L., Rausch, L., & Baumeister,
H. (2016). Effectiveness of internet-
based interventions for the prevention
of mental disorders: a systematic
review and meta-analysis. JMIR
Mental Health, 3(3), e38.
Schuch FB, Vancampfort D, Firth J,
et al. Physical Activity and Incident
Depression: A Meta-Analysis of
Prospective Cohort Studies. Am J
Psychiatry 2018;175(7):631-48
Seminog, O.O. and Goldacre, M.J., 2013.
Risk of pneumonia and pneumococcal
disease in people with severe mental
illness: English record linkage studies.
Thorax, 68(2), pp.171-176.
Spek, V., Cuijpers, P. I. M., Nyklíček, I.,
Riper, H., Keyzer, J., & Pop, V. (2007).
Internet-based cognitive behaviour
therapy for symptoms of depression
and anxiety: a meta-analysis.
Psychological medicine, 37(3), 319-328.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 149
Titov, N., Dear, B., Nielssen, O.,
Staples, L., Hadjistavropoulos, H.,
Nugent, M., Adlam, K., Nordgreen, T.,
Hogstad Bruvik, K., Hovland, A., Repal,
A., Mathiasen, K., Blom, K., Svanborg,
C., Lindefors, N. and Kaldo, M. (2018),
‘ICBT in routine care: a descriptive
analysis of successful clinics in five
countries.’, Internet Interventions, vol.
13, pp. 108–115.
Titov, N., Rock, D., Bezuidenhout, G.,
Webb, N., Kayrouz, R., Nielssen, O.,
… Staples, L. G. (2019). Evaluation
of The Practitioner Online Referral
and Treatment Service (PORTS):
the first 18 months of a state-
wide digital service for adults with
anxiety, depression, or substance
use problems. Cognitive Behaviour
Therapy. https://doi.org/10.1080/165
06073.2019.1666162
Torous et al. (2020). Digital mental
health and COVID-19: Using
technology today to accelerate
the curve on access and quality
tomorrow. JMIR Mental Health, 7(3),
e18848.
Totten, A., Womack, D., Eden, K.,
McDonagh, M., Griffin, J., Grusing,
S., & Hersh, W. R. (2016). Telehealth:
Mapping the evidence for patient
outcomes from systematic reviews.
Agency for Healthcare Research &
Quality. Technical Brief 26.
Wallace, C., Wladkowski, S. Gibson, A.
and White, P. (2020) Grief during the
COVID-19 Pandemic: Consideration
for Palliative Care Providers,
Journal of Pain and Symptom
Management, doi.org/10.1016/j.
jpainsymman.2020.04.012
WHO (World Health Organization).
(2006). Constitution of the World
Health Organization. Basic
Documents. 45th edition Supplement.
Wind et al. (2020). The COVID-19
pandemic: The ‘black swan’ for mental
health care and a turning point for
e-health. Internet Interventions, in
press.
Yao, H., Chen, J.H. and Xu, Y.F., 2020.
Patients with mental health disorders
in the COVID-19 epidemic. The Lancet
Psychiatry, 7(4), p.e21.
Zhou et al. (2020). The role of
telehealth in reducing the mental
health burden from COVID-19.
Telemedicine and e-Health, 26(4), 1-3.
150 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
The Care of Indigenous
Australians
Current Context
The disproportionate impact of pandemics on
Indigenous populations worldwide has been well
documented. In responding to the global COVID-19
pandemic, Australian Indigenous organisations
have shown exemplary leadership and innovation in
their efforts towards preparedness. Urgent action is
required to ensure Australia’s indigenous community
is protected from COVID-19, now and especially in
the recovery phase as the nation ‘reopens’. Plus, the
inevitable recession will aggravate an already critical
situation for many Indigenous people.
9
A failure to act decisively will have
devastating consequences that not
only compound existing traumas and
disadvantage, but will also result in
many needless Indigenous deaths
and suffering on a catastrophic
scale. The COVID-19 response must
address four issues for Indigenous
people: housing, workforce, data and
organisational support.
During the COVID -19 pandemic,
enormous efforts have been put in
place to mitigate risks of COVID-19
for Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander Communities. This has
resulted in significant outcomes
including at the time of writing
just under 50 cases of COVID-19,
representing 0.7% of all Australian
cases. Just over half of these were
acquired overseas and the remaining
identified as local acquisition. This is
a significant outcome thus far.
A key attribute of the COVID-19
response has been the banding
together of Aboriginal leadership
across all sectors (health, education
land councils together with
government agencies.).
This health response is also a clear
demonstration of self-determination.
The National Aboriginal Community
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 151
Controlled Health Organisation
(NACCHO), their State and Territory
Peak Organisations as well as
member services across the country
have participated in a national
Advisory Group that reports directly
to the Chief Medical Officer. The
Advisory Group is Co-Chaired
by NACCHO with the Australian
Government’s Department of
Health. The group’s outcomes have
been significant, taking leads in
developing a National Management
Plan, clinical guidelines, and specific
initiatives to mitigate risk and prepare
communities for COVID-19.
Together these actions which were
enacted early in the pandemic
phase arising from Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander Organisations,
communities and individuals is
an exemplary example of self-
determination in practice in
contemporary Australia. Recognising
that there is some time to go before
the COVID-19 pandemic is over, we
make the following recommendations
regarding the road to recovery in
respect to Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander peoples.
All sections contained within this
report concern Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander peoples and it
is critically important to work with
Indigenous organisations, Elders,
communities, and public health
sectors to appropriately implement
the proposed recommendations
outlined throughout the report.
Recommendations
and Key Findings
It is recommended that the
Government addresses four key
issues to design the COVID-19
recovery roadmap for Aboriginal
and Torres Strait Islander people
and communities.
yy The right to self-determination
& coordination
yy Housing Supply
yy COVID-19 Public Health and
Clinical Responses should be
maintained
yy Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander Health Workforce Review
152 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians
Recommendation
Self-determination & Coordination
The creation of the Indigenous
COVID-19 planning force and
taskforces in all jurisdictions led by
Aboriginal Controlled Health Services
to coordinate and implement effective
localised responses to the pandemic
has been a success. We recommend
the continued financial and logistical
support of Indigenous COVID-19
planning force and taskforces in all
jurisdictions for the remainder of the
pandemic. This will enable a single
point of engagement with health
services, police, education, and family
and community services.
This recommendation is based on
the right of self-determination to keep
our communities safe, recognition
of local cultural practices, and
the need for efficient pandemic
responses. Aboriginal and Islander
health services are most familiar
with the social determinants of
our health in local areas, relevant
cultural considerations, and are the
most well-equipped to advise on the
correct allocation of funding. The
effective allocation of resources,
in light of an expected shortfall
between emergency funding and
community needs, is best undertaken
in partnership with Indigenous
health organisations. Supporting the
expansion of jurisdictional Indigenous
COVID-19 advisory groups to oversee
this process during recovery would
avoid navigating complex Federal and
State responsibilities.
Recommendation
Housing Supply
The ability of families to self-isolate
and quarantine effectively has been a
significant issue with COVID-19. Many
communities are limited by critical
housing shortages in urban, regional
and remote areas. Lack of adequate
housing has a direct impact on the
ability of local health services and
communities to control virus spread,
as well as exacerbating interrelated
issues including child and family
safety, pre-existing overcrowding
and ageing infrastructure. During
COVID-19 this has also been
exacerbated by many people returning
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 153
to their traditional homelands. Many
communities remain extremely
vulnerable to COVID-19 without any
ability to isolate or to quarantine
suspected and/ or confirmed cases.
An immediate supply of alternative
housing is needed in local
communities to alleviate the pressure
on over-crowded households and
enable effective disease suppression.
Housing is a long-standing issue.
Some communities have been able to
work with government and business
such as Minerals and Exploration
companies to secure emergency and
temporary housing, but for many
this remains a significant risk for
widespread disease transmission
and disastrous outbreaks. In the
medium-term an urgent supply of
permanent housing infrastructure
and sustainable supply of utilities
is required to ensure that future
outbreaks are containable. To this
end, community infrastructure
building projects should be awarded
to Indigenous enterprises that provide
jobs and skills training to Indigenous
workers perhaps as alternatives
to replacing schemes such as
Community Development Programs.
Recommendation
COVID-19 Public Health and
Clinical Responses should be
maintained
It is recommended that the existing
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
Health Advisory Group be maintained
until Australia has fully recovered
from COVID-19.
Availability of reports of COVID-19
cases and outcomes: Particular
efforts will be required to ensure
adequate monitoring of COVID-19
cases and detailed epidemiology
reports are reported regularly
and publicly. Accurate data which
includes notifications, testing
numbers and rates, location of
notifications at a local area level,
… community infrastructure building
projects should be awarded
to Indigenous enterprises that
provide jobs and skills training to
Indigenous workers …
154 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians
rates and types of complications,
rates of hospitalisation, including ICU
admissions, number of deaths, as well
as the economic impacts, differential
care burden and the incidence of
family violence including child abuse
notifications in all jurisdictions is
required.
Public health messaging will need to
be maintained throughout recovery.
Timely, accurate and accessible
information must be communicated
regularly to the Indigenous public to
develop strong health literacy.
Research into the effects of
COVID-19 on community social
and emotional wellbeing and
mental health will be required to
evaluate how Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander peoples have fared
through COVID-19 that will provide
important learnings for future
pandemics and crises. Such research
must be Indigenous-led and based
on scholarly and cultural ethical
practices. To conduct this research
and enable rapid decision-making,
issues of data quality and sharing
must be addressed quickly.
Recommendation
Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander Health Workforce Review
The COVID-19 pandemic has
exacerbated vulnerabilities in local
health workforces who are dependent
on staff from interstate and even
New Zealand. Long-term initiatives
to build local capacity are needed.
This recommendation is made
because significant issues have
arisen for Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander communities throughout
the pandemic thus far relating to
workforce. This issues have arisen
for several reasons, such as the need
to quarantine locum staff before they
can provide clinical services; and the
restrictions on Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander people aged 50 and
over with a chronic disease being
isolated. We strongly recommend that
NACCHO, as a lead agency, instigate
a Health Workforce reform process in
partnership with Commonwealth and
State and Territory governments.
This will need to encompass the
following:
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 155
yy How to best increase and retain
Aboriginal Health Practitioners in all
areas of Australia to help reduce the
reliance on overseas and interstate
locum staff.
yy How to scale up Aboriginal Public
Health and Infectious Disease
expertise so that each Federal and
State Health Department has a
senior Public Health Group.
yy The need for surge workforces
should outbreaks occur in
communities.
In addition to the four primary
recommendations, there are broader
considerations that impact the
roadmap to recovery, including:
yy Food security: Continue efforts
initiated during COVID-19 to guarantee
grocery and medication supply,
across communities and water for
those communities still impacted by
2019–2020 natural disasters.
yy JobSeeker: Maintaining the
JobSeeker allowance at the present
emergency levels to help reduce
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander
poverty and to stimulate economic
activity throughout Australia.
yy Economic recovery: Recognition
that many Indigenous organisations
including Aboriginal Community
Controlled Health Organisations
(ACCHOs) will require specific
economic recovery and income
support programs to help in
the recovery from COVID-19.
Expansion of existing commitments
for Indigenous businesses
should be considered. This will
assist in revitalising economies
in Indigenous communities,
supporting local businesses and
improve the health and wellbeing
of individuals both now and in the
recovery phases.
This issues have arisen for several
reasons, such as the need to
quarantine locum staff before they
can provide clinical services; and
the restrictions on Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people aged
50 and over with a chronic disease
being isolated.
156 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians
General Background
At present, approximately 800,000
people, or 3% of Australia’s population
identify as Indigenous, and most
Indigenous people (approximately
80%) live in cities and non-remote
areas (Australian Bureau of Statistics,
2018). The median age of Indigenous
people is significantly lower than
non-Indigenous Australians (23
and 38, respectively), with higher
mortality rates making early middle
age and older Indigenous people
and Indigenous Elders especially
vulnerable (ABS 2018).
The discrepancy between Indigenous
and non-Indigenous populations
is particularly pronounced in
Australia(United Nations, 2009). It
is well established that Indigenous
Australians have higher rates of
health problems, such as high
blood pressure, respiratory and
circulatory disease, obesity and
diabetes(Australian Institute of
Health and Welfare, 2018; Australian
Bureau of Statistics, 2019), as well as
higher rates of psychological distress
compared to other Australians
(McNamara et al., 2018).
Due to the relative social and economic
disadvantage, Indigenous peoples
also experience significant barriers to
accessing health care services (Peiris
et al., 2018). Preventable hospital
admissions and deaths (conditions
which should have been prevented
by primary healthcare services) are
three times as high in Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander people, due, in
part, to failures in implementation of
the “close the gap” policies (Australian
Government, 2013). The health gap
is the result of historical long-term
systemic neglect and recurring social
determinants of health.
Neither do remote Indigenous
communities have a sufficient local
workforce. Initiatives to build local
capacity are needed.
Evidence and Analysis
to support Key Findings
yy In addressing the global challenges
posed by pandemics it needs to
be acknowledged that Indigenous
populations are potentially highly
vulnerable.
»» The disproportionate impact
of pandemics on Indigenous
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 157
populations worldwide (La Ruche
et al., 2009) and in Australia
(Trauer et al., 2011; Flint et
al., 2010; Rudge and Massey,
2010), was well documented
during the 2009 H1N1 influenza
and prior (Kelm, 1999). During
the 2009 Influenza A H1N1,
Indigenous communities in
Australia were particularly
affected with higher levels of
hospitalisation and fatality
from reduced and delayed
access to care, cultural health
approach differences, as well as
healthcare-seeking behaviour.
The poorer socioeconomic
status of Indigenous peoples
and the relational way of
living and being means risk of
exposure and transmission may
have devastating effects.
»» Current evidence from the US
shows COVID-19 is more prevalent
and fatal in African American1
and Indigenous Americans2,3
.
»» The rapid spread of COVID-19 on
cruise ships has demonstrated
that crowded living quarters
facilitate the transmission of
respiratory illness and create a
high-risk environment. These
case studies demonstrate
that COVID-19 in over-
crowded Australian Indigenous
communities is likely to have
dire consequences4,5
.
»» There is a real concern that
COVID-19 will compound
existing health and mental
health issues in Indigenous
communities due to the
restrictions on community
mobility and interaction (United
Nations, 2020); in addition to the
higher risk of virus fatality in the
presence of underlying health
conditions. Youth vulnerability
is a particular concern. Ensuring
Indigenous children and youth
have continuing access to
quality education through the
1	https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-us-canada-52194018
2	https://www.kob.com/albuquerque-news/statewide-data-reveals-native-americans-are-disproportionately-
	impacted-by-covid-19-/5701649/
3	https://edition.cnn.com/2020/04/07/opinions/native-american-nations-risk-from-covid-19-sepkowitz/index.html
4	https://www.health.com/condition/infectious-diseases/coronavirus-cruise-ship-sickness
5	https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/69/wr/mm6912e3.htm
158 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians
acute and recovery phase of
COVID-19 is essential. Not all
Indigenous households have
ready access to technology or
reliable internet and parents will
need to be supported.
»» Indigenous children and youth
who are particularly vulnerable
are those in out of home care
and in juvenile justice detention.
At 30 June 2019, about 18,000
Indigenous children were in
out-of-home care—a rate of 54
per 1,000 Indigenous children,
which was nearly 11 times
the rate for non-Indigenous
children (Australian Institute
of Health and Welfare, 2020a).
Additionally, on an average night
in June 2019, 53% of juveniles
in detention were Indigenous
(Australian Institute of Health
and Welfare, 2020b).
»» The interrelationship between
child abuse and neglect with
domestic and family violence
has long been established
(Commission for Children and
Young People, 2016). With
concerns already raised about
the increase in domestic and
family violence during the acute
phase of COVID-19 it is likely that
mandatory reports of children’s
exposure to violence by police
will increase. The need for clear
and consistent messaging
about what this means and
what supports are available is
essential, especially if children
are being removed including
commitment to the Aboriginal
Child Placement Principle and
keeping children on country.
»» Children and young people
are the subject of custody
orders with shared parenting
arrangements may also
be vulnerable to changed
circumstances that may put
them in unsafe situations.
yy The core requirement for both the
acute phase and the recovery is
sound evidence-based policy. That
policy needs to be developed by
and led by Indigenous peoples,
based on Indigenous values,
funded on a needs basis, with clear
accountabilities and systematic
evaluation.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 159
yy The level of need for health care
in Indigenous Australians is
approximately 2.3 times higher
than other Australians. In response
to COVID-19, there is a pressing
need for the allocation of needs-
based funding.
yy Under the international norm
of Indigenous peoples right to
self-determination, the Food and
Agriculture Organization of the
United Nations (FAO) encourages
Governments to include Indigenous
peoples’ representatives, leaders
and traditional authorities in
emergency and health response
committees or any entity dedicated
to the COVID 19 pandemic, both
during the outbreak as well as in
the aftermath/recovery.6
»» Community controlled healthcare
has shown commendable
innovation in the COVID-19 crisis.
The response from Indigenous
communities7,8,9
and organisations
(e.g., NAACHO (Australian
Department of Health, 2020),
Kimberley Aboriginal Medical
Services (KAMS)10
, CAAMA11
) and
affiliate member services has
been swift and effective (planning,
advocating, managing spread of
virus, creating resources, health
promotion), yet they still lack
sufficient funding.
»» Many Indigenous communities
have restricted entry onto their
lands and assumed responsibility
to ensure health information is
reaching their people.
6	http://www.fao.org/indigenous-peoples/news-article/en/c/1268353/
7	https://www.smh.com.au/national/nsw/we-treat-them-like-gold-aboriginal-community-rallies-around-elders-
20200327-p54ekl.html?fbclid=IwAR3G7GtKb54cA0le917a-z5TYQQjeX8FbhxzYA6u1VB8rf4YamI2dSo5W0M
8	https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-02/indigenous-dot-paintings-coronavirus-health-message-uluru/121
10988?fbclid=IwAR17fg73d2rmCd8_uvBE3mSoGGPo2B1bSCPu635TSe2QEW-O4Jyg5lx6OMM
9	https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-03-28/battle-to-keep-coronavirus-out-of-remote-communities-
translation/12084886
10	http://kams.org.au/covid19/
11	https://www.gayaadhuwi.org.au/coronavirus/
160 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians
yy Indigenous leadership, worldviews
and values should be at the
forefront on the path to recovery.
»» There is a need to ensure
Indigenous health workers are
supported especially in areas
where there are worker shortages
and risk of infection could result
in no care being available.
»» Aboriginal and Torres Strait
islander people in more remote
areas must make final decisions
about their readiness to, and the
conditions under which, they
will open their communities to
non-essential workers and other
visitors, such as FIFO workers
and tourists, as well as when
their schools should re-open.
The health in these communities
is poor, their elders in particular
are highly vulnerable, and they
are entitled to exercise their right
to self-determination in these
matters of life and death12
.
yy Immediate health and mental health
concerns need to be balanced with
longer term cultural, social and
emotional wellbeing of individuals
and communities.
»» A whole-of-community approach
to healing is needed, as well as
culturally appropriate services for
grief and community wellbeing.
»» Valuing the Indigenous
knowledges of Australia’s
First Peoples and especially
the knowledge that our Elders
possess. Losing a number of
Elders would be devastating
to the ongoing practice and
transmission of cultural
practices. It would be a loss to
the community and Australia.
12	https://www.un.org/development/desa/indigenouspeoples/declaration-on-the-rights-of-indigenous-peoples.html
Valuing the Indigenous
knowledges of Australia’s First
Peoples and especially the
knowledge that our Elders possess.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 161
References
Australian Bureau of Statistics (2018).
Estimates of Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander Australians, June 2016,
Cat no: 3238.0.55.011. https://www.
abs.gov.au/ausstats/abs@.nsf/
mf/3238.0.55.001
Australian Bureau of Statistics (2019).
National Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander Health Survey, 2018-19, Cat
no: 4715.0. https://www.abs.gov.au/
ausstats/abs@.nsf/mf/4715.0
Australian Government (2013).
National Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander Health Plan 2013-2023,
https://www1.health.gov.au/internet/
main/publishing.nsf/content/
B92E980680486C3BCA257
BF0001BAF01/$File/health-plan.pdf
Australian Government (2020).
Australian Health Sector Emergency
Response Plan for Novel Coronavirus
(COVID-19), Department of Health,
https://nacchocommunique.
files.wordpress.com/2020/03/
management-plan-for-aboriginal-and-
torres-strait-islander-populations.pdf
Australian Institute of Health and
Welfare (2018). Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander Health Performance
Framework (HPF) Report 2017, https://
www.aihw.gov.au/reports/indigenous-
australians/health-performance-
framework/contents/tier-1-health-
status-and-outcomes
Australian Institute of Health and
Welfare (2020a). Child protection
Australia 2018-19. https://www.aihw.
gov.au/reports/child-protection/
child-protection-australia-2018-19/
contents/table-of-contents
Australian Institute of Health and
Welfare (2020b). Youth detention
population in Australia 2019. https://
www.aihw.gov.au/reports/youth-
justice/youth-detention-population-
in-australia-2019/contents/table-of-
contents
Commission for Children and Young
People (2016). Always was, always
will be Koori children. https://ccyp.vic.
gov.au/assets/Publications-inquiries/
always-was-always-will-be-koori-
children-inquiry-report-oct16.pdf
162 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians
Flint, S.M., Davis, J.S, Jiunn-Yih,
S., Oliver-Landry, E.P., Rogers,
B.A., Goldstein, A., Thomas, J.H.,
Parameswaran, U., Bigham, C.,
Freeman, K., Goldrick, P., and Tong,
S.Y.C. (2010). Disproportionate
impact of pandemic (H1N1) 2009
influenza on Indigenous people in
the Top End of Australia’s Northern
Territory, Medical Journal of Australia,
192 (10): 617-622. https://www.
mja.com.au/journal/2010/192/10/
disproportionate-impact-pandemic-
h1n1-2009-influenza-indigenous-
people-top-end
Kelm, M.E. (1999). British Columbia
First Nations and the influenza
pandemic of 1918-1919. BC Studies,
122, 23-47.
McNamara, Bridgette J., Banks,
Emily, Gubhaju, Lina, Joshy, Grace,
Williamson, Anna, Raphael, Barbara
and Eades, Sandra (2018). Factors
relating to high psychological distress
in Indigenous Australians and their
contribution to Indigenous-non-
Indigenous disparities. Australian
and New Zealand Journal of Public
Health, https://doi.org/10.1111/1753-
6405.12766
Peiris, David, Brown, Alex and Cass,
Alan (2018). Addressing inequities
in access to quality health care for
indigenous people. CMAJ, November
04, 179 (10) 985-986; DOI: https://doi.
org/10.1503/cmaj.081445
La Ruche, G., Tarantola, A., Barboza,
P., Valliant, L., Gueguen, J., Gastellu-
Etchegorry, M., epidemic intelligence
team at InVS (2009). The 2009
pandemic H1N1 influenza and
indigenous populations of the
Americas and the Pacific. Euro Surveil
Oct 22: 14(42), https://www.ncbi.nlm.
nih.gov/pubmed/19883543
Rudge, S., and Massey, P.D. (2010).
Responding to pandemic (H1N1) 2009
influenza in Aboriginal communities
in NSW through collaboration
between NSW Health and the
Aboriginal community-controlled
health sector, New South Wales
Public Health Bulletin 21(2) 26-29,
https://www.phrp.com.au/issues/
volume-21-issue-1-2/responding-
to-pandemic-h1n1-2009-influenza-
in-aboriginal-communities-in-nsw-
through-collaboration-between-nsw-
health-and-the-aboriginal-community-
-controlled-health-sector/
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 163
Trauer, J.M., Laurie, K.L., McDonnell,
J., Kelso, A., and Markey, P.G. (2011).
Differential effects of Pandemic
(H1N1) 2009 on Remote and
Indigenous Groups, Northern Territory,
Australia, 2009. Emerg Infec Disease,
Sept: 17(9): 1615-1623, https://
www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/
PMC3322054/
United Nations (2009). State of
the World’s Indigenous Peoples,
Department of Economic & Social
Affairs, https://www.un.org/esa/
socdev/unpfii/documents/SOWIP/en/
SOWIP_web.pdf
United Nations Declarati
United Nations Expert Mechanism
on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples
(EMRIP) 6 April 2020
164 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Equity of Access
and Outcomes in
Health Support
What special considerations could be required
for the vulnerable in society during an exit and
recovery phase?
10
General Background
The impacts of COVID-19 are not
felt equally across the community.
The next steps of a recovery strategy
will be critical to improving equity in
outcomes. Special considerations
will be required for: women who are
pregnant and women at risk of family
violence; children and young people,
specifically those living in out-of-
home care; older adults and those
living in residential aged care; the
homeless; people with disabilities;
people living with a life threatening
illness(es); LGBTQI+ people; ethnic
minorities and refugees and asylum
seekers; and socioeconomically
disadvantaged groups. groups. It is
also the case that those who are at
the intersection of these attributes
often bear the greatest brunt.
There are key community groups
deserving of targeted policy support
as Australia works to manage
COVID-19 recovery. There follows
a number of recommendations on
how those groups can be supported,
each backed by evidence-based key
findings and subject specific research.
Recommendations
and Key Findings
yy Recommendation: Government
advances its policies against
family violence by recognising an
additional $180 million is needed to
fund the ‘Keep Women Safe in Their
Homes’ program which is designed
to address the scale of need. That
it develops tailored responses to
address the specific and diverse
needs of: women with disabilities,
The next steps of a recovery
strategy will be critical to
improving equity in outcomes.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 165
indigenous women, and women
from culturally and linguistically
diverse (CALD) backgrounds who
are experiencing family violence.
yy Recommendation: That maternity
health services and postnatal care
should be virus free and safe for
women screened as high risk to
attend in person; to reduce their
stress. Women pregnant during
disasters such as a pandemic and
at risk of family violence require
extra support while women’s needs
before during and after giving
birth should not be de-prioritised
because of COVID-19 healthcare.
yy Recommendation: An infant, child
and youth reference committee20
to provide expert advice (i.e.
educational, mental health and
social aspects) be established
as children and young people
may require tailored support to
manage the stress of COVID-19.
Support for young people’s
pathways to employment through
government funded projects, such
as construction projects employing
young people as trainees is
another key recommendation as an
investment in Australia’s future.
yy Recommendation: Funding for the
evidence-informed “Home Stretch26
”
program to offer in-care and post-
care support to children in OOHC
until they are 21 to foster their
COVID-19 recovery process because
those are young people who are
forced to live out of home (OOHC).
It is also recommended that police
are conscious of the vulnerability of
those in OOHC.
yy Recommendation: Government
support community service
organisations and health services
to help older adults self-isolate by
providing access to in-home medical
care, medication, and regular
assessment of social isolation
risk.32
It is critical that online and
telephone strategies are available
to foster social connections with
family, friends and volunteers.33
Health security methods that
support safe visitation from select
primary visitors or informal carers
to older adults who will suffer undue
distress from social distancing
measures is a prime need.
yy Recommendation: For LGBTQI+
people, pharmaceutical companies
ensure the provision of gender
affirming hormone products and
166 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes
in Health Support
PrEP, and clarification regarding
what products are available, what
PBS covers, and whether products
can still be shipped into Australia.
yy Recommendation: The continued
funding of services such as
Foodbank and Community Meals
programs, community outreach,
healthcare programs, and legal aid
to support refugee and migrant
groups is required.
yy Recommendation: Compassionate
policies for the homeless with
a continuation of funding of
Isolation and Recovery Facilities
to ensure they have a safe place
to self-isolate and quarantine and
that we ensure the homeless are
not targeted for breaching social
distancing regulations.
yy Recommendation: That there
be flexibility, sensitivity and
responsiveness to modifying,
managing and implementing NDIS
plans and other support for people
with disabilities.
yy Recommendation: Policies such
as JobKeeper and the increased
JobSeeker allowance are kept
in place to ensure that these
investments achieve their goals,
especially for those disadvantaged
by socio-economic issues.46,47,48,49
yy Recommendation: COVID-19
responses should not be at the
expense of, or result in a reduction
of, capacity to treat existing acute
care needs.
Key findings
yy Reports suggest that web
searches on domestic violence
are up by 75 %, and that family
violence perpetrators were using
COVID-19 restrictions as a new
way of exercising coercive control
over victims. Women in abusive
domestic violence circumstances
are at increased of harm.
yy For pregnant women enduring high
levels of stress (i.e. in a pandemic)
and at risk of family violence it
can be shown that their babies are
often born small for gestational age
due to restricted foetal growth and
additional stress.13,14
While pregnant
women are more susceptible
to COVID-19 than the general
population.15
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 167
yy The UN Convention on the Rights
of the Child, ratified by Australia,
stipulates that children have the
right to participate in decisions
that affect them.16
A total of
50,000 children and young people
of schooling age are known to
already be fully disengaged (i.e.,
not enrolled) in school,17
which may
increase with schools currently
disrupted and youth unemployment
has increased as young people
often work as casuals in hospitality
and retail.18,19
It is also known that
children often experience mental
health or learning issues following
severe adversity, such as disaster
and loss.20, 21, 22
yy Young people living in out of home
care, OOHC, experience higher rates
of adverse physical and mental health
outcomes and continue to experience
disadvantage in educational
achievements, employment, housing,
and health after care, compared to
other young people.23,24
yy For older Australians
superannuation is a key source of
their household income allowance.27
Social distancing is stressed during
COVID-19 but immediate and
urgent needs to support this must
include access to medical support,
affordable basic supplies and social
support in homes.28, 29
It is known
that social isolation increases older
adults’ risk of morbidity/mental
health concerns30, 31
and that some
aged care facilities have adopted
discretionary policies of removing
all visitor access.
yy For LGBTQI+: gender diverse
populations report high levels
of discrimination in mainstream
healthcare settings34
so may be
less likely to report COVID-19
symptoms, that they are likely to
experience mental illness, and
suicidal tendencies.35,36,37,38,39
Social distancing measures may
be additionally challenging for
those forced to isolate with family
members who don’t accept their
sexual or gender identities.38
A total of 50,000 children and
young people of schooling age
are known to already be fully
disengaged (i.e., not enrolled)
in school …
168 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
yy Those from asylum seeker and
migrant backgrounds faced
social distancing measures that
further isolated and compounded
their stressors.40,41
Also, many
from refugee and asylum seeker
backgrounds do not currently have
access to any form of financial
support, experience insecure
housing and have no access to
Medicare. COVID-19 information
may not always be accessible to
those people from non-English
speaking backgrounds and there
is also a concern that taking a
COVID-19 test may mean risk of
arrest or detention.
yy Australia’s homeless or those
without secure accommodation
and who cannot self-isolate
or quarantine are at great risk
of contracting COVID-19 while
homeless groups and individuals are
being fined by police for breaches
of social distancing regulations
and given ‘move on’ notices,
when homeless individuals often
congregate in groups for safety.
yy Eighteen per cent of Australians live
with physical or intellectual disability
and face high health vulnerability if
they became infected with COVID-19;
while they may have reduced their
support services within the home to
reduce exposure to infection.44
The
current inability to attend regular
support and health services outside
home may result in a short- term
increase in support needs during the
COVID-19 recovery phase.
yy Those with a socio-economic
disadvantage are often in casual
and insecure employment have
greater risk of unemployment and
that unemployment effects endure
over individuals’ careers and across
generations if no sufficient support
is offered to help.
yy People with life threating illnesses
face high risk of infection and
Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes
in Health Support
Also, many from refugee and
asylum seeker backgrounds do not
currently have access to any form
of financial support, experience
insecure housing and have no
access to Medicare.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 169
compromised immune systems,
so are at greater risk of COVID-19
and that any neglect of existing
acute care needs would increase
mortality and morbidity risk beyond
COVID-19.
yy Women are at the “front line” in so
many ways. Affected by every group
in the above recommendations and
the key findings they also:
yy are more likely to work in front-
line care occupations (e.g., 80% of
all healthcare workers and 95.6%
of the childcare workforce7,8
),
increasing their risk to infection.9
yy more women than men live below
the poverty line, and receive
Centrelink are more likely than men
live to below the poverty line, and
receive Centrelink payments.9,10
yy have a casual employment
rate of 27%, without paid leave
entitlements.11
yy are affected by school closures that
mean women who are the primary
caregiver face a ‘double burden’ of
working in formal employment and
managing children’s schooling.12
References
1.	 Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the
margins: intersectionality, identity
politics, and violence against
women of colour. Stanford Law
Review, 43(6), 1241–1299.
2.	 Davis, K. (2008). Intersectionality
as buzzword: a sociology of
science perspective on what
makes a feminist theory useful.
Feminist Theory, 9(1), 67–85.
3.	 Gaillard, J. C., Sanz, K., Balgos,
B. C., Dalisay, S. N. M., Gorman-
Murray, A., Smith, F., & Toelupe,
V. A. (2017). Beyond men and
women: a critical perspective on
gender and disaster. Disasters,
41(3), 429–447.
4.	 Jay, T., Barry, M., Thiagalingam, A.,
Redfern, J., McEwan, A., Rodgers,
A., & Chow, C. (2016). Design
considerations in development
of a mobile health intervention
program: The TEXT ME and
TEXTMEDS experience. JMIR
mHealth and uHealth, 4(4), e127.
170 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
5.	 https://www.thesmithfamily.com.
au/get-involved/partnerships/
corporate-social-responsibility/
our-current-partners/optus
6.	 https://askizzy.org.au/
7.	 Haddad, A. (2020). COVID-19 is
not gender neutral. http://www.
broadagenda.com.au/home/
covid-19-is-not-gender-neutral/
8.	 Boniol, M., McIsaac, M., Xu, L.,
Wuliji, T., Diallo, K., Campbell.,
J. (2019). Gender Equity in the
Health Workforce: Analysis of 104
countries. Working Paper 1. World
Health Organization, Geneva.
9.	 Davies, S.E., & Bennett B. (2019).
A gendered human rights analysis
of Ebola and Zika: locating gender
in global health emergencies.
International Affairs, 92, 1041-
1060.
10.	Australian Bureau of Statistics
(2019). Australian Labour Markets
and Related Payments. Canberra:
ABS.
11.	Australian Bureau of Statistics
(2018). Gender Indicators
Australia, Sept 2018. Canberra:
ABS.
12.	Ruppaner et al. (2018)
13.	Harville, E. W., Xiong, X. &
Buekens, P. (2010). Disasters and
perinatal health: a systematic
review. Obstetrical & Gynecological
Survey, 65(11), 713-720.
14.	King, S., & Laplante, D. P. (2005).
The effects of prenatal maternal
stress on children’s cognitive
development: Project Ice Storm.
Stress, 8(1), 35-45.
15.	Qiao, J. (2020). What are the risks
of COVID-19 infection in pregnant
women? The Lancet, 395(10226),
760-762.
16.	UN Convention on the Rights of
the Child
17.	Watterstein & O’Connell (2019)
18.	Borland, J. (2020). The next
employment challenge from
coronavirus: how to help the
young. The Conversation, April 14,
2020.
19.	Craig, L., Churchill, B., & Wong,
M. (2019). Youth, Recession, and
Downward Gender Convergence:
Young People’s Employment,
Education, and Homemaking in
Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes
in Health Support
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 171
Finland, Spain, Taiwan, and the
United States 2000–2013. Social
Politics: International Studies in
Gender, State & Society, 26(1),
59–86.
20.	Emerging Minds & Australian Child
and Adolescent Trauma, Loss and
Grief Network. (2020). Submission
to the Royal Commission into
National Natural Disaster
Arrangements.
21.	Gibbs, L., Nursey, J., Cook, J.,
Ireton, G., Alkemade, N., Roberts,
M., … & Forbes, D. (2019). Delayed
disaster impacts on academic
performance of primary school
children. Child development, 90(4),
1402-1412.
22.	Spuij, M., Reitz, E., Prinzie,
P., Stikkelbroek, Y., de Roos,
C., & Boelen, P. A. (2012).
Distinctiveness of symptoms of
prolonged grief, depression, and
post-traumatic stress in bereaved
children and adolescents.
European child & adolescent
psychiatry, 21(12), 673-679.
23.	Australian Bureau of Statistics
(2013). Australian Health Survey:
2011–2012. Canberra: ABS.
24.	Smales, M., Savaglio, M., Morris,
H., Bruce, L., Skouteris, H., & Green
(nee Cox), R. (2020). “Surviving
not thriving”: Experiences of
Health Among Young People with
a Lived Experience in Out-of-Home
Care. International Journal of
Adolescence and Youth. Accepted
April 20.
25.	Baidawi, S. & Sheehan, R. (2019).
‘Cross-over kids’: Effective
responses to children and young
people in the youth justice and
statutory Child Protection systems.
Report to the Criminology
Research Advisory Council.
Canberra: Australian Institute of
Criminology.
26.	http://thehomestretch.org.au
27.	Australian Bureau of Statistics.
(2019). Household Income
and Wealth, Australia, 2017-18,
Cat No. 6523.0, Spotlight –
Superannuation and investments
as a main source of household
income. Canberra, ABS.
28.	Armitage, R., & Nellums, L.
B. (2020). COVID-19 and the
consequences of isolating the
elderly. The Lancet. Public health.
172 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
29.	National Seniors Australia.
(2019). Australian Seniors speak
about impacts of the COVID-19
pandemic. 3rd National Seniors
short report.
30.	Santini, Z. I., Jose, P. E., Cornwell,
E. Y., Koyanagi, A., Nielsen, L.,
Hinrichsen, C., … & Koushede, V.
(2020). Social disconnectedness,
perceived isolation, and
symptoms of depression and
anxiety among older Americans
(NSHAP): a longitudinal mediation
analysis. The Lancet Public Health,
5(1), e62-e70.
31.	Newman, M. G., & Zainal, N. H.
(2020). The value of maintaining
social connections for mental
health in older people. The Lancet
Public Health, 5(1), e12-e13.
32.	https://blogs.bmj.com/
bmj/2020/04/09/the-effects-of-
isolation-on-the-physical-and-
mental-health-of-older-adults/
33.	http://www.euro.who.int/en/
health-topics/health-emergencies/
coronavirus-covid-19/news/
news/2020/4/supporting-older-
people-during-the-covid-19-
pandemic-is-everyones-business
34.	Riggs, Coleman and Due (2014)
35.	Gower et al. (2018)
36.	McDermott, E., Hughes, E.,
Rawlings, V. (2016). Queer Futures:
Understanding LGBT adolescents’
suicide, self-harm and help-
seeking behaviours (Final Report),
37.	Janssen and Leibowitz (2018)
38.	Katz-Wise, S. L., Rosario, M., &
Tsappis, M. (2016). Lesbian, gay,
bisexual, and transgender youth
and family acceptance. Paediatric
Clinics of North America, 63(6),
1011-1025.).
39.	Thomas, J. (2020). LGB Youth,
in P Gerber (ed.), Worldwide
Perspectives on Gays, Lesbians,
and Bisexuals: History, Culture, and
Law, Praeger Press, California
40.	Dowling, A., Enticott, J., Kunin,
M., & Russell, G. (2019). The
association of migration
experiences on the self-rated
health status among adult
humanitarian refugees to Australia:
an analysis of a longitudinal cohort
study. International journal for
equity in health, 18(1), 130.
Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes
in Health Support
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 173
41.	Hynie, M. (2018). The social
determinants of refugee mental
health in the post-migration
context: A critical review. The
Canadian Journal of Psychiatry,
63(5), 297-303.
42.	system: http://www.cclj.unsw.edu.
au/article/open-letter-australian-
governments-covid-19-and-
criminal-justice-system
43.	https://www.abc.net.au/
news/2020-03-25/coronavirus-
fears-asylum-seekers-plead-for-
release-detention/12084604
44.	ABS (2018)
45.	Manzoni & Mooi-Reci (2018)
46.	https://www.communities.qld.
gov.au/community/place-based-
approaches/framework-place-
based-approaches
47.	https://www.vic.gov.au/
framework-place-based-
approaches-start-conversation-
about-working-differently-better-
outcomes/place
48.	https://www.dss.gov.au/families-
and-children-programs-services/
stronger-places-stronger-people
49.	https://www.oecd.org/regional/
oecd-regional-outlook-2019-
9789264312838-en.htm
50.	https://cid.org.au/our-stories/
covid-19-governments-must-act-
on-equal-treatment-for-people-
with-disability/
51.	https://pwd.org.au/covid-19-plan/
174 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Clarity of
Communication
The overall success of the recovery will depend upon
engaging widespread public support and participation
through partnership with civil society regardless of
which strategy is chosen.
11
If the Elimination Strategy is
pursued, it is important that the
public understands the additional
sacrifice needed, why it is worth it,
and what benefits they can expect
in return. It is also critical that the
public understand that even with
the Elimination Strategy, life will
not return to the ‘old normal’.
With the Controlled Adaptation
strategy, it is critical that the public
understand that in exchange for
an earlier relaxation, there will be
a need for ongoing adaptation.
Specific containment measures
may be carefully relaxed in several
phases to achieve a balance between
constraining the infection rate and
enabling economic activity. And if the
infections increase, the measures
may need to be reinstated.
Recommendations
and Key Findings
yy Recommendation: Communicate
the approach and associated
measures using clear, specific
and empathetic language.
yy Recommendation: Enrol individuals
who are perceived as credible and
trustworthy (e.g. healthcare workers
and population health scientists) to
convey key messages publicly.
yy Recommendation: Enhance the
cultural appropriateness and
thus impact of communication.
A number of community
reference groups for this should
be established that represent
Australia’s demographic and
socio-cultural diversity.
… it is critical that the public
understand that in exchange for
an earlier relaxation, there will be a
need for ongoing adaptation.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 175
yy Recommendation: Define and
implement a color-coded public
health alert system. A color-coded
public health alert system with
four levels (“Prepare”, “Reduce”,
“Restrict”, and “Lockdown”), enables
the community to see and plan for
the restrictions that governments
may be required to put in place.
The public health alert system
may be geo-targeted at the town,
council, state/territory level, and
shows increased or decreased
limits on human contact, travel
and business operations.
yy Key Finding: Health professionals
and population health scientists)
are generally viewed as credible
and trustworthy sources of public
health-related information.
yy Key Finding: Previous research
illustrates that people’s willingness
to act on public health advice
during a pandemic is driven by
their sense of pragmatism as well
as trust – they want to know what
actions will benefit in their personal
circumstances Hence, public health
messaging has more impact if it
helps with empowerment.
yy Key Finding: Broad communications
need to be supplemented with
messages tailored to particular
communities and social groups.
Engagement with public health
messaging is heavily influenced by
socio-economic background, cultural
and social identity, age, gender etc.
Australia’s efforts to contain COVID-19
and ‘flatten ‘the curve’ have been
successful.
The Government responded quickly
(Swerissen, 2020), and this resulted in
the rapid and widespread uptake of a
range of behaviours by the community.
Below is a communication strategy
aimed at engaging maximum public
support and participation in Australia’s
optimal approach going forward. This
reflects decades of research into
effective public communication from
a range of inter-related disciplines,
including psychology, sociology, risk
communication, health promotion, and
science and technology studies. This
communication approach is one that
occurs in a spirit of participation and
consultation; which is attentive to the
diversity of Australia community that
and appeals to people’s capacity to act.
176 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
Evidence and
Analysis to support
Recommendations
and Key Findings
General Principles of Risk
and Crisis Communication
Communication matters. There is
evidence of a significant relationship
between the communication
strategies of agencies responding
to a crisis and the level of public
reassurance and compliance. (Carter
et al., 2013). Some general principles
of risk and crisis communication are
summarised below (Covello, 2003;
Reynolds, 2004; Seeger, 2006).
It is worth pointing out two
constraints that will be elaborated
on in the following sections: first,
communication, while essential, is
not sufficient to change behaviours
because communication tends to
focus on changing motivation. People
also need to have the capability and
opportunity to perform the needed
behaviours and thus environmental
factors are also relevant, along with
having sufficient resources (Michie
et al., 2020). Second, the unique
communication needs of special
and diverse audiences need to be
respected; different audiences will
to some extent benefit from distinct
frames, messages, and messengers
(Moser, 2010).
As the development of such tailored
communication strategies requires
an investment of time and other
resources, the following principles
should form the backbone of
immediate communication strategies.
… the unique communication needs of special and diverse
audiences need to be respected; different audiences will
to some extent benefit from distinct frames, messages,
and messengers.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 177
Principle 1
Engage in clear, consistent
communication
Principle 2
Strive for maximum credibility
Principle 3
Communicate with compassion,
care, and empathy
Principle 4
Communicate with openness,
frankness, and honesty
Principle 5
Recognise that uncertainty
and ambiguity is inevitable
Principle 6
Help people to feel
empowered to act
Principle 7
Consider health and statistical
literacy in messaging
Principle 8
Be proactive in combating
misinformation
Principle 9
Recognise and embrace
diverse audiences
A communication strategy for
maximum community support
and participation
There are four specific
recommendations which should
form the basis of a strategy in
which broad community messaging
is supplemented with tailored
communications for particular
groups.
Recommendation
Communicate the approach
and associated measures using
specific and empathetic language
that helps people feel empowered
to act, rather than just passive
recipients of instructions.
Provide a succinct and clear
explanation as to why ongoing
containment measures are necessary.
Be explicit about the goals of the
controlled adaptation approach, and
the reasons for undertaking particular
measures. The risks of pursuing the
approach and specific measures
also need to be clearly articulated.
Empathise by explicitly recognising
hardships of measures.
178 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Recommendation
Enlist the support and assistance
of independent, credible and
trustworthy advocates (e.g.
healthcare workers, educators,
community leaders) to convey
key messages.
Continue to use those from trusted
professions to explain and justify the
controlled adaptation approach. It
is obviously highly appropriate that
key policy decisions are announced
and articulated by politicians while
authoritative health officials (such
as the Chief Medical Officer), and
key public health and scientific
experts must continue to provide
public communications. This will
help to convey that such policies are
underpinned by ‘apolitical’ evidence.
Recommendation
Enhance the impact of
communication by establishing
community reference groups to
provide ongoing input into the
decisions that affect them and
also how best to communicate
them. Several community reference
groups should be established so
that collectively, they represent
Australia’s demographic and
socio-cultural diversity.
Norms and modes of communication
differ between social and cultural
groups. In addition, some groups will
be impacted much more severely
than others by Australia’s response
to COVID-19. Communications
should be tailored towards these
groups by working closely with group
representatives. The following groups
in particular require tailored messaging:
yy Young children (up to 12 years old)
and their parents
yy Secondary school children
yy Young adults (18–30)
yy Older adults (70+) and those living
in residential care
Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
… authoritative health officials, and
key public health and scientific
experts must continue to provide
public communications.
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 179
yy Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders
yy Gender diverse / LGBTQ+
communities
yy People affected by bushfires
yy People with life-threatening illnesses
(i.e. immunocompromised)
yy Hearing-impaired community
yy Vision impaired community.
Community reference groups would
advise on: key messages and
approaches; ensuring the framing
and tone of messages would
be most appropriate to ensure
engagement; and the modes of
communication (e.g. Auslan, TV
broadcast, SMS, health messages
on social media platforms) that will
increase dissemination among their
communities.
There is a likelihood that as different
Governments and jurisdictions find
themselves at different levels of
risk that they use different labels
and wording for risk. The different
messages in different jurisdictions
along with different restrictions in
different areas will create confusion
amongst the community, dilute the
message and over time lead to fatigue
and non-compliance. It is critical that
the labels used and their implication
be uniform across the country.
Australia has long experience with
fire-risk warnings and most of the
population understands and responds
to escalation and de-escalation of
these warnings. It is recommended,
that in consultation with experts
and the different jurisdictions a
uniform public health alert system
be developed.
Recommendation
Define and implement a color-
coded public health alert system.
A color-coded public health alert
system with four levels ( e.g.
“Prepare” [blue], “Reduce” [amber],
“Restrict” [brown], and “Lockdown”
[red]), enables the community to
see and plan for the restrictions
that governments put in place.
The public health alert system
may be geo-targeted at the town,
council, state/territory level, and
shows increased or decreased
limits on human contact, travel
and business operations.
180 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
References
ACSQHC (2014). Australian
Commission on Safety and Quality in
Health Care. Health literacy: Taking
action to improve safety and quality.
https://www.safetyandquality.gov.au/
sites/default/files/migrated/Health-
Literacy-Taking-action-to-improve-
safety-and-quality.pdf
AHRC (2014). Face the facts: Cultural
Diversity. Australian Human Rights
Commission. Available at https://
www.humanrights.gov.au/sites/
default/files/FTFCulturalDiversity.pdf
ABS (2013) Australian Social Trends.
Canberra: Australian Bureau of
Statistics. Available at https://www.
abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/
Lookup/4102.0Main+Features30April
+2013#back2
Baker, M (2020) The Conversation,
‘Overjoyed’: a leading health expert
on New Zealand’s coronavirus
shutdown, and the challenging weeks
ahead, https://theconversation.
com/overjoyed-a-leading-health-
expert-on-new-zealands-coronavirus-
shutdown-and-the-challenging-weeks-
ahead-134395, Accessed 16-Apr 2020
Bineham, J. L. (1991). Some
ethical implications of team
sports metaphors in politics.
Communication Reports, 4(1), 35-42.
doi:10.1080/08934219109367519
Briñol, P. & Petty, R. E. (2009).
Source factors in persuasion: A self-
validation approach. European Review
of Social Psychology, 20, 49-96.
doi:10.1080/10463280802643640
Burgess, J. & Green, J. (2013) YouTube:
Online Video and Participatory Culture
Policy, Cambridge UK.
Cameron, S. & McAllister, I. (2019).
The 2019 Australian Federal Election:
Results from the Australian Election
Study. Canberra: The Australian
National University.
Cammett, M. & Lieberman, E. (2020).
Building solidarity: Challenges,
options, and implications for COVID-19
responses. https://ethics.harvard.edu/
building-solidarity
Carter, H., Drury, J., Rubin, G. J.,
Williams, R., & Amlôt, R. (2013). The
effect of communication during mass
decontamination. Disaster Prevention
and Management, 22, 132-147.
doi:10.1108/09653561311325280
Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 181
Coates, M. (2020). Covid-19 and the
rise of racism. BMJ, 369: m1384.
Cook, J., Lewandowsky, S., &
Ecker, U. K. H. (2017). Neutralizing
misinformation through inoculation:
Exposing misleading argumentation
techniques reduces their influence.
PLoS ONE, 12, e0175799.
doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0175799
Covello, V. T. (2003). Best practices
in public health risk and crisis
communication. Journal of
Health Communication, 8, 5-8.
doi:10.1080/7138519
Davis, M. (2019) ‘Uncertainty and
immunity in public communications
on pandemics’ in Bjorkdahl, K. and
Carlsen, B. eds Pandemics, Publics
and Politics: Staging Responses to
Public Health Crises, Houndmills:
Palgrave, pp. 29-42.
Davis, M., Flowers, P., Lohm, D.,
Waller, E and Stephenson, N. (2016)
Immunity, biopolitics and pandemics:
Public and individual responses to the
threat to life, Body & Society, 22(4),
130-154.
Davis, M. and Lohm, D. (2020)
Pandemics, Publics and Narrative,
NYC: Oxford University Press.
Davis, M., Whittaker, A., Lindgren, M,
Djerf-Pierre, M., Manderson, L. and
Flowers, P. (2018) ‘Understanding
Media Publics and the Antimicrobial
Resistance Crisis’, Global Public
Health, 13(9), 1158-1168. DOI:
10.1080/17441692.2017.1336248.
Devakumar, D., Shannon, G., Bhopal,
S. S., & Abubakar, I. (2020). Racism
and discrimination in COVID-19
responses. The Lancet, 395, 1194.
Dobson, A., Carah, N. & Robards, B.
J., (2018) Digital Intimate Publics and
Social Media: Towards Theorising
Public Lives on Private Platforms.
In A., Robards, B. & Carah, N. (eds.).
Digital Intimate Publics and Social
Media. Shields Dobson, Cham
Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan, p.
3-27 25 p.
Duckett, S., Mackey, W. & Stobart, A.
(2020). Australia’s response to the
pandemic: the good, the bad, and the
Ruby Princess. Grattan Institute –
Health. Avialable at: https://grattan.
edu.au/news/australias-response-to-
the-pandemic-the-good-the-bad-and-
the-ruby-princess/
182 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Ecker, U. K. H., Hogan, J. L., &
Lewandowsky, S. (2017). Reminders
and repetition of misinformation:
Helping or hindering its retraction?
Journal of Applied Research in
Memory and Cognition, 6, 185-192.
doi:10.1016/j.jarmac.2017.01.014
Edwards R, Charani E, Sevdalis N,
Alexandrou B, Sibley E, Mullett D,
Loveday HP, Drumright LN, & Holmes
A. (2012). Optimisation of infection
prevention and control in acute health
care by use of behaviour change: a
systematic review. Lancet Infectious
Diseases, 12(4), 318-32.
Everett, J. A. C., Colombatto, C.,
Chituc, V., Brady, W. J., & Crockett, M.
(2020). The effectiveness of moral
messages on public health behavioral
intentions during the COVID-19
pandemic. doi:10.31234/osf.io/9yqs8
Gigerenzer, G., Gaissmaier, W.,
Kurz-Milcke, E., Schwartz, L. M., &
Woloshin, S. (2007). Helping Doctors
and Patients Make Sense of Health
Statistics. Psychological Science
in the Public Interest, 8(2), 53–96.
https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1539-
6053.2008.00033.x
Gould DJ, Moralejo D, Drey
N, Chudleigh JH, Taljaard M.
Interventions to improve hand hygiene
compliance in patient care. Cochrane
Database of Systematic Reviews
2017, Issue 9. Art. No.: CD005186.
DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD005186.
pub4.
Grant, A. M. & Hofmann, D. A. (2011).
It’s not all about me: Motivating
hand hygiene among health care
professionals by focusing on patients.
Psychological Science, 22, 1494-1499.
doi:10.1177/0956797611419172
Han, P. K. J., Zikmund-Fisher, B.
J., Duarte, C. W., Knaus, M., Black,
A., Scherer, A. M., & Fagerlin, A.
(2018). Communication of Scientific
Uncertainty about a Novel Pandemic
Health Threat: Ambiguity Aversion and
Its Mechanisms. Journal of Health
Communication, 23(5), 435-444. doi:1
0.1080/10810730.2018.1461961
Jolley, D. & Douglas, K. M. (2017).
Prevention is better than cure:
Addressing anti-vaccine conspiracy
theories. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 47, 459-469.
Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 183
Jordan, J., Yoeli, E., & Rand, D. G.
(2020). Don’t get it or don’t spread
it? Comparing self-interested
versus prosocially framed COVID-19
prevention messaging. doi:10.31234/
osf.io/yuq7x
Lakoff, G. (2010). Why it matters
how we frame the environment.
Environmental Communication, 4, 70-
81. doi:10.1080/17524030903529749
Lewandowsky, S., Ecker, U. K.
H., & Cook, J. (2017). Beyond
misinformation: Understanding and
coping with the post-truth era. Journal
of Applied Research in Memory and
Cognition, 6, 353-369.
Lewandowsky, S., Gignac, G. E. &
Vaughan, S. (2013). The pivotal role
of perceived scientific consensus
in acceptance of science. Nature
Climate Change, 3, 399-404.
doi:10.1038/nclimate1720
Lewandowsky, S., Risbey, J.S.,
Smithson, M., Newell, B., & Hunter,
J. (2014). Scientific uncertainty and
climate change: Part I. Uncertainty
and unabated emissions. Climatic
Change, 124, 21-37. doi:10.1007/
s10584-014-1082-7
Kovic, M, & Füchslin, T. (2018).
Probability and conspiratorial thinking.
Applied Cognitive Psychology, 32, 390-
400. doi:10.1002/acp.3408
Martin, A., & Baekkeskov, E. (2020).
Enlisting the support of trusted
cue-givers to tackle public policy
problems: The case of antimicrobial
resistance PLoS ONE 14(3).
MacFarlane, D., Hurlstone, M. J.,
& Ecker, U. K. H. (2020). Reducing
demand for unsupported health
remedies: A taxonomy for overcoming
psychological barriers. Social Science
& Medicine.
Massey, P. D., Pearce, G., Taylor, K. A.,
Orcher, L., Saggers, S., & Durrheim,
D. N. (2009). Reducing the risk of
pandemic influenza in Aboriginal
communities. Rural Remote Health,
9(3), 1290.
Michie, S., van Stralen, M.
M., & West, R. (2011). The
behaviour change wheel: a new
method for characterising and
designing behaviour change
interventions. Implement Sci, 6, 42.
doi:10.1186/1748-5908-6-42
184 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Michie, S., West, R., & Amlôt, T.
(2020). Behavioural strategies for
reducing Covid-19 transmission
in the general population. https://
blogs.bmj.com/bmj/2020/03/03/
behavioural-strategies-for-reducing-
covid-19-transmission-in-the-general-
population/
Moser, S. C. (2010). Communicating
climate change: History, challenges,
process and future directions. Wiley
Interdisciplinary Reviews: Climate
Change, 1, 31-53.
New Zealand Government (2020).
COVID-19 Alert System. https://
covid19.govt.nz/assets/resources/
tables/COVID-19-alert-levels-
summary.pdf. Accessed 15-Apr 2020
Nie, J. B., Gilbertson, A., de Roubaix,
M., Staunton, C., van Niekerk, A.,
Tucker, J. D., & Rennie, S. (2016).
Healing without waging war: Beyond
military metaphors in medicine and
HIV cure research. The American
Journal of Bioethics, 16, 3-11.
doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/15265161
.2016.1214305
O’Connell, E., & Hurley, F. (2009).
A review of the strengths and
weaknesses of quantitative methods
used in health impact assessment.
Public Health, 123, 306-310.
doi:10.1016/j.puhe.2009.02.008
Painter, J. (2015). Taking a bet on risk.
Nature Climate Change, 5, 288-289.
​​​​​​​Pennycook, G., McPhetres, J., Zhang,
Y., & Rand, D. G. (2020). Fighting
COVID-19 misinformation on social
media: Experimental evidence for a
scalable accuracy nudge intervention.
doi:10.31234/osf.io/uhbk9
Peters, G.-J. Y., Ruiter, R. A. C.,
ten Hoor, G. A., Kessels, L. T.
E., & Kok, G. (2018). Towards
consensus on fear appeals: a
rejoinder to the commentaries on
Kok, Peters, Kessels, ten Hoor, and
Ruiter (2018), Health Psychology
Review, 12:2, 151-156, DOI:
10.1080/17437199.2018.1454846
Peters, R. G., Covello, V. T., &
McCallum, D. B. (1997). The
determinants of trust and credibility
in environmental risk communication:
An empirical study. Risk Analysis, 17,
43-54. doi:10.1111/j.1539-6924.1997.
tb00842.x
Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 185
Petersen, M. B. (2020). The
unpleasant truth is the best protection
against coronavirus. https://pure.
au.dk/portal/files/181464339/
The_unpleasant_truth_is_the_best_
protection_against_coronavirus_
Michael_Bang_Petersen.pdf
Pfattheicher, S., Nockur, L., Böhm,
R., Sassenrath, C., & Petersen, M.
B. (2020). The emotional path to
action: Empathy promotes physical
distancing during the COVID-19
pandemic. doi:10.31234/osf.io/y2cg5
Reynolds, B. (2004). Crisis and
emergency risk communication:
By leaders for leaders.Centers for
Disease Control and Prevention,
Atlanta, GA.
Reynolds, B., & Quinn, S. C. (2008).
Effective communication during an
influenza pandemic: the value of
using a crisis and emergency risk
communication framework. Health
Promotion Practice, 9, 13S-17S.
Seeger, M. W. (2006). Best
practices in crisis communication:
An expert panel process. Journal
of Applied Communication
Research, 34(3), 232-244.
doi:10.1080/00909880600769944
Schultz, P. W., Nolan, J. M., Cialdini, R.
B., Goldstein, N. J., & Griskevicius, V.
(2007). The constructive, destructive,
and reconstructive power of social
norms. Psychological Science,
18, 429-434. doi:10.1111/j.1467-
9280.2007.01917.x
Swerrissen, H. (2020). What now? It
depends on the chance of an effective
coronavirus vaccine. Grattan Institute
– Health. Avialable at: https://grattan.
edu.au/news/what-now-it-depends-
on-the-chance-of-an-effective-
coronavirus-vaccine/
Stoker, G., Evans, M. & Halupka, M.
(2018). Trust and Democracy in
Australia: Democratic decline and
renewal. Institute for Governance
& Policy Analysis, University of
Canberra.
Thompson, G. (2014). Introducing
Functional Grammar (3rd ed.). London
and New York: Routledge.
van Bavel, J. J., Baicker, K., Boggio,
P., Capraro, V., Cichocka, A., Crockett,
M., … Willer, R. (2020). Using social
and behavioural science to support
COVID-19 pandemic response.
doi:10.31234/osf.io/y38m9
186 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
van der Bles, A. M., van der Linden, S.,
Freeman, A. L. J., Spiegelhalter, D. J.
(2020). The effects of communicating
uncertainty on public trust in facts
and numbers. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences,
117, 7672-7683; doi:10.1073/
pnas.1913678117
Waszak, P. M., Kasprzycka-Waszak,
W. & Kubanek, A. (2018)The spread
of medical fake news in social media
– The pilot quantitative study. Health
Policy and Technology, 7(2): 115-118.
WHO (2017). Communicating risk
in public health emergencies: a
WHO guideline for emergency risk
communication (ERC) policy and
practice. Geneva: World Health
Organization; 2017. Licence: CC BY-
NC-SA 3.0 IGO
Wilson, D., & Sperber, D. (2002).
Relevance Theory. UCL Division of
Psychology & Language Sciences.
Retrieved from http://www.phon.ucl.
ac.uk/home/PUB/WPL/02papers/
wilson_sperber.pdf
Wilson, S (2020). Three reasons
why Jacinda Ardern’s coronavirus
response has been a masterclass
in crisis leadership. The
Conversation. Retrieved from https://
theconversation.com/three-reasons-
why-jacinda-arderns-coronavirus-
response-has-been-a-masterclass-in-
crisis-leadership-135541. Accessed
16-Apr 2020.
Wise, T., Zbozinek, T. D., Michelini,
G., Hagan, C. C., & Mobbs, D. (2020).
Changes in risk perception and
protective behavior during the first
week of the COVID-19 pandemic in
the United States. doi:10.31234/osf.
io/dz428
Yamagishi, K. (1997). When a
12.86% mortality is more dangerous
than 24.14%: Implications for
risk communication. Applied
Cognitive Psychology, 11, 495-
506. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1099-
0720(199712)11:6<495::AID-
ACP481>3.0.CO;2-J
Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 187
Methodology
The Roadmap project was designed
to provide considered and evidence-
based responses to questions
of critical and pressing national
importance.
Experts were recruited from across
the Go8 universities – Australia’s
leading research-intensive universities
– in areas as diverse as epidemiology,
statistical modelling, infectious
diseases, public and mental health,
psychology, economics, political
scientists, Aboriginal and Torres
Strait Islander expertise, business,
international relations scholars and
political scientists.
Individuals ranged from eminent
professors to early career researchers,
to capture the diversity of expertise
across generations of talent.
The Task Force faced the challenge
of articulating the collective wisdom
of this large and diverse group on a
complex set of questions in a short
period, under conditions of great
uncertainty and rapid change and
where no members could physically
meet.
Standard remote collaboration
methods, such as circulating drafts
by email, have many drawbacks such
as the difficulty of keeping track of
document versions, integrating edits
and comments on many different
versions, and ensuring that everyone
can see the latest version. It seemed
clear this approach would struggle
with an expert group as large as the
Roadmap Task Force.
The Steering Committee made the bold
decision to try a new crowdsourcing-
inspired approach. All members were
given access to the SWARM cloud
collaboration platform, a research
prototype being developed by a team at
the University of Melbourne’s Hunt Lab
for Intelligence Research. The platform
is the result of a three-year research
effort funded by the US Intelligence
Advanced Research Projects Activity,
aimed at developing better ways
to support groups of analysts to
work through difficult problems and
produce high-quality reports. The
platform’s design is generic enough
that it can support analytical work in
many other domains.
188 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
On the platform, all Task Force
members were able to access nine
workspaces, one for each of the main
questions being addressed. Within a
workspace they could view, create,
and collaboratively edit contributions
of various kinds, including draft
section reports; rate and comment
on contributions; and use real-time
chat. While these activities are
supported by many cloud platforms,
a combination of design features
makes the SWARM approach unique.
These include:
yy A “groupsourcing” model in which
small teams from within the large
expert pool coalesce and self-
organise to tackle specific questions;
yy Support for “contending analyses,”
where any member can put up
a draft report and the group as
a whole can select the most
promising via “readiness” ratings;
yy Use of pseudonyms, intended to
mitigate social dominance effects
arising from the differing status of
members.
The Steering Committee understood
from the outset that the approach
would need to be carefully monitored
and that adjustments may be
required. In the second week, three
such changes were made: addition
of new Task Force members to cover
expertise gaps; off-platform video-
conferencing to accelerate coordination
of small emergent teams; and, where
appropriate, relaxation of anonymity.
By the end of week 2, draft reports
were available for all nine questions.
These were woven together into
a single Final Report by a small
editing team from the Group of Eight
Directorate. Task Force members were
briefly given a final opportunity to
provide comments. The Final Report
was then reviewed by a team of
selected independent commentators
and approved by the Go8 Board
of Directors before being provided
directly to Government.
The result is a comprehensive,
independent, evidence-based report for
Government that provides guidance as
to how and when Australia can move
to the recovery phase.
Dr Tim Van Gelder
Dr Richard De Rozario
Methodology
GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 189
We thank the following for active participation
on the SWARM platform:
Professor Charles Abraham
University of Melbourne
Professor Karen Adams
Monash University
Associate Professor Eva Alisic
University of Melbourne
Dr Kelly-Anne Allen
Monash University
Dr Erik Baekkeskov
University of Melbourne
Professor Emily Banks
Australian National University
Associate Professor Anthony Bell
University of Queensland
Dr Andrew Black
University of Adelaide
Dr Andrew Black
University of Sydney
Professor Tony Blakely
University of Melbourne
Dr Chris Blyth
University of Western Australia
Ms Katrina Boterhoven de Haan
University of Western Australia
Professor Robert Breunig
Australian National University
Professor Alex Broom
University of Sydney
Dr Matthew Brown
Group of Eight
Professor Romola Bucks
University of Western Australia
Professor Jim Buttery
Monash University
Dr Katherine Carroll
Australian National University
Professor Allen Cheng
Monash University
Professor Alex Collie
Monash University
Professor Rae Cooper AO
University of Sydney
Professor Kim Cornish
Monash University
Dr Kyllie Cripps
University of New South Wales
Professor Donna Cross
University of Western Australia
Professor Mark Dadds
University of Sydney
Professor Sara Davies
Griffith University
Professor Megan Davis
University of New South Wales
Professor Patricia Dudgeon
University of Western Australia
Professor Sandra Eades
University of Melbourne
Associate Professor Ullrich Ecker
University of Western Australia
Ms Nicole Ee
University of New South Wales
Professor Jane Fisher AO
Monash University
Professor John Freebairn
University of Melbourne
Dr John Gardner
Monash University
Professor Ross Garnaut AC
University of Melbourne
Professor Marie Gerdtz
University of Melbourne
Associate Professor Kathryn Glass
Australian National University
Professor Quentin Grafton
Australian National University
Professor Len Gray
University of Queensland
Professor Jane Gunn
University of Melbourne
Professor Ian Hickie
University of Sydney
Ms Anna Hickling
University of Queensland
Professor Keith Hill
Monash University
Professor Richard Holden
University of New South Wales
Professor Eddie Holmes
University of Sydney
Ms Bernadette Hyland-Wood
University of Queensland
Associate Professor Tim Inglis
University of Western Australia
Associate Professor Andrew Jackson
University of New South Wales
Professor Jolanda Jetten
University of Queensland
Ms Yawei Jiang
University of Queensland
Professor John Kaldor
University of New South Wales
Associate Professor Adam Kamradt Scott
University of Sydney
Professor Shitij Kapur
University of Melbourne
Ms Alex Kennedy
Group of Eight
Dr Elise Klein
Australian National University
Professor David Le Couteur AO
University of Sydney
Professor Julie Leask
University of Sydney
Professor Karin Leder
Monash University
Mr Yulin Li
University of Adelaide
Associate Professor Kamalini Lokuge
Australian National University
Professor John Mangan
University of Queensland
Professor Andrew Martin
University of New South Wales
Professor James McCaw
University of Melbourne
Dr Christopher McCaw
University of Melbourne
Professor Lisa McDaid
University of Queensland
Dr Siobhan McDonnell
Australian National University
Professor Patrick McGorry AO
University of Melbourne
Professor Warwick McKibbin AO
Australian National University
Acknowlegements
190 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY
Professor Jodie McVernon
University of Melbourne
Professor Tracy Merlin
University of Adelaide
Professor George Milne
University of Western Australia
Dr Nikki Moodie
University of Melbourne
Dr Lucy Morgan
University of Sydney
Professor James Morley
University of Sydney
Associate Professor Julia Morphet
Monash University
Dr Sally Nimon
Group of Eight
Professor David Paterson
University of Queensland
Dr Collin Payne
Australian National University
Dr Michael Phillips
Monash University
Professor John Piggott AO
University of New South Wales
Professor Jane Pirkis
University of Melbourne
Ms Maeve Powell
Australian National University
Professor Mikhail Prokopenko
University of Sydney
Dr Signe Ravn
University of Melbourne
Professor Ian Reid
University of Adelaide
Professor Peter Robertson
University of Western Australia
Mr Ross Roberts-Thomson
University of Adelaide
Associate Professor Simon Rosenbaum
University of New South Wales
Professor John Savill
University of Melbourne
Dr Ashley Schram
Australian National University
Mr Roberto Schurch
University of Queensland
Dr Theresa Scott
University of Queensland
Associate Professor Linda Selvey
University of Queensland
Professor Louise Sharpe
University of Sydney
Dr Kirsty Short
University of Queensland
Professor Helen Skouteris
Monash University
Dr Joseph Smith
University of Adelaide
Professor Tania Sorrell AM
University of Sydney
Professor Marc Stears
University of Sydney
Professor David Story
University of Melbourne
Ms Vicki Thomson
Group of Eight
Professor Carla Treloar
University of New South Wales
Professor Tim Usherwood
University of Sydney
Professor James Ward
University of Queensland
Professor Jim Watterston
University of Melbourne
Professor Peter Whiteford
Australian National University
Professor Harvey Whiteford
University of Queensland
Professor Simon Wilkie
Monash University
Professor Deborah Williamson
University of Melbourne
Associate Professor James Wood
University of New South Wales
Dr Mandy Yap
Australian National University
Professor Paul Young
University of Queensland
Special Acknowledgements to the Following:
Chapter 1: An Ethical Framework for the Recovery
Professor Duncan Ivison, Deputy Vice Chancellor,
Research, University of Sydney, Professor Marc
Stears, University of Sydney and Prof Susan
Dodds, LaTrobe University
Chapter 2: The Elimination Option
Professor Emily Banks, Australian National
University, Dr Grazia Caleo, Australian National
University, Dr Stephanie Davies, Australian National
University, Associate Professor Kathryn Glass,
Australian National University, Professor Quentin
Grafton, Australian National University, Associate
Professor Kamalini Lokuge, Australian National
University, Professor George Milne, University of
Western Australia, Professor Mikhail Propenko,
University of Sydney, Dr Leslee Roberts, Australian
National University, Ms Tatum Street, Australian
National University, Associate Professor James
Wood, University of New South Wales
Chapter 3: The Controlled Adaptation Option
Professor Tony Blakely, University of Melbourne,
Professor Karin Leder, Monash University,
Professor John Mangan, University of
Queensland, Professor James McCaw, University
of Melbourne, Professor Jodie McVernon,
University of Melbourne, Professor Warwick
McKibbin AO, Australian National University,
Professor Tracy Merlin, University of Adelaide,
Dr Collin Payne, Australian National University,
Professor John Piggott AO, University of New
South Wales, Professor Peter Robertson,
University of Western Australia, Associate
Professor Linda Selvey, University of Queensland
Chapter 4: Border Protection and Travel Restrictions
Associate Professor Adam Kamradt-Scott,
University of Sydney
Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust,
Transparency and Civic Engagement
Dr John Gardner, Monash University, Ms Bernadette
Hyland-Wood, University of Queensland, Professor
Julie Leask, University of Sydney
Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for
Building and Supporting a Health System within
the “Roadmap to Recovery”
Professor Jane Gunn, University of Melbourne
Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen
Professor Jane Gunn, University of Melbourne,
Mr Roberto Schurch Santana, University of
Queensland, Professor Romola Bucks, University
of Western Australia, Associate Professor
Andrew Jackson, University of New South
Wales, Dr Chris McCaw, University of Melbourne,
Professor Andrew Martin, University of New
South Wales
Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing
Ms Anna Hickling, University of Queensland,
Professor Harvey Whiteford, University of
Queensland
Chapter 9: Considerations for Aboriginal and
Torres Strait Islander Peoples
Professor Patricia Dudgeon, University of
Western Australia, Dr Kate Derry, University
of Western Australia
Chapter 10: Key Populations
Professor Helen Skouteris, Monash University
Chapter 11: Communications
Dr John Gardner, Monash University, Associate
Professor Ullrich Ecker, University of Western
Australia, Professor Julie Leask, University of
Sydney, Ms Bernadette Hyland-Wood, University
of Queensland
Thanks to Prof. Neville Yeomans for helping
consider the Contributions
We acknowledge Associate Professor Tim van
Gelder and Associate Professor Richard de
Rozario and their “SWARM” team: Ashley Barnett,
Dr Ariel Kruger, Yao Pan, Tamar Primoratz, Dr
Morgan Saletta, Sujai Thomman, Luke Thorburn,
Dr Ivo Widjaya, Andrew Wright, Zeyu Zha
Thanks to our additional Contributors:
Dr Elizabeth Adamson
University of New South Wales
Professor Jon Altman
Australian National University
Dr Jacqueline Anderton
University of Melbourne
Professor Nicholas Aroney
University of Queensland
Professor Gabriele Bammer
Australian National University
Associate Professor Margo Barr
University of New South Wales
Dr Megan Blaxland
University of New South Wales
Dr Alexandra Bloch-Atefi
University of Adelaide
Dr Karen Block
University of Melbourne
Dr Noreen Breakey
University of Queensland
Associate Professor Julie Brimblecombe
Monash University and University of Queensland
Dr Timothy Broady
University of New South Wales
Professor Deborah Bunker
University of Sydney
Dr Beatriz Cardona
University of New South Wales
Dr Susan Carland
Monash University
Deputy CEO Dawn Casey
National Aboriginal Community Controlled
Organisation (NACCHO)
Dr Andrzej Ceglowski
Monash University
Associate Professor Mark Davis
Monash University
Professor Simon Dennis
University of Melbourne
Professor Sara Dolnicar
University of Queensland
Associate Professor Frank Donnelly
University of Adelaide
Dr Antony Eagle
University of Adelaide
Dr Elizabeth Edwards
University of Queensland
Dr Thorlene Egerton
University of Melbourne
Dr Christian Ehnis
University of Sydney
Dr Megan Ferguson
Monash University and University of Queensland
Dr Tony Florio
University of New South Wales
Professor Pauline Ford
University of Queensland
Dr Paul Garrett
University of Melbourne
Dr Lynn Gillam
University of Melbourne
Professor Sharon Goldfeld
Murdoch Children’s Research Institute
Professor Bronwyn Harch
University of Queensland
Associate Professor Ian Hardy
University of Queensland
Associate Professor Ben Harris-Roxas
University of New South Wales
Dr Trish Hill
University of New South Wales
Dr Jessika Hu
Murdoch Children’s Research Institute
Associate Professor Janet Hunt
Australian National University
Professor Raja Junankar
University of New South Wales
Associate Professor Nicole Kaims
Monash University
Professor Yoshi Kashima
University of Melbourne
Professor Ilan Katz
University of New South Wales
Associate Professor Sabina Kleitman
University of Sydney
Professor Stephan Lewandowsky
University of Melbourne
Associate Professor Daniel Little
University of Melbourne
Professor Simon Loertscher
University of Melbourne
Professor Nigel Lovell
University of New South Wales
Dr Sue Lukersmith
Australian National University
Professor Guy Marks
University of New South Wales
Professor Greg Marston
University of Queensland
Miss Antje Martins
University of Queensland
Professor Kirsten McCaffery
University of Sydney
Dr Ros McDougall
University of Melbourne
Professor Alistair McEwan
University of Sydney
Dr Susan Mendez
University of Melbourne
Professor Patricia Morrell
University of Queensland
Dr Jack Noone
University of New South Wales
Dr Sze-Yuan Ooi
University of New South Wales
Associate Professor Roger Patulny
University of Wollongong
Associate Professor Amy Perfors
University of Melbourne
Dr Michelle Peterie
University of Queensland
Professor Ove Peters
University of Queensland
Dr Kate Power
University of Queensland
Dr Bridget Pratt
University of Melbourne
Associate Professor Gaby Ramia
University of Sydney
Professor Ian Ring AO
James Cook University
Mr Tyler Riordan
University of Queensland
Dr Penny Round
Monash University
Professor Richard Saffery
Murdoch Children’s Research Institute
Professor Andreas Schloenhardt
University of Queensland
Dr Brett Scholz
Australian National University
Ms Naomi Schwarz
Murdoch Children’s Research Institute
Professor Anthony Scott
University of Melbourne
Dr Jennifer Skattebol
University of New South Wales
Dr Pearl Subban
Monash University
Dr Stewart Sutherland
Australian National University
Dr Cathy Thomson
University of New South Wales
Associate Professor Cathy Vaughan
University of Melbourne
Professor Melissa Wake
Murdoch Children’s Research Institute
Mr Josh White
University of Melbourne
Dr David Whyatt
University of Western Australia
Associate Professor April Wright
University of Queensland
Dr Yongxin Xu
Monash University
Professor Neville Yeomans AM
University of Melbourne
Professor Alison Young
University of Melbourne
Dr Adam Zulawnik
Monash University
Thank you to our independent reviewers:
yy Mr Jeff Connolly, Chairman and CEO, Siemens Ltd
yy Professor Glyn Davis AC, CEO of the Paul
Ramsay Foundation
yy Professor Stephen Duckett, FASSA,
Grattan Institute
yy Ms Kathryn Fagg, AO, FAATE
yy Dr Alan Finkel AO, Australia’s Chief Scientist
yy Dr Cassandra Goldie, CEO, Australian Council
of Social Service (ACOSS)
yy Mr Andy Keough CSC, Managing Director,
Saab Australia
yy Ms Linda Nicholls, AO, Chair of Melbourne Health
yy Dr Jennifer Westacott AO, CEO, Business
Council Australia
go8.edu.au

More Related Content

PDF
Covid 19 lessons learned
PDF
The global macroeconomic impacts of covid 19
PDF
Programme Methodist Womens Federation day-2020
PDF
UNDP 2022 report: New Threats to Human Security
PDF
COVID19 - CONSUMERBEHAVIORIMPACT - AFRICA
PDF
covid19-global-impact-26-03-2020 Imperial college
PDF
Committing to Child Survival: A Promise Renewed
PPTX
Assessing community vulnerability to COVID-19 in Kenya: A spatial outlook
Covid 19 lessons learned
The global macroeconomic impacts of covid 19
Programme Methodist Womens Federation day-2020
UNDP 2022 report: New Threats to Human Security
COVID19 - CONSUMERBEHAVIORIMPACT - AFRICA
covid19-global-impact-26-03-2020 Imperial college
Committing to Child Survival: A Promise Renewed
Assessing community vulnerability to COVID-19 in Kenya: A spatial outlook

What's hot (20)

PDF
Synthesis
PPTX
Covid 19 and post pandemic challenge
PPTX
Resilience strategy in emergency medicine during the Covid-19 pandemic in Paris
PPTX
"Impacts of Community Awareness on Risk Factors and Prevention in Improving C...
PDF
PPTX
COVID-19 BEST PPT EVER MADE (FULLY DETAILED)
PDF
COVID-19: Make it the Last Pandemic
PPTX
National Webinar on: CHALLENGES OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN POST COVID-19 ERA ...
PDF
Ev 20140612 c04_en
PDF
The Role of Science Education in Secondary Schools in Curbing Covid 19 Pandemic
DOCX
COVID -19 PRESENT & FUTURE
PDF
Sub-Saharan African healthcare. The user experience
PPTX
Hyogo and sendai frameworks
PPTX
COVID-19 Background
PDF
Future of health - An initial perspective - Devi Shetty
PPTX
COVID-19: What went right, what went wrong and how do we learn from this?
PDF
COVID-19 The Impact on Globalization
PDF
Covid reference01 book Dr. Freddy Flores Malpartida
PDF
Covid 19 review 2021 africa unites
PDF
Nicolas Isla: Action Plan to improve public health preparedness and response ...
 
Synthesis
Covid 19 and post pandemic challenge
Resilience strategy in emergency medicine during the Covid-19 pandemic in Paris
"Impacts of Community Awareness on Risk Factors and Prevention in Improving C...
COVID-19 BEST PPT EVER MADE (FULLY DETAILED)
COVID-19: Make it the Last Pandemic
National Webinar on: CHALLENGES OF SOCIAL WORK PRACTICE IN POST COVID-19 ERA ...
Ev 20140612 c04_en
The Role of Science Education in Secondary Schools in Curbing Covid 19 Pandemic
COVID -19 PRESENT & FUTURE
Sub-Saharan African healthcare. The user experience
Hyogo and sendai frameworks
COVID-19 Background
Future of health - An initial perspective - Devi Shetty
COVID-19: What went right, what went wrong and how do we learn from this?
COVID-19 The Impact on Globalization
Covid reference01 book Dr. Freddy Flores Malpartida
Covid 19 review 2021 africa unites
Nicolas Isla: Action Plan to improve public health preparedness and response ...
 
Ad

Similar to Go8 Road to Recovery (20)

PDF
Untitled.pdf introduction to covid full information
PPTX
COVID-19_Disaster_Presentation_v2.pptx on disasters management
PDF
Living safely-with-covid-adph-guidance-1
PDF
BCG-COVID-19-BCG-Perspectives-Version20.pdf
PPTX
COVID-19 Presentation.pptxeerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
PDF
Viral foresight
PPTX
Covid-19 PPT.pptx
PDF
Nhls launch 01042020.docx copy
PPTX
Lamar Van Dusen | The Economic Recovery and Growth Plan after pandemic
PDF
"Unlocking Health: Beyond COVID-19 Challenges!"
PDF
Different Covid-10 Scenarios for Business Decision-makers
PDF
Data Engineers in Uncertain Times: A COVID-19 Case Study
PPTX
Ending the pandemic; preventing future health emergencies
PPTX
Workforce strategies for post covid 19 recovery- kuwait
PPTX
Covid 19 and effect on mental health of patient
PDF
Analysis of the efficiency of public policies in municipalities, with a popul...
PDF
Covid 19: briefing note
PPTX
Coronavirus Disease 2019_Talk for GAD.pptx
PPTX
How to Navigate Pandemic, Navigating Covid-1919
PPTX
COVID-19 Pandemic.pptx
Untitled.pdf introduction to covid full information
COVID-19_Disaster_Presentation_v2.pptx on disasters management
Living safely-with-covid-adph-guidance-1
BCG-COVID-19-BCG-Perspectives-Version20.pdf
COVID-19 Presentation.pptxeerrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr
Viral foresight
Covid-19 PPT.pptx
Nhls launch 01042020.docx copy
Lamar Van Dusen | The Economic Recovery and Growth Plan after pandemic
"Unlocking Health: Beyond COVID-19 Challenges!"
Different Covid-10 Scenarios for Business Decision-makers
Data Engineers in Uncertain Times: A COVID-19 Case Study
Ending the pandemic; preventing future health emergencies
Workforce strategies for post covid 19 recovery- kuwait
Covid 19 and effect on mental health of patient
Analysis of the efficiency of public policies in municipalities, with a popul...
Covid 19: briefing note
Coronavirus Disease 2019_Talk for GAD.pptx
How to Navigate Pandemic, Navigating Covid-1919
COVID-19 Pandemic.pptx
Ad

More from Turlough Guerin GAICD FGIA (20)

PDF
Climate Risk Governance Guide
PDF
Australian Bushfire Climate Plan
PDF
How to work with petroleum hydrocarbon suppliers to reduce and eliminate cont...
PDF
Harvard x Course Notes - Technology Entrepreneurship: Lab to Market
PDF
The Rise of Megaprojects
PDF
Using Telecommunications to Reduce Your Organisation's Carbon Footprint
PDF
Bringing Embodied Carbon Upfront
PDF
A New Choice Australias Climate for Growth
PDF
Roadmap Reducing Food Waste
PDF
Building the Case-for Net Zero
PDF
PWC State of Climate Tech 2020
PDF
First Low Emissions Technology Statement 2020
PDF
The Next Normal in Construction
PDF
Helping Australia Bounce Back
PDF
Sustainable Finance Industry Guide
PDF
Precincts to Support the Delivery of Zero Energy
PDF
Are your sustainability projects resonating with the business?
PDF
Harvardx - Technology Entreprenuership - Lab to Market
PDF
Foundations for Net Zero Target Setting Using a Science Based Approach
PDF
Health of-the-australian-construction-industry-research-report
Climate Risk Governance Guide
Australian Bushfire Climate Plan
How to work with petroleum hydrocarbon suppliers to reduce and eliminate cont...
Harvard x Course Notes - Technology Entrepreneurship: Lab to Market
The Rise of Megaprojects
Using Telecommunications to Reduce Your Organisation's Carbon Footprint
Bringing Embodied Carbon Upfront
A New Choice Australias Climate for Growth
Roadmap Reducing Food Waste
Building the Case-for Net Zero
PWC State of Climate Tech 2020
First Low Emissions Technology Statement 2020
The Next Normal in Construction
Helping Australia Bounce Back
Sustainable Finance Industry Guide
Precincts to Support the Delivery of Zero Energy
Are your sustainability projects resonating with the business?
Harvardx - Technology Entreprenuership - Lab to Market
Foundations for Net Zero Target Setting Using a Science Based Approach
Health of-the-australian-construction-industry-research-report

Recently uploaded (20)

PPTX
5 Stages of group development guide.pptx
PPTX
Lecture (1)-Introduction.pptx business communication
PPTX
HR Introduction Slide (1).pptx on hr intro
PDF
Laughter Yoga Basic Learning Workshop Manual
PDF
A Brief Introduction About Julia Allison
PDF
Unit 1 Cost Accounting - Cost sheet
PDF
Stem Cell Market Report | Trends, Growth & Forecast 2025-2034
DOCX
Euro SEO Services 1st 3 General Updates.docx
PPTX
Business Ethics - An introduction and its overview.pptx
DOCX
Business Management - unit 1 and 2
PPTX
New Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation - Copy.pptx
PPTX
Belch_12e_PPT_Ch18_Accessible_university.pptx
PDF
Reconciliation AND MEMORANDUM RECONCILATION
PPTX
Probability Distribution, binomial distribution, poisson distribution
PDF
pdfcoffee.com-opt-b1plus-sb-answers.pdfvi
PDF
20250805_A. Stotz All Weather Strategy - Performance review July 2025.pdf
PDF
Ôn tập tiếng anh trong kinh doanh nâng cao
PDF
kom-180-proposal-for-a-directive-amending-directive-2014-45-eu-and-directive-...
PPTX
AI-assistance in Knowledge Collection and Curation supporting Safe and Sustai...
DOCX
unit 1 COST ACCOUNTING AND COST SHEET
5 Stages of group development guide.pptx
Lecture (1)-Introduction.pptx business communication
HR Introduction Slide (1).pptx on hr intro
Laughter Yoga Basic Learning Workshop Manual
A Brief Introduction About Julia Allison
Unit 1 Cost Accounting - Cost sheet
Stem Cell Market Report | Trends, Growth & Forecast 2025-2034
Euro SEO Services 1st 3 General Updates.docx
Business Ethics - An introduction and its overview.pptx
Business Management - unit 1 and 2
New Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation - Copy.pptx
Belch_12e_PPT_Ch18_Accessible_university.pptx
Reconciliation AND MEMORANDUM RECONCILATION
Probability Distribution, binomial distribution, poisson distribution
pdfcoffee.com-opt-b1plus-sb-answers.pdfvi
20250805_A. Stotz All Weather Strategy - Performance review July 2025.pdf
Ôn tập tiếng anh trong kinh doanh nâng cao
kom-180-proposal-for-a-directive-amending-directive-2014-45-eu-and-directive-...
AI-assistance in Knowledge Collection and Curation supporting Safe and Sustai...
unit 1 COST ACCOUNTING AND COST SHEET

Go8 Road to Recovery

  • 1. COVID-19 Roadmap to Recovery A Report for the Nation
  • 3. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 3 Co-Chairs’ Foreword 4 A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation 6 Chapter 1: An Ethical Framework for the Recovery 23 Chapter 2: The Elimination Option 26 Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy 58 Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions 83 Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement 92 Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” 102 Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen 114 Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing 140 Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians 150 Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support 164 Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication 174 Methodology 187 Acknowlegements 189 Contents
  • 4. 4 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Co-Chairs’ Foreword As Co-Chairs of the “Roadmap to Recovery” taskforce it has been a privilege to work with over a hundred of the brightest scholars in Australia’s leading universities to address the most pressing question of our times – How can society recover from COVID-19? This report is independent, was not commissioned by a Government, and was produced by the leading researchers in this nation based on the latest evidence available. COVID-19 is not just a medical or a scientific issue, it is something that affects each of us, and all of us. Therefore, this is addressed as a Report for the Nation. It is shared with the National Cabinet, our Federal, State and Territory Governments in the hope that it may help inform the many decisions they have to make. For a problem as vast and complex as COVID-19 there is no one solution. That is why our Roadmap to Recovery, offers two alternatives, with many side roads – but all taking us to the destination. We provide choices because at the moment there are many uncertainties in the data and in predictions. Under such circumstances it is the job of our research community to illuminate the possibilities, rather than offer simple solutions. How this document differs from the hundreds of articles and opinion pieces on this issue is that this report specifies the evidence on which it is based, it is produced by How this document differs from the hundreds of articles and opinion pieces on this issue is that this report specifies the evidence on which it is based …
  • 5. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 5 researchers who are experts and leaders in their area, and it engages the broadest range of disciplines – from mathematicians, to virologists, to philosophers. Over a three-week period, this taskforce has debated and discussed, disagreed, and agreed, edited and revised its work over weekdays and holidays, Good Friday and Easter. All remotely. All with social distancing. It is a testimony to their commitment to the Australian community, to our enviable way of life, to securing our standard of living, to increasing national productivity and to protecting the values all Australian’s hold dear. It is research collaboration in action – a collective expression of a belief that expert research can help Government plot the best path forward and of a commitment to provide this help in support of the nation and the Australian community. As Co-Chairs we recognise the enormous effort expended by our researchers, and they join with the Go8 Board and with us the Co-Chairs, to acknowledge that the hardest task belongs to Government which must now make the decisions. … it is produced by researchers who are experts and leaders in their area, and it engages the broadest range of disciplines – from mathematicians, to virologists, to philosophers. Prof. Shitij Kapur MBBS, PhD, FRCPC, FMedSci, FAHMS Dean and Asst.Vice Chancellor (Health) University of Melbourne Vicki Thomson Go8 Chief Executive
  • 6. 6 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY In this Executive Summary, we provide: one ethical framework; two options for pandemic response; three requirements for success in recovery regardless of which path is taken; and six imperatives in the implementation of recovery plan. Nature of this Report and the Reasons for it Rather than recommend a single dominant option for pandemic response in Australia, we present and explain two options for the nation’s consideration – Elimination or Controlled Adaptation. We offer two choices for several reasons: First, there are considerable uncertainties around what we know about Covid-19. Estimates of critical determinants, such as the number of carriers, vary by a factor of ten. With such uncertainties in facts, there is a limit to how sure one can be. Second, we completed this report in late April 2020, when the Prime Minister had already set the course to May 15th. Therefore, our job was to consider possibilities beyond that date. The facts regarding the pandemic will evolve and change between now and Executive Summary Covid-19 has changed the course of history. What started off as a flu-like illness in one person in one corner of the world, has changed the lives, livelihoods and futures of billions. Australia saw its first case on January 25 and now has over 6,600 cases, the country is in partial lockdown, schools and universities have left their campuses, hundreds of thousands of jobs have been lost. Fortunately, the tide appears to be turning and we can start thinking of Recovery. To chart a Roadmap to Recovery we convened a group of over a hundred of the country’s leading epidemiologists, infectious disease consultants, public health specialists, healthcare professionals, mental health and well-being practitioners, indigenous scholars, communications and behaviour change experts, ethicists, philosophers, political scientists, economists and business scholars from the Group of Eight (Go8) universities. The group developed this Roadmap in less than three weeks, through remote meetings and a special collaborative reasoning platform, in the context of a rapidly changing pandemic. A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation from Australia’s Leading Universities
  • 7. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 7 then. Therefore, rather than prescribe an outcome for three weeks hence – we propose to present a balanced case for two of them. Any choice between these two options entails a delicate trade-off between protecting health, supporting the economy and societal well-being. It is not the role of researchers, or this report, to make this choice. That is the role of our Government. We are responsible for setting out the trade- offs and that is what this report looks to provide. Finally, this report focusses on the impact of the virus and short term recovery. The pandemic will change global economies and international relations. This will have significant impacts for Australia, its society and economy for years to come. That is not the focus of this report. An Ethical framework to guide decision making At a time of national crisis, and in turning our minds to the recovery, it is vital to clarify the key values and principles that will guide us in the many difficult dilemmas we face. There are things we should not be prepared to sacrifice, whatever the circumstances. However, the severity of this pandemic will force us to sacrifice some things we may not have ordinarily done. Therefore, we should know the conflicting values at stake and the consequences of our choices.
  • 8. 8 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation We propose the following principles to guide us: yy Whatever measures we implement to manage COVID-19 must be compatible with a commitment to democratic accountability and the protection of civil liberties. Special measures that require the restriction of movement, the imposition on freedoms, and the sharing of private data must be proportionate, time-bound, grounded in consent and subject to democratic review. yy Equal access to healthcare and a social safety net must be provided for all members of our community. Attention should also be paid to the needs of the non-citizens, keeping in view their unique circumstances. yy The virus has impacted us all, some more than others. The economic cost must be shared fairly across the whole community. yy Although equal treatment is a fundamental Australian value, the virus, and our policies to control it have impacted some disproportionately. Therefore, renewal and recovery programs should focus on those most affected first. In the long run, they should foster social and economic innovation that will make all Australians more resilient in the face of future shocks. yy Finally, there is the issue of partnership and personal responsibility. Recovery is not only what Governments can do for us. Strong recovery will require a trusted partnership between governments and civil society, including business, community sector, unions, academia and local communities. Recovery is something each person owes their neighbour. We need to look out for each other’s welfare in times like this. That is our way. This is not meant to be a comprehensive or an exclusive list of values, but an effort to articulate the values that should guide our strategies today. In the long run, how we respond to this pandemic will define us.
  • 9. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 9 At the very outset, the Taskforce rejected the third option which would entail somewhere close to 15 million Australians becoming infected. The disruption of healthcare, the lives lost, the inequalities of impact and the tragic consequences on society did not make this a viable option for Australia, as Government has made clear. This report focused on the remaining two. Australia is unique among comparable Western nations, and fortunate, to have two options – elimination or suppression. This is afforded because of our success in controlling the number of cases. From the peak of the epidemic in late March when we saw nearly 500 cases a day, the number of daily new cases now are fewer than 25. During the peak, 90% of cases were imported or a direct consequence of importation, a pathway that has now been practically stopped. Australia’s testing rate is amongst the highest in the world, and its test positivity rate and case fatality rate amongst the lowest. This confirms the government’s strategy in controlling the epidemic and the population’s embrace of it. Therefore, while most countries simply cannot consider the prospect of elimination, for Australia, a State by State Elimination Strategy remains a conceivable, and some would say desirable, option for Australia. This option is detailed in Chapter 2. Two Options Proposed and a Third Rejected For any jurisdiction facing an epidemic, there are three fundamental options: 1. Eliminate the illness; 2. Suppress the illness to a low level and manage it; or 3. Allow the epidemic to run through the population in a way that does not overwhelm the healthcare system. Some have called this approach “herd immunity.”
  • 10. 10 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation Option 1: Elimination Strategy yy The Elimination strategy should lead to fewer total infections, hospitalisations and deaths, and better protection of vulnerable populations than any of the alternatives. yy Once achieved, elimination would allow for a faster decrease in social distancing and other restrictions. yy To achieve this elimination, Australia would likely have to continue the lockdown in certain jurisdictions beyond mid-May, possibly for another 30 days. yy It necessitates waiting for new local cases to fall to zero, and then maintaining this for two incubation periods, i.e. about two weeks. yy This strategy will require extensive testing and contact tracing, but modelling shows the extra testing should be achievable within our system with reasonable additional investment. yy It is hard to predict exactly when the cases of locally acquired disease might fall to zero, and whether current measures may need to be enhanced to achieve it. Hence the option entails greater uncertainty regarding the timing of relaxation of social distancing measures. yy The number of asymptomatic carriers in Australia is not known for certain and may pose a potential risk to this strategy. However, modelling shows that provided the number of asymptomatic cases is modest, the strategy should still be viable. yy If some jurisdictions have achieved elimination and others have not, it will require extended travel barriers within Australia. yy The risk of re-introduction of cases from abroad will remain , requiring strict international border control measures. Australia’s unique geography, strong border control and quarantine procedures would enable this. yy Once achieved, the psychological sense of safety and social well- being that would result from “elimination” of all local transmission would allow for a fuller and more vigorous recovery of the economy.
  • 11. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 11 The second option acknowledges the likelihood of ongoing international infections, a limit to the duration of social distancing measures and the potential of asymptomatic or undetected transmission and therefore accepts that some low level of cases may remain active. It accepts this reality and tries to manage it. We call this strategy “Controlled Adaptation” because it entails controlling the spread of the virus, while making sure that society adapts to live with ongoing infections. Option 2: Controlled Adaptation Strategy yy The major immediate advantage of this strategy is that the phased lifting of restrictions can begin as early as May 15th. yy The major long-term advantage of this approach is that it acknowledges the high likelihood of prolonged global circulation of this infection, and starts off by preparing Australians and the system to adapt to living with the ongoing risk of infections yy This approach provides a feasible strategy to safely manage current and future infections within the health system. yy The strategy accepts a slightly higher number of cases, hospitalisations, and deaths. yy This strategy will require extensive testing and contact tracing, but with a special emphasis on a very tight feedback to those managing the public health response so that they can adjust the restrictions, in regions, or in segments of the population, as appropriate. yy However, there is always a risk that the number of infections could spike, and some of the spikes could lead to more extensive “surges” which may require resumption of some stricter social distancing, as has occurred in Singapore. yy What is hard to predict is how confident the public will feel when restrictions are lifted with new cases ongoing, therefore economic and social life may resume slower, even though the restrictions may be lifted earlier.
  • 12. 12 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY What the public must know and understand The choices are not binary, but along a continuum. They will both require some restrictions, large scale testing, tracing and isolation systems to keep us safe. In that regard they are similar. They differ in the depth, breadth and duration of how these measures are applied. The big difference is that while Elimination will require the restrictions for a longer duration at first, it offers the reward of lower cases and greater public confidence about safety and all its attendant benefits. The Controlled Adaptation sends a signal of pragmatic acceptance of low infections right at the start, and in return promises a somewhat earlier return, greater flexibility with measures, and manages the risk of flare ups within the capacity of our adapted health system. Neither of these two will allow for a return to life as we knew it over Christmas 2019. As with air travel after 9/11, some restrictions and impositions are here to stay. In both cases, enhanced hygiene, some measures of physical distancing and greater testing and tracing, will be the new norm. In both cases most of us will remain susceptible. The final “exit” from both pathways will require a vaccine that confers immunity to all of us. We cannot predict when that will be. It seems reasonable to expect one in the next year or two. Should it become clear that the chance of a vaccine is remote – current strategies will need to be revisited. The challenge over the coming weeks will be to evaluate the relative attractiveness of the two options; to assess, despite considerable uncertainty, how best to trade off the potential rewards of the Elimination option against the greater sacrifices required in a framework of values we share. The Go8 looks forward to working with the nation and its Government to continue its contribution. A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation
  • 13. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 13 Regardless of which path Australia chooses in mid-May, some things do not change. 1. Early Detection and Supported Isolation yy Both strategies will require an extensive system of testing, tracing and isolation. yy Two kinds of tests are useful. Tests detecting the virus (also called, PCR, antigen) and tests that detect personal immunity (antibody, serology). At this stage the virus- PCR test is the critical one. yy The purpose of testing is to identify the cases and isolate them, identify the contacts and quarantine them, and assess the level of community prevalence. yy Both strategies envisage that testing is widely available and accessible (including in remote areas), free of charge, with minimal wait times and a short turnaround time (less than one day). Sentinel testing, which entails testing of a few selected persons, alone will not be sufficient. Therefore, testing capacity will need to be significantly increased. yy The precise application of testing and contact tracing differs between the two strategies. In devising these new approaches Government should explore the possibility of engaging the community, private and business sector. yy In both strategies, those who are positive must isolate in a safe way – with support and monitoring in Three requirements for success 1. Early Detection and Supported Isolation 2. Travel and Border Restrictions 3. Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement
  • 14. 14 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY an appropriate way. Their potential contacts must be traced and contacted, and advised quarantine and testing if appropriate. yy Isolation and quarantine should only end after confirmation of no further viral shedding. yy Digital contact tracing apps can assist – however they are not a panacea and work best when integrated with traditional manual contact tracing methods. yy The Taskforce recommends the exploration and use of these innovative digital techniques but cautions that automatic uptake may be low, and may require public campaigns to increase acceptance. Any such use must be with the person’s consent, for a time-limited period, only for the purposes of public health, and without prejudice. 2. Travel and Border Restrictions yy Given the state of the pandemic in the rest of the world, we recommend that the government continue the two-week period of enforced and monitored quarantine and isolation for all incoming travellers regardless of origin or citizenship. yy International travel bans remain on all Australians, other than for sanctioned “essential” travel, for the next six months and any returning essential travellers be subject to the quarantine restrictions. yy If some countries have their epidemics under control in a manner same as ours, then our Government may explore establishing a special bilateral travel understanding. A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation Rather than waiting for a vaccine, we recommend that the Government fund research into developing and testing new strategies based on virus and/or immunity testing and a combination of in-country/overseas quarantine which may allow for an earlier resumption of international travel.
  • 15. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 15 yy The Australian Government should engage with the World Health Organisation (WHO) to anticipate a regime of “International Vaccine Certification” were a vaccine to become available. yy We do not find evidence for a reliable “immunity passport” at the moment. yy Rather than waiting for a vaccine, we recommend that the Government fund research into developing and testing new strategies based on virus and/or immunity testing and a combination of in-country/overseas quarantine which may allow for an earlier resumption of international travel. 3. Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement yy Given the months and possibly years of measures and compliance that are required, winning public trust, transparency of the information used to make decisions and the degree and quality of civic engagement are critical to success. yy Communication is the central link to building trust. Prioritise trust by acknowledging uncertainty, communicating clearly and with empathy for everyone, especially those with vulnerabilities. yy The Australian population has a sophisticated understanding of Covid-19 issues and has engaged actively in the social distancing issues. Treat them as a partner by clearly communicating rationale for decisions, including what evidence is being used, who was consulted, and what impacts were considered and why a choice was made. The Australian population has a sophisticated understanding of Covid-19 issues and has engaged actively in the social distancing issues. Treat them as a partner by clearly communicating rationale for decisions, including what evidence is being used, who was consulted, and what impacts were considered and why a choice was made.
  • 16. 16 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation yy This is especially critical if there is use of citizen-generated data (i.e., from mobile contact tracing applications). Governments must address real and perceived privacy concerns and mitigate against the potential for misuse. Where possible use trusted independent bodies to oversee some of these activities to avoid the politicisation of health data and to ensure continuity. yy Maintaining civic engagement for the long haul is critical. Where possible, involve communities, industries, business organisations, and other stakeholders in decisions about options for strengthening and/ or relaxing containment measures. yy The young have been particularly displaced by the social distancing policies and many will find it hard to gain a foothold in the economy. Consideration should be given to the establishment of a funded national service program (e.g. Aussies All Together) to inclusively engage the young from across the nation in the process of social reconstruction across the country.
  • 17. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 17 Six imperatives in the implementation of Recovery 1. The Health of our Healthcare System and its Workers 2. Preparing for Relaxation of Social Distancing 3. Mental Health and Wellbeing for All 4. The Care of Indigenous Australians 5. Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support 6. Clarity of Communication 1. The Health of our Healthcare System and its Workers Australia has done an effective job of reinforcing its hospitals and its critical care capacity. For now, that seems sufficient. At the same time, the Australian health research sector has excelled by isolating the virus, developing vaccines candidates, and testing new therapeutics. However, it must now prepare for the long run and: yy Support healthcare workers by ensuring they have sufficient and assured PPE supplies and comprehensive training in the appropriate use and bespoke programs to support their mental health and well-being. yy Many have delayed or deferred their ongoing care and elective procedures. Support direct messaging to assure all Australians of the safety of the healthcare system and urge a gradual return to usual patterns of healthcare. Care of COVID-19 patients must not come at the expense of others. yy Create a national, real-time, data- repository of all COVID-19-related care in primary, secondary and acute care to ensure best care for all. This is critical because we know little about COVID-19 care now. Developing such a national resource will improve outcomes for all.
  • 18. 18 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation yy Continue to support medical research that integrates laboratory, epidemiological and clinical trial-based and health services research that models the projected dissemination and spread of COVID-19 in an Australian context, informs strategies to minimise the number of infections and optimise the treatment of Australians. yy COVID-19 has resulted in a huge increase in video/tele-health and eHealth use. The valuable aspects of this new model should be sustained as an important part of routine health care, supported by nationally agreed standards and quality indicators. The digital divide in Australia must be closed or we risk even further entrenching existing health inequalities amongst lower income groups. yy The training and education of thousands of healthcare students has been disrupted. The National Principles for clinical education during the COVID-19 pandemic are a significant step towards flexibility in health care worker training requirements to ensure viability of the health workforce pipeline. 2. Preparing for Relaxation of Social Distancing Australia will soon face the complex challenge of resuming campus teaching in schools and universities, and businesses returning to premises. While many will look forward to this, many others will be concerned and some will personally be at greater risk. How this transition is supported will have a major impact on societal wellbeing and economic recovery. yy Return to physical schooling with special consideration of the following groups: children in primary schools as they have additional needs in regards to socialisation, emotional and academic support and require greater parental involvement in schooling at home; students for whom this is the final year for transition to further study or employment; students and teachers who have pre-existing conditions and who may feel particularly vulnerable on return. yy All schools may need to coordinate a range of additional resources to help educators identify and address
  • 19. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 19 learning gaps, mental health issues among students and concerns and wellbeing of staff. yy There is no one-size-fits-all formula for the return of all businesses. Consideration should be given to the creation of a sophisticated national “risk tool” that businesses can use to review and self-assess their own situation and create the appropriate and optimal environment for return. yy A workforce health-tracking system specific to COVID-19 and should be developed to ensure that reopening practices are safe to the workforce and public. Information from such a system should be used to learn and design best practices, and those should be widely shared. 3. Mental Health and Wellbeing for All The unprecedented scale and speed of the COVID-19 pandemic has implications for the wellbeing of all. Evidence from previous large natural disasters and pandemics shows that in its aftermath there is a significant increase in anxiety, depression, post- traumatic stress syndromes as well as substance abuse. These symptoms extract a huge individual and family price and a significant economic toll. People with psychological vulnerabilities and pre-existing mental illness are at higher risk. The greatly increased demand for services will continue throughout the recovery phase. The following is recommended: yy Coordinated and sustained public health messaging on the risks associated with COVID-19 and actions that can be taken to maintain mental health and wellbeing. yy Rapid scaling of secure evidence- based Health and Telehealth interventions in addition to strengthened provision of community-based support. There is no one-size- fits-all formula for the return of all businesses.
  • 20. 20 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation yy Increased capacity to ensure timely assessment and effective treatment for people with ongoing mental illness and those at risk of suicide. 4. The Care of Indigenous Australians The disproportionate impact of pandemics on Indigenous populations worldwide is well documented. Thanks to the leadership by Australian Indigenous organisations and their partnership with Governments, the number of cases is proportionately lower. However, Indigenous Australians are particularly at risk as Australia “reopens” with a weakened economy and the resulting consequences. yy We recommend the continued financial and logistical support of Indigenous COVID-19 planning taskforces in all jurisdictions for the remainder of the pandemic. yy Lack of adequate housing particularly adversely affects the ability of local aboriginal health services to control virus spread – immediate and more enduring interventions are needed to address the shortage of appropriate housing. yy The COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated vulnerabilities of local workforces which were dependent on staff from interstate and even New Zealand. Short and Long-term initiatives to build local workforce capacity are needed. Lack of adequate housing particularly adversely affects the ability of local aboriginal health services to control virus spread – immediate and more enduring interventions are needed to address the shortage of appropriate housing.
  • 21. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 21 5. Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support History tells us that pandemics affect those with the least resources and with specific vulnerabilities hardest and longest. We must guard against that. Subsequent generations will judge us for how equitably we supported and included in decision-making the people who are most at risk. yy The report identifies several populations that are particularly at risk: women who are pregnant and women at risk of family violence, children and young people, those living in out-of-home care; older adults and those living in residential aged care; people with disabilities; people living with a life-threatening illnesses amongst others. yy Those who are at the intersection of these attributes, often bear the greatest brunt. yy The main purpose of this section is to alert the nation to its special responsibilities to these many populations. yy The main thrust of our recommendations is that there isn’t a single silver bullet for all these diverse populations. However, a central principle is for Governments to engage and partner with these groups in designing and delivering solutions for them. 6. Clarity of Communication The overall success of the recovery will depend upon engaging widespread public support and participation regardless of which strategy is chosen. If the Elimination Strategy is pursued, it is important that the public understands the additional It is also critical that the public understand that even with the Elimination Strategy, life will not return to the ‘old normal’.
  • 22. 22 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY A Roadmap to Recovery – A Report for the Nation sacrifice needed, why it is worth it and what benefits they can expect in return. It is also critical that the public understand that even with the Elimination Strategy, life will not return to the ‘old normal’. With the Controlled Adaptation strategy, it is critical that the public understand that in exchange for an earlier relaxation, there will be a need for ongoing adaptation. The public should also be prepared that should numbers worsen, the course may need to be temporarily reversed. This would not be a failure of the strategy – rather it is the strategy. It is important that Governments continues to: yy Communicate the approach and associated measures using specific and empathetic language that helps people feel empowered to act, rather than just passive recipients of instructions.     yy Enlist the support and assistance of independent, credible and trustworthy advocates (e.g. healthcare workers, educators, community leaders) to convey key messages. yy Enhance the impact of communication by establishing community reference groups to provide ongoing input into the decisions that affect them and also how best to communicate them. Collectively they should represent Australia’s demographic and socio- cultural diversity. yy Be proactive in identifying and actively combatting misinformation and conspiracy theories by transparently providing factual and current information. Several community reference groups should be established so that collectively, they represent Australia’s demographic and socio-cultural diversity.
  • 23. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 23 1 There are things we should not be prepared to sacrifice, whatever the circumstances. While in other cases, we must be clear about conflicting values and the consequences of our choices. To facilitate that discussion, 1. Democratic accountability and the protection of civil liberties: Whatever measures Australia implements to deal with the virus now, and in recovery, must be compatible with a commitment to democratic accountability and the protection of fundamental civil we articulate the six core principles that should frame Australia’s decisions and policymaking. They are not only guides for decision- making about recovery, they are also preconditions for its success. liberties. Special measures that require restriction of movement or data-sharing, by either public or private bodies, must be proportionate, time-bound, grounded in consent and subject to democratic review. An Ethical Framework for the Recovery At a time of national crisis, and in turning our minds to the recovery from it, it is vital to clarify the key values and principles that will guide decision-making when we will face many difficult challenges and trade-offs. Six core principles to frame Australia’s decisions and policymaking 1. Democratic accountability and the protection of civil liberties 2. Equal access to healthcare and social welfare 3. Shared economic sacrifice 4. Attentiveness to the distinctive patterns of disadvantage 5. Enhancing social well-being and mental health 6. Partnership and shared responsibility
  • 24. 24 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY 2. Equal access to healthcare and social welfare: Equal access to healthcare and core universal services and to a social safety net for all in our community must remain a fundamental principle now, and later, as we recover. Attention must also be given to the healthcare and social needs of those within our society who are not currently citizens, with appropriate recognition of their special circumstances. 3. Shared economic sacrifice: While the virus’s economic impact is significant and affects all of us in different ways, some bear more of the cost than others. Many such inequities are not a direct impact of the virus, but a consequence of the choices we have made in responding to it. These and future economic sacrifices must be shared fairly across the community. 4. Attentiveness to the distinctive patterns of disadvantage: Equal treatment is a fundamental value in Australia, nonetheless the impact of policies and measures on people varies depending on their social circumstances. Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders, minorities, women, children, people with disability, the elderly and others, will experience distinctive disadvantages as a result of their relative social, economic and cultural position. Any policies and measures to contain the virus, and for recovery, must explicitly identify and address the negative distributional effects of implementation. Chapter 1: An Ethical Framework for the Recovery Many such inequities are not a direct impact of the virus, but a consequence of the choices we have made in responding to it. These and future economic sacrifices must be shared fairly across the community.
  • 25. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 25 5. Enhancing social well-being and mental health: Any policies or measures should aim to enhance and strengthen individual mental health, social solidarity and reciprocity, both now and as we recover. Economic renewal programs should focus on lifting the most disadvantaged first. We should foster economic and social innovation that will make Australia more resilient in the face of future shocks. 6. Partnership and shared responsibility: Recovery is not just what governments can do for us, but what we can do for each other – and in partnership with our community organisations, businesses and industry. Each of us has an individual responsibility to respond in this moment of crisis. We have a duty to act in ways that both respects the dignity and equal worth of others, contribute to their safety, and to ensure that the measures implemented now and in recovery are equitable and just. It is important also to recognise the inter-relatedness of these principles. Each principle reinforces the other. Democratic accountability depends on an engaged community, which in turn depends on its social and economic well-being. The protection of our civil liberties, as well as the universal provision of health and social welfare, depends on our shared commitment to upholding the necessary conditions required for civic life. In the next few months and years, we will not just be responding to a virus. Our response will be defining who we are and what we will become. Economic renewal programs should focus on lifting the most disadvantaged first.
  • 26. 26 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY 2 A jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction elimination approach would only relax internal containment and social distancing measures once there was no evidence of community transmission in the relevant jurisdiction, and once appropriate early detection and control measures were in place. It would aim to maintain elimination through border control and detection and control of transmission chains. This contrasts with the “controlled adaptation” method (next chapter), which would allow for an earlier relaxation of social distancing measures while there is still some minimal evidence of community transmission – seeking instead to maintain such transmission at levels for a prolonged period. Key Points: yy Elimination of community transmission, and maintenance of that elimination is achievable and feasible in Australia, unlike many other countries. This has already been achieved in some of our jurisdictions and could be made to occur for the last State/Territory by June, and hence nationally. yy Elimination of community transmission could optimise health, social and economic outcomes for Australia and provide particular safety to the vulnerable groups who are especially at risk if we allow ongoing background transmission. The Elimination Option Definition: Elimination is defined as the eradication of community transmission of SARS-CoV-2 at a country, State/Territory or regional level. In practice this would mean no new SARS-CoV-2 cases linked to community transmission or unknown sources of infection over two incubation periods since the time of the last known community acquired case, provided a highly sensitive early detection, case and contact tracing and management surveillance system is in place.
  • 27. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 27 yy Elimination of community transmission in Australia will present unique geopolitical and economic advantages, positioning Australia as a global and regional leader, and attracting and reinvigorating business activity at a greater pace. Goal and objectives The goal of Elimination is to optimise health, social and economic outcomes in Australia through: yy Elimination of local transmission of COVID-19 on a State and Territory, and then national basis; yy Maintenance of such elimination, through border control, highly sensitive early detection systems and effective control of detected transmission chains; yy Implementation of gradual and targeted relaxation of internal containment and social distancing measures once elimination is achieved with continuing avoidance of large gatherings and other potential super-spreading activities; yy Use of a State and Territory approach means that social and economic activities can be resumed as each jurisdiction achieves elimination and builds its surveillance and control capacity, with appropriate jurisdictional border controls in place until there is elimination across all States. Methods and requirements The methods of the elimination approach are broadly summarised as: 1. Continuation of current containment, social distancing, testing, contact tracing and management measures to bring about elimination of community transmission of SARS-CoV-2. 2. In parallel, further enhancement of a highly sensitive early detection, case and contact tracing and management and border control system, with monitoring of important parameters. This would build on existing systems and is required for both the elimination and controlled adaptation options; it is outlined in detail below.
  • 28. 28 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY 3. Community engagement is critical to any early detection and control system, to ensure appropriate support for and engagement with the required measures. The Australian community has shown itself to be highly engaged and compliant with COVID-19 control measures (see below). 4. Once early detection, case and contact tracing and management and border control systems are functioning at the required capacity and these systems show that elimination has been achieved, gradual and targeted relaxation of social distancing measures can be implemented. 5. Strong border control measures and quarantining of people coming into Australia from areas affected by COVID-19 will need to be maintained. It is anticipated that internal containment and social distancing measures will be able to be relaxed to a greater extent under the elimination than the controlled adaptation approach, since the risks of resurgence of community transmission will be minimised. 6. The overall system will need to be responsive to community needs and will need to be able to take advantages of technological advances as they occur, including progress with contact tracing apps and potential self-testing for SARS- CoV-2. Systems requirements will need to be reviewed regularly and adapted (Lurie et al, 2020). Chapter 2: The Elimination Option It is anticipated that internal containment and social distancing measures will be able to be relaxed to a greater extent under the elimination than the controlled adaptation approach, since the risks of resurgence of community transmission will be minimised.
  • 29. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 29 Details of early detection and case and contact management systems, including performance indicators and targets In addition to current testing, testing should be implemented to detect all SARS-CoV-2 transmission chains. This should occur through testing all syndromic fever and cough primary care presentations, in combination with exhaustive and meticulous case and contact identification and management (Lokuge et al). These measures will enable appropriate early detection and elimination of community transmission of COVID-19 and are in addition to established regimes such as the testing of very fast increasing here symptomatic travellers, contacts, health care workers and hospitalised pneumonia cases. If testing capacity is limited, interventions such as pooling allow increased case detection, even given reduced test sensitivity. Though our first preference is to increase testing capacity to meet the potential need. Wider identification and testing of all upstream contacts, (i.e. potential sources of infection for identified cases, and their related transmission chains) is critical, and to be done exhaustively requires more resources than downstream contact tracing. Symptom definitions may be broadened as evidence emerges (see below). An Australian study investigated detection and elimination of community transmission of SARS-CoV-2 and maintenance of such elimination (Lokuge et al). It compared efficiency and sensitivity to detect community transmission chains through testing of hospital cases; primary care fever and cough patients; or asymptomatic community members, using surveillance evaluation methods and mathematical modelling, varying testing capacities and prevalence of COVID-19 and non-COVID-19 fever and cough, and the reproduction number. This analysis showed that, assuming 20% of cases are asymptomatic and that all symptomatic COVID-19 cases present to primary care – there are 13 unrecognised community cases
  • 30. 30 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY (five infectious) when a transmission chain is identified through hospital surveillance versus three unrecognised cases (one infectious) through primary care surveillance (Lokuge et al) – making primary care detection a better choice. These three unrecognised upstream community cases are themselves estimated to generate a further 22–33 contacts requiring follow-up. The unrecognised community cases rise to five, if only 50% of symptomatic cases present to primary care. Screening for asymptomatic disease in the community could not exhaustively identify all transmission under any of the scenarios assessed. Thus primary care driven identification seems the preferred mode. System requirements for increasing testing to allow exhaustive identification of all transmission chains, and then enable complete follow-up of all cases and contacts within each chain, were assessed per million population. The additional capacity required to screen all fever and cough primary care patients would be approximately 2,000 tests/ million population per week using 1/16 pooling of samples (Lokuge et al). Australia could easily enhance its capacity to meet these numbers and with the availability of greater testing may even be able to dispense with pooling. The following are recommended indicators for elimination achievement and maintenance. They relate to the ability of the system to cover and test the population (A), indicators which will assure one that elimination targets are being met (B) and being maintained (C). Chapter 2: The Elimination Option … there are 13 unrecognised community cases (five infectious) when a transmission chain is identified through hospital surveillance versus three unrecognised cases (one infectious) through primary care surveillance …
  • 31. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 31 A) Indicators of system coverage, uptake and completeness: yy Proportion of fever and cough (influenza-like-illness) in the community screened for COVID-19 (target=100%): weekly percent population screening target for all locations to be based initially on State/Territory-specific targets in Table 1, varying with expected monthly total fever and cough incidence (i.e. 0.6%–3% of the population). This percent target should be reassessed monthly based on sentinel influenza surveillance systems (e.g. Flutracker, plus additional community-based surveys.) Surveillance system performance should also be validated through, for example, random community- based surveillance for unreported fever and cough at household and in general primary care settings. Fever and cough prevalence have decreased due to social distancing, however as these measures are lifted, it would be expected that prevalence will increase, especially if lifting occurs during winter. yy For the elimination option, the above indicator is the primary indicator to be monitored on an ongoing basis, regardless of whether phase of response is aiming towards elimination or maintaining elimination. yy Related performance indicators: »» Uptake of screening for COVID-19 in patients with fever and cough in sentinel surveillance populations (target=100%), this can be part of the information collected during sentinel follow- up and monthly fever and cough prevalence surveys recommended above. »» Community understanding of testing criteria, attitudes towards uptake of screening, practices related to screening, views on feasibility and burden, support services for enabling screening (again, can be included in sentinel surveillance and surveys).
  • 32. 32 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY B) Indicators of successful progress towards elimination of community transmission, given indicators in (A) have all been met: yy Proportion of newly reported cases that are travel related and/ or known contacts of confirmed cases (target=100%). yy Proportion of newly reported cases that are tested on day of symptom onset (target=100%). yy Proportion of newly detected cases that have been under quarantine from time of exposure event (target=100%). yy Proportion of complete follow up of all contacts (target=100%). Initially, as the modelling suggests, the number of upstream contacts under follow up per case should be at least 2 times number of downstream contacts under follow up (as there will be 2–3 upstream transmission branches for every identified case, and total number of contacts under follow up per case should be >35, unless there is a clear justification for lower). This figure should also be reviewed regularly, and contact case definitions updated based on sero-surveys and screening for viral shedding around identified cases, including in high-risk settings (institutional settings, schools, health care facilities). Complete follow-up includes: »» For upstream contacts: PCR and serological testing at time of case detection »» For downstream contacts: documented quarantining for 14 days after last contact, linked to PCR testing at end of quarantine period to exclude asymptomatic viral shedding. yy Proportion of hospitalised new cases and/or deaths relative to total new community-acquired cases (target=0%). yy Proportion of tested patients provided results within 24 hours of testing (target = 100%). Chapter 2: The Elimination Option … total number of contacts under follow up per case should be >35 …
  • 33. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 33 C) Indicators of successful elimination of community transmission, given (A) and (B) have all been met: yy Proportion of new cases are travel related introductions of disease (target=100%). yy Proportion of new cases that are classified as unknown source or local community transmission- related exposure (target=0%). Elimination-relevant evidence and technologies regarding early detection and case and contact management systems should be reviewed rapidly on an ongoing basis, incorporating new evidence- based developments as they emerge. Such developments include: data on symptoms that would be appropriate to include in addition to fever and cough in primary care (e.g. anosmia, milder influenza-like-illnesses); analysis of wastewater; and use of apps related to contact tracing and management. There is relevant evidence available from countries and jurisdictions with experience of effective COVID-19 control, including China, Singapore, South Korea, Hong Kong and Taiwan (see Appendix). Evidence: rationale, benefits and risks of the jurisdiction-by- jurisdiction elimination approach Elimination is a desired outcome and the lowest risk approach. Apart from global eradication, elimination is the most effective measure to control mortality and morbidity from and health services impacts of infectious disease. The desirability of this goal is not disputed, the main concerns regarding an elimination approach are: i. that it may not be achievable; ii. that it may not be sustainable; and iii. that it may be too costly in social and economic terms to achieve and maintain. We address these concerns below, including demonstrating the feasibility of the approach, its safety and the fact that it is likely to result in better health, social and economic outcomes than its alternatives. Elimination is feasible, even in the presence of asymptomatic infections, based on detection and management of transmission chains.
  • 34. 34 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option Concerns have been raised regarding the proportion of individuals infected with SARS-CoV-2 who are asymptomatic and the implications of this for elimination and disease control. Most screening in high income countries such as Australia targets detection of sporadic disease in asymptomatic individuals, scattered throughout the population e.g. for breast, bowel and cervical cancer, PKU, neonatal deafness (see Figure 1). Population testing for asymptomatic cases is critical to the success of such screening. In contrast, infectious diseases like COVID-19 occur in transmission chains, where each case is linked to another series of cases (see Figure 2). Detection and control of these types of infectious diseases relies on first detecting the transmission chains, then exhaustive upstream and downstream identification and management of all of cases in each chain. The World Health Organisation recommends management of COVID-19 using transmission chains (World Health Organisation, 2020). Provided a proportion of the cases in each transmission chain are Figure 1. Sporadic disease Figure 2. Disease in Transmission Chains Figure 1. Sporadic disease Figure 2. Disease in Transmission Chains Figure 1. Sporadic disease Figure 2. Disease in Transmission Chains
  • 35. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 35 symptomatic, each chain will be detectable. Subsequent contact tracing aims to identify and manage cases in the chain regardless of whether they are symptomatic or asymptomatic; for example, quarantining of downstream contacts of cases will prevent spread of disease regardless of whether someone develops symptoms. The crucial question for COVID-19 control is not the proportion of cases which are asymptomatic, but whether the early detection system that is applied will detect cases and prevent transmission. This relates to the proportion of transmission chains (rather than individuals) that are totally asymptomatic. While the proportion of SARS-CoV-2 cases which are truly asymptomatic is currently not known,1 our analyses indicate that virtually all transmission chains will include symptomatic individuals (Lokuge et al). Added to this, early detection systems should include a broad range of testing, including conducting wide serological testing in potential upstream contacts, testing of sentinel and vulnerable populations, such as health care workers, as well as testing with expanded sensitivity (such as that which may be possible with sewerage) and sequencing viral samples, allowing investigation of relatedness of infections. Finally, general measures such as containment, social distancing and border control work on both symptomatic and asymptomatic infections. Australia is on track to eliminate community transmission of SARS- CoV-2 and elimination is likely to have already been achieved in multiple jurisdictions. Australia is in the enviable position of having elimination as the preferred option Australia is in the enviable position of having elimination as the preferred option for COVID-19 control, thanks to a range of factors, including the timely actions of the Australian community. 1 https://www.who.int/docs/default-source/coronaviruse/situation-reports/20200402-sitrep-73-covid-19. pdf?sfvrsn=5ae25bc7_6
  • 36. 36 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY for COVID-19 control, thanks to a range of factors, including the timely actions of the Australian community. The low number of cases overall mean that elimination is possible within a relatively short timeframe if containment measures are maintained. A number of jurisdictions are already at or close to elimination, in that they have recorded no cases where the source was not a known case (presumed community transmission) or have recorded <10 such cases during the course of the pandemic to date (e.g. Australian Capital Territory, Northern Territory, South Australia, Tasmania, Western Australia).2 Other jurisdictions are showing rapidly declining case numbers, especially those from unknown sources. Hence, the most recent available national data indicate small and declining numbers of cases with an unknown source (Figure 3). Chapter 2: The Elimination Option 2 https://www.health.gov.au/news/health-alerts/novel-coronavirus-2019-ncov-health-alert/coronavirus-covid- 19-current-situation-and-case-numbers#in-australia Figure 3: Number of COVID-19 cases by place of acquisition over time, Australia (n = 6,394) From: Commun Dis Intell 2020 44 https://doi.org/10.33321/cdi.2020.44.34 Epub 17/4/2020 Figure 3. Number of COVID-19 cases by place of acquisition over time, Australia (n = 6,394) From: Commun Dis Intell 2020 44 https://doi.org/10.33321/cdi.2020.44.34 Epub 17/4/2020
  • 37. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 37 A basic reproduction number in the range 2.2–2.7 has been used in relevant Australian modelling studies and appears consistent with local dynamics (Change et al, 2020; Moss et al 2020, Coatsworth 2020, Jarvis et al 2020). Currently, effective Rt is below 1 across virtually all jurisdictions in Australia, with the increase in Tasmania due to an identified cluster of cases. This is evidenced by declining prevalence across states and territories; estimates from multiple approaches, including modelling, are that the effective reproduction number (Rt) to about 0.5 at present in NSW and Victoria (Figure 4). The reductions in the effective reproduction number that have been achieved indicate approximately a two thirds reduction in overall transmission since early March. This has been achieved through social distancing combined with contact tracing and increasingly effective public health control as case numbers have dropped and notification delays have fallen. The updated model of Chang et al. (2020) suggests that the social distancing compliance levels in Australia have approached 90% between 24 March and mid-April 2020, providing evidence of high community engagement with the measures. Hence there is good evidence that, if the current efforts are continued, elimination will be achieved, state-by- state. Estimates based on modelling – and from calculations based on an Rt of 0.5, current national case numbers of 50/day and a serial interval of five days – indicate that elimination of The updated model of Chang et al. (2020) suggests that the social distancing compliance levels in Australia have approached 90% between 24 March and mid-April 2020, providing evidence of high community engagement with the measures.
  • 38. 38 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option Figure 4. Time-varying estimate of the effective reproduction number of COVID-19 (light blue ribbon = 90% credible interval; dark blue ribbon = 50% credible interval) up to 5 April based on data up to and including 13 April, for each Australian State/Territory with sufficient local transmission (excludes ACT, NT). Confidence in the estimated values is indicated by shading with reduced shading corresponding to reduced confidence. The black dotted line indicates the target value of 1 for the effective reproduction number required for control. The red dotted line indicates the reproduction number estimated for the early epidemic phase in Wuhan, China in the absence of public health interventions and assuming that the population was completely susceptible to infection (2.68). Estimates from Tasmania should be regarded with caution. From: Price et al, 2020
  • 39. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 39 community transmission for the last remaining state in Australia is likely to occur within 30–60 days from the time of writing (i.e. from 16 May to 14 June). This is assuming no major institutional or other outbreak events. Empirical evidence suggests it may be quicker than this, depending on levels of community action: in Hubei province case numbers fell from around 80 cases to <1 case on average per day in two weeks, albeit with extreme containment and social distancing. It would be expected that with further enhancements of surveillance in Australia and resultant early case detection and case and contact management, the rate of elimination would be increased. The reductions in the effective reproduction number that have been achieved indicate approximately a two thirds reduction in overall transmission since early March. This has been achieved through social distancing combined with contact tracing and increasingly effective public health control as case numbers have dropped and notification delays have fallen. Maintenance of elimination is achievable and feasible. Australia has a long history of successful disease elimination and of maintaining long term elimination, including for human conditions with and without vaccines. It has also demonstrated its ability to maintain biosecurity for a wide range of animal and plant diseases – such as equine influenza, bovine brucellosis and foot and mouth disease3 – that remain widespread in the rest of the world. A number of Asian countries – including China, Hong Kong, Taiwan and South Korea – and New Zealand have either implicit or explicit aims to control COVID-19 through elimination, at a regional or national level. Policies in many other countries, particularly Australia has a long history of successful disease elimination and of maintaining long term elimination, including for human conditions with and without vaccines. 3 https://www.health.qld.gov.au/cdcg/index/brucell
  • 40. 40 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option in Europe, are predicated on assuming elimination is not possible – partly given the extent of their spread and partly because they do not account for the impact of community-based case detection and contact tracing on transmission control (Ferguson et al, 2020). Mantaining elimination of COVID-19 community transmission will require demonstrable high-performing border controls, case and contact follow- up, along with sufficient testing and surveillance to detect a low risk of COVID-19 circulation in the population (Baker et al, 2020). In a very low transmission setting, which is tending to elimination and where interventions have been partially relaxed, it is important to be prepared to rapidly respond to a breakout spike in cases. Modelling suggests that such a reactive strategy, where the strength of social distancing measures is rapidly increased, is highly effective.4 In general, such outbreaks can be managed with effective surveillance, even if very large (e.g. as has been seen in South Korea) but limitation of non-essential mass spreading events will mean the surveillance and case management systems will not be overwhelmed. Once elimination, surveillance and control system and border control indicators are met, gradual and targeted relaxation of containment social distancing measures can be implemented. There is a chance for rebound cases if the current containment and social distancing measures are relaxed simultaneously and broadly. A phased approach, tailored to specific cohorts of the population and sectors of the economy, is recommended. 4 Figure 1, Milne and Xie, medRxiv https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.03.20.20040055 In general, such outbreaks can be managed with effective surveillance, even if very large … but limitation of non-essential mass spreading events will mean the surveillance and case management systems will not be overwhelmed.
  • 41. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 41 Employees in several prioritised sectors of the economy can be excluded from strict social distancing and added in a staggered fashion to the essential services which are currently exempt. Priority can be decided by Government, with a focus on: 1. manufacturing, construction, mining, agriculture, forestry and fishing; 2. wholesale and retail trade; and 3. tourism, education, media and communication, arts and recreation. There is a trade-off between compliance/adoption levels and duration of the restrictions (Chang et al., 2020), and so an elimination strategy would need to err on a side of caution in recommending time intervals for resumption of activity. Consideration would be given to continuing social distancing tailored to specific community cohorts (e.g. elderly, immunocompromised individuals, and other vulnerable groups). Given the experience in South Korea, avoidance of large gatherings would reduce risk. Elimination of community transmission and maintenance of this elimination will optimise health, social and economic outcomes for Australia. The elimination strategy will result in the fewest cases of disease and lowest mortality compared to other proposed strategies. Given the value of life and health and the uncertainties about the long-term effects of COVID-19 infection, this is a critical consideration. It will also place the least burden on the health care system, protecting our health care workers and ensuring they are able to support the health of the broader community. This is particularly important given the likely co-circulation with seasonal influenza. Elimination will also permit the greatest resumption of health programs – including screening programs – critical to reducing morbidity and mortality in Australia. The marginal costs of achieving elimination are low relative to the alternative of controlled adaptation and, overall, the total economy costs may be lesser than other strategies. After elimination has been achieved it should permit greater social and
  • 42. 42 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option economic activity within the region of elimination than its alternatives, up to the point where a vaccine and/or effective treatments become available. Additionally, once one region has demonstrated the requirements for sustained elimination in the context of lifting of control measures, this provides guidance and unparalleled incentives for other settings to implement such measures. As the areas and regions achieving elimination grows, the economic benefits continue to accumulate for those regions. However, those areas not achieving elimination will suffer comparatively greater social and economic marginalisation. Elimination of domestic transmission would not only provide tangible benefits, it would result in substantial intangible benefits related to change in people’s perception in relation to infection; it would be expected to result in increasing participation in the entertainment and hospitality sectors. Controlled adaptation would likely have a greater ongoing impact on perceptions and behaviour, and therefore on such sectors. Elimination would be expected to positively influence consumer and business confidence and would also reduce the uncertainty and associated risks with a new outbreak and subsequent re-introduction on social distancing controls. Importantly, repeated, large-scale outbreaks, with possible re-introduction of controls, as may occur with controlled adaptation, would likely have negative impacts on business confidence and investment as it would make business planning, beyond the very short term, difficult. Elimination may mean a slower relaxation of mandated controls (say a maximum of 30 days or so after controlled adaptation begins to relax mandated controls, for the latest jurisdiction). Thus, elimination implies initially higher economic costs until mandated controls are relaxed. The estimated economic costs per 30 days of current levels of mandated controls is approximately 2% of GDP. After mandated controls are relaxed, there is a higher level of economic activity as Australia moves closer to (but is still below) pre-COVID-19 economic output – thus leading to greater improvement in the medium term.
  • 43. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 43 The relative economic performance of elimination and controlled adaptation is illustrated in Figure 5. In this figure, area B (economic output with elimination, less economic output with controlled adaptation after 1 August 2020) exceeds area A (economic output of controlled adaptation, less economic output with elimination before 1 August 2020). An elimination strategy may be expected to deliver, say, about a 5% higher level of economic activity, on average, for each month from 1 August. Thus, an elimination strategy might be expected to deliver, over an 18-month period, about 50% more increase in economic output compared to controlled adaptation. Even in the extremely conservative projection that elimination only delivers a 1% extra economic output per month, on average, from 1 August 2020 onwards compared to the adaptation strategy, it remains the preferred strategy in terms of the economy. Both elimination and controlled adaptation overwhelmingly dominate an uncontrolled epidemic attempting to achieve herd immunity. This is illustrated in Figure 6 where the vertical axis measures economic loss. The uncontrolled strategy results in at least THREE times greater economic loss than an elimination strategy. Figure 6 also shows that an elimination strategy dominates a controlled adaptation strategy where a vaccine is not available, at the earliest, until the second half of 2021. Figure 7 provides a comparison of the possible number of COVID-19 infected people in Australia with the elimination and controlled adaptation strategies. It illustrates that a controlled adaptation strategy has a greater probability of recurrence of another outbreak. This is shown by the ‘ups and downs’ in the number of infected persons with a controlled adaptation strategy but not with the elimination strategy. The uncontrolled strategy results in at least THREE times greater economic loss than an elimination strategy.
  • 44. 44 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option Figure 5 Figure 6 Figure 7 Figure 5 Figure 6
  • 45. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 45 Figure 7 Figure 7 There are significant risks to allowing continuing background community transmission of SARS- CoV-2 in Australia, including for vulnerable populations. Cases of COVID-19 in the community will inevitably lead to morbidity and mortality. The greater the number of cases in the community at the time when measures are relaxed, the greater the probability of a spike in new cases. Controlled adaptation is a higher risk strategy than elimination, as with a positive number of cases there is a higher probability that an outbreak will occur resulting in more deaths and the possibility of the reintroduction of physical distancing controls. This phenomenon has already been seen in settings where containment and social distancing measures have been relaxed while community transmission is still occurring.5 Even in settings with limited transmission, without enhanced surveillance transmission resurgence occurs, but with enhanced surveillance such resurgence is prevented (as has been seen in South Korea: see Appendix). 5 https://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-52305055
  • 46. 46 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option This issue is further emphasised by recent modelling work demonstrating that, in the European setting, Rt only becomes <1.0 when multiple strong measures of social distancing are implemented (see example for Denmark in Figure 8). Hence, if social distancing measures are relaxed when community transmission is active, the Rt may increase to >1.0 and remaining cases then become foci for resurgent infection. To date, even when there have been small numbers of cases nationally, it has not been possible to prevent vulnerable community members from contracting COVID-19, especially within institutions such as aged care homes. This is because these individuals remain connected to community members for their care and other needs. The greatest protection from infectious diseases for the vulnerable comes from minimising the potential pool of infection they are exposed to, with elimination providing the greatest assurance of such protection. Figure 8. Relation of different non-pharmaceutical interventions to Rt: example from Denmark (Flaxman et al). Figure 8. Relation of different non-pharmaceutical interventions to Rt Example from Denmark (Flaxman et al., 2020)
  • 47. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 47 There are also risks to regional Australia from removing restrictions prior to elimination of community transmission. In our prior work, we distinguished between urban and rural epidemic peaks: “the first wave is observed in highly- urbanised residential centres where the pandemic first reaches a nation (e.g. near international airports), whilst the second wave is observed in sparsely connected rural regions” (Zachreson et al, 2018). “In contrast to many other countries with a more even spatial population distribution, Australia comprises a relatively small number of densely populated urban centres distributed along the coastline, sparsely connected to many more low-density inland towns and rural/regional communities. This particular population distribution has been implicated in Australia’s highly bimodal epidemic curves, with modes associated with its urban, and rural communities”. For the COVID-19 pandemic early results indicate that the first wave may peak in metropolitan areas about 45 days before the smaller second wave in regional Australia (seen as an inflexion in Fig 3b from Chang et al. 2020). This effect disappears under the elimination strategy. Failing to eliminate the current spread concentrated in/near major urban centres may result in secondary waves in regional Australia. Risks of the elimination approach. While States and Territories will vary in the time taken to SARS- CoV-2 elimination, the jurisdiction- by-jurisdiction approach is likely to require greater time before containment and social distancing measures can be relaxed to the fullest extent possible. There are also risks related to controlling For the COVID-19 pandemic early results indicate that the first wave may peak in metropolitan areas about 45 days before the smaller second wave in regional Australia …
  • 48. 48 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option internal borders while States/ Territories are at different stages of control. The approach depends on being able to establish and maintain strong international border controls, including quarantining of people coming into Australia from areas with active COVID-19 transmission. It is also dependent on the functioning of a highly sensitive early detection system, and on resultant case and contact tracing and management. Such a system requires additional investment and will need to adapt and mature as the pandemic continues. All aspects of control require the engagement and trust of the Australia people, over an extended period. There will be multiple challenges to this – including the possibility that the community may be unwilling to continue with certain aspects of disease control and early detection – and clear strategies will need to be devised, factoring in the stages when engagement may be most at risk. Confidence can be gained in this regard from the very effective adoption of social distancing measures by the Australian community. As demonstrated by the strong positive support for leaders that took early decisive and consistent action,6 the community can and will act appropriately with the right leadership and support. At a global scale, it has been shown that it is possible to repeatedly eliminate diseases such as Ebola virus disease, including in low- resource settings. Nevertheless, it remains possible that Australia may not be able to achieve elimination. As demonstrated by the strong positive support for leaders that took early decisive and consistent action, the community can and will act appropriately with the right leadership and support. 6 https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-19/wa-premier-mark-mcgowan-applauded-in-coronavirus-crisis- analysis/12159020
  • 49. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 49 In this case, the strategy may need to change to one of controlled adaptation. Even if this is the case, the interventions in place to support elimination, such as enhanced surveillance, will ensure that any transmission that does occur will be much lower. The other challenge that elimination strategy may pose is to international travel, especially if the entire world developed “Herd Immunity” while Australia did not. That is very unlikely without a vaccine. Were a vaccine to become available, it is very likely that Australia will be one of the first jurisdictions to use it. One may think that using the Controlled Adaptation strategy could allow for easier travel, because of greater immunity. This is very unlikely at any scale. Even if the infection rate were managed at the current rate of say about 100 cases a day, it would take years and years before sufficient numbers of Australians have been safely exposed to change the international travel restrictions. Thus, the only risk of the elimination strategy, given its many and significant benefits across the spectrum, is the extra cost of about 30 additional days of controls and social distancing. Should it fail for any reason – all the elements will be in place to revert to the Controlled Adaptation. Even if the infection rate were managed at the current rate of say about 100 cases a day, it would take years and years before sufficient numbers of Australians have been safely exposed to change the international travel restrictions.
  • 50. 50 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option In response South Korea introduced both focused efforts to contain the church outbreak (testing ~10,000 members) and introduced wider social distancing, in particular preventing schools and childcare reopening. Appendix: Brief summaries of experiences of countries with evidence of effective COVID-19 control, aiming for elimination7 South Korea South Korea’s initial response was largely focused on international travellers and local healthcare responses, with enhanced screening for travellers from Wuhan initiated in early January and then progressively stronger restrictions for travellers applied over the period from late January to mid-February. South Korea then experienced a superspreading event (or potentially a series of these) connected with members of the widespread Shincheonji church. This led to very rapid growth from one or two cases per day to 100s of cases per day. In response South Korea introduced both focused efforts to contain the church outbreak (testing ~10,000 members) and introduced wider social distancing, in particular preventing schools and childcare reopening. They have not, however, been as restrictive in terms of business with restaurants and shopping malls remaining open. After spikes to as high as 800 cases a day during the outbreak, case numbers fell to about 100 per day by mid- March and in the last two weeks have fallen further, with only eight cases recorded on 18/04 with just three of these locally acquired. 7 Note all of these charts are sourced from the worldometers site: https://www.worldometers.info/coronavirus/
  • 51. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 51 Daily new cases in South Korea Daily new cases in Singapore
  • 52. 52 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option Singapore Singapore has until recently had the least restrictions on movement and business, focusing on strong border controls and quarantine requirement, well-resourced contact tracing widespread fever-screening and hospital-based isolation of all cases. This strategy appeared highly effective until around the middle of March, when as in Australia, imported cases increased substantially. Over the 2nd half of March, unlinked cases started to grow, suggesting that local transmission had become established and a series of tighter measures started to be established. However, by this point infection had become established in the population of foreign workers housed in dormitory accommodation. This has now led to an escalating growth in cases in these populations and required Singapore to adopt a similar social distancing approach to Australia since early April but with special measures for the foreign worker populations. With around 700 cases per day at present, it seems likely that this specific population outbreak will continue for at least the next two to four weeks despite the extra restrictions. This highlights the need to identify and focus specific measures on transmission-related high-risk sub-populations. With around 700 cases per day at present, it seems likely that this specific population outbreak will continue for at least the next two to four weeks despite the extra restrictions. This highlights the need to identify and focus specific measures on transmission-related high-risk sub-populations.
  • 53. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 53 Hong Kong Hong Kong has paralleled Singapore but has not experienced a large scale outbreak of the kind seen in either South Korea or Singapore. They experienced large case growth from March 15 connected with international arrivals as seen in Australia and Singapore. However, this has not led to large local case outbreaks. Hong Kong has maintained fairly strict home quarantine requirements for travellers (wristband monitors etc.) but has selectively relaxed these (including not requiring these since late March for travellers from mainland China). Hong Kong has introduced similar but slightly less restrictive social distancing rules to Australia since early April. Previously schools had been closed and remain closed. Case numbers have fallen to four to five per day in the last week and their public estimates of Rt now have 95% uncertainty intervals below 1 in this period. Daily new cases in China, Hong Kong SAR
  • 54. 54 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option Taiwan Taiwan has operated in a similar fashion to Singapore’s initial approach but with perhaps a slightly stronger focus on border control. They have encouraged wearing of masks and in recent weeks encouraged social distancing. They also delayed return to school in February but have kept schools open since then. Businesses remain open. Perhaps due to their strong focus on border control and home quarantine, they have seen very little local transmission, with >85% of cases being overseas source. They have reported fewer than 5 cases per day in the last week – almost all of these are imported. China China as the first location affected had a large epidemic on their hands by the time of the shutdown in Wuhan, with estimates from early modelling studies suggesting ~75,000 cumulative infections by this point.8 The shutdown was progressive, initially isolating Wuhan but quickly extending to much of Hubei province due to high travel volumes out of Wuhan prior to shutdown. A widely reported, social contact outside of the household was almost entirely prevented, while the public health and health system response was scaled up to find and isolate cases and expand 8 https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC7159271/ A widely reported, social contact outside of the household was almost entirely prevented, while the public health and health system response was scaled up to find and isolate cases and expand treatment capacity.
  • 55. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 55 Daily new deaths in China treatment capacity. Restrictions were less severe in the rest of China due to lower case numbers but still strong, with movement restrictions later applied in mid- February using a rapidly developed mobile app. The lockdown appears to have been highly successful in reducing transmission, with Hubei province reporting no new cases by mid-late March. From that point on, symptomatic cases have primarily occurred via importation with 14-day quarantine restrictions preventing onward transmission. China does appear to be in an elimination phase but their recent reporting of moderate daily numbers of asymptomatic cases suggests some remaining challenges in entirely removing local transmission in settings that have experienced widespread, uncontrolled transmission.9 9 http://weekly.chinacdc.cn/news/TrackingtheEpidemic.htm
  • 56. 56 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 2: The Elimination Option References Australia Government Department of Health https://www.health.gov.au/ news/health-alerts/novel-coronavirus- 2019-ncov-health-alert/coronavirus- covid-19-current-situation-and-case- numbers#in-australia (accessed 19 April 2020) Michael G Baker, Amanda Kvalsvig, Ayesha J Verrall, Lucy Telfar- Barnard, Nick Wilson. New Zealand’s elimination strategy for the COVID-19 pandemic and what is required to make it work | NZ Med J. Vol 133 No 1512: 3 April 2020 S.L. Chang, N. Harding, C. Zachreson, O.M. Cliff, M. Prokopenko, Modelling transmission and control of the COVID-19 pandemic in Australia, arXiv preprint arXiv:2003.10218, 2020 Deputy Chief Medical Officer, Dr Nick Coatsworth, an update on coronavirus, 15.04.2020 https://www. facebook.com/healthgovau/videos/ live-deputy-chief-medical-officer-dr- nick-coatsworth-with-an-update-on- coronavir/2845981535498744/ (from 10:20 onwards). Seth Flaxman, Swapnil Mishra, Axel Gandy et al. Estimating the number of infections and the impact of non- pharmaceutical interventions on COVID-19 in 11 European countries. Imperial College London (2020), doi: https://doi.org/10.25561/77731 https://mrc-ide.github.io/ covid19estimates/#/details/Denmark Neil M Ferguson, Daniel Laydon, Gemma Nedjati-Gilani, Natsuko Imai, Kylie Ainslie, Marc Baguelin, Sangeeta Bhatia, Adhiratha Boonyasiri, Zulma Cucunubá, Gina Cuomo-Dannenburg, Amy Dighe, Ilaria Dorigatti, Han Fu, Katy Gaythorpe, Will Green, Arran Hamlet, Wes Hinsley, Lucy C Okell, Sabine van Elsland, Hayley Thompson, Robert Verity, Erik Volz, Haowei Wang, Yuanrong Wang, Patrick GT Walker, Caroline Walters, Peter Winskill, Charles Whittaker, Christl A Donnelly, Steven Riley, Azra C Ghani (2020). Report 9: Impact of non- pharmaceutical interventions (NPIs) to reduce COVID-19 mortality and healthcare demand, Imperial College London, https://www.imperial.ac.uk/ media/imperial-college/medicine/sph/ ide/gida-fellowships/Imperial-College- COVID19-NPI-modelling-16-03-2020.pdf
  • 57. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 57 Christopher I Jarvis, Kevin Van Zandvoort, Amy Gimma, Kiesha Prem, CMMID COVID-19 working group, Petra Klepac, G James Rubin, W John Edmunds. Quantifying the impact of physical distance measures on the transmission of COVID-19 in the UK. doi: https://doi.org/10.1101/2020.03. 31.20049023 Laschon E. WA Premier Mark McGowan draws applause in coronavirus crisis, but the question is whether the praise will last, https:// www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-19/wa- premier-mark-mcgowan-applauded-in- coronavirus-crisis-analysis/12159020 Lokuge K, Banks E, Davies S, Roberts L, Street T, O’Donovan D, Caleo G, Glass K. Exit strategies: optimising feasible surveillance for detection, elimination and ongoing prevention of COVID-19 community transmission. Preprint Nicole Lurie, Melanie Saville, Richard Hatchett, and Jane Halton, Developing Covid-19 Vaccines at Pandemic Speed, The New England Journal of Medicine, https://www.nejm.org/doi/ full/10.1056/NEJMp2005630, DOI: 10.1056/NEJMp2005630, 2020 David J. Price, Freya M. Shearer, Michael Meehan, Emma McBryde, Nick Golding, Jodie McVernon1, James M. McCaw. Estimating the case detection rate and temporal variation in transmission of COVID-19 in Australia Technical Report 14th April 2020 Wingfield-Hayes R. Coronavirus lockdown: Lessons from Hokkaido’s second wave of infections. BBC News, Tokyo. https://www.bbc.com/news/ world-asia-52305055 Moss R, Wood J, Brown D, Shearer F, Black, AJ, Cheng AC, McCaw JM, McVernon J, Modelling the impact of COVID-19 in Australia to inform transmission reducing measures and health system preparedness, preprint, 2020 World Health Organization. Report of the WHO-China Joint Mission on Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19), 2020 C. Zachreson, K. M. Fair, O. M. Cliff, N. Harding, M. Piraveenan, M. Prokopenko, Urbanization affects peak timing, prevalence, and bimodality of influenza pandemics in Australia: Results of a census-calibrated model, Science Advances, 4(12), eaau5294, 2018
  • 58. 58 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy Definition: What is meant by “controlled adaptation”? Controlled adaptation is an approach to achieving a targeted or minimal level of symptomatic COVID-19 cases with three objectives: yy Minimal COVID-19 case load; yy Keeping within health system capacity; and yy Maximising societal and economic functioning. 3 Controlled adaptation – at its heart – is a constrained optimisation problem (and solution). Some just call it “suppression.” We have called it “Controlled Adaptation” because it entails two elements: 1. controlling the virus by increasing and decreasing the restrictions as indicated by data; and 2. adapting society to function with it for a long time. This strategy accepts that the virus is here to stay, and therefore our best response is to adapt our ways until a vaccine becomes available. If the number of new cases of infections continue to be low as they are, we think it may be possible Figure 1. Controlled adaptation as an optimisation problem (and solution) Health system capacity and resourcing Societal and economic funtioning Minimal or target case load OPTIMISE
  • 59. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 59 as a major criterion for relaxation. In this scenario you relax measures, the cases surge, you clamp down again. And repeat. They indicate that such an intermittent strategy will likely continue in the United States until 2022, and suggest a resurgence could occur as late as 2024, necessitating ongoing monitoring. The other approach is to aim for carefully staged relaxation that has a low probability of needing severe tightening up again in the future. This approach is already occurring in other countries including China and various European nations. However, in drawing international comparisons, it is important to bear in mind variations in case load, testing and surveillance measures, and health system capacity put Australia in a uniquely advantageous situation to deliver this strategy. to start lifting social distancing restrictions in a phased manner around mid May. This chapter provides the rationale for relaxing social distancing, the kind of testing-tracing-isolation system that would need to be in place to make it happen, which restrictions could be lifted first, how this could be done while protecting the vulnerable in society. We then show how to monitor the success of the strategy, its economic impact as well as its flexibility, so that it is truly adaptive in the face of uncertain outcomes. In the end, we propose how the decisions required could be best made and provide a simple table of the pros and cons of such a strategy. What are the best approaches to relaxing restrictions? There are (at least) two schools of thought to relaxing restrictions. One approach is intermittent application of social distancing restrictions, an on-off scenario laid out by Kissler et al (2020) who singled out health system capacity This strategy accepts that the virus is here to stay, and therefore our best response is to adapt our ways until a vaccine becomes available.
  • 60. 60 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy Once relaxation begins, it will be critical to set the target infection rates in a manner that is mindful of reserve in the event of a surge or cross-cover of localised explosive outbreaks. This is particularly important should outbreaks occur in those with high rates of chronic disease, and in aged care facilities, correctional centres, homeless shelters and with other vulnerable communities. The goal of Controlled Adaptation over the next month (i.e. to mid May) would be to suppress new infections to a minimum using the currently-in-place social distancing measures and travel restrictions. This period will provide time to prepare for relaxation of distancing measures through enhanced surveillance capacity and planning, improved understanding of COVID-19 epidemiology and modelling scenarios, building public health capacity (especially testing and contact tracing – including app technologies), creating reserve health system capacity, developing better knowledge regarding effective therapeutic options, and creating stable supply lines for medical consumables and ventilators. In the medium-term, distancing measures would be progressively lifted but with the ability to reinstitute as the need arises. Recommendation Lift measures in phases, with an interval/pause of a minimum of three weeks to determine the impact on spread and case numbers, and a close watch on the effective reproductive number to keep it below one. This involves a cycle of release, evaluate, learn, release some more. Timelines and case load thresholds for lifting of measures are likely to differ between states, particularly if interstate travel restrictions remain, as well as per factors such as varying local health service capacities, climate, population density and contact tracing capacity. This involves a cycle of release, evaluate, learn, release some more.
  • 61. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 61 What are the essential requirements before lifting restrictions? Recommendation Put in place extensive testing and surveillance, rapid, effective case detection, case isolation and contact tracing, including potential re-introduction of some distancing measures if it seems that Reff will overshoot 1. The key to Controlled Adaptation is maintaining the effective Reproduction Number, or the number of new cases that a current generates, to just under one (i.e Reff ~<1). Modelling will be required to identify the level of coverage of individual measures and their mix to achieve an average Reff of 1 across time and sub-populations. Modelling and analysis will continue to be required to monitor and ensure that we are achieving this target. Real fluctuations and statistical errors mean we will aim for just under one, and not exactly for one. Possible criteria for lifting restrictions Possible criteria for continuing/ imposing restrictions Health care has been expanded to adequate capacity Geographic areas of high COVID-19 activity (Reff>1.0) Contact tracing capacity has been enhanced Defined communities or geographic areas containing high proportion of at-risk individuals (by age, comorbidity) Testing is available on a significantly wider basis, and results are available more rapidly Syndromic surveillance suggests an increase in respiratory presentations which is not matched by an increase in testing, perhaps due to temporary shortfalls in capacity (such as from inadequate reagent supply)
  • 62. 62 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy This explains in part why the current testing approach has failed to identify the sources of a number of cases, and reinforces that testing strategies need to be expanded. Border and travel controls Border and travel controls are likely to be needed over the long term unless the traveller has documented immunity (natural or vaccine-related) or is willing to submit to a two-week quarantine period upon arrival. International border controls will impede tourism and education, which has traditionally been a key driver of growth in Australia. The period of quarantine may, however, reduce as testing capacity, speed and accuracy improves – and more innovative mechanisms of ensuring safety may be considered (pre-testing before presenting at border, off-shore pre- arrival quarantine, etc.). Surveillance systems and contact tracing Surveillance of all infections with a range of mild and often non-specific symptoms is always challenging, with reported case numbers reflecting testing rates and methodology. An unknown proportion of cases with a SARS-CoV 2 infection are asymptomatic or only mildly symptomatic (Zhou et al, 2020). Prevalence rates of asymptomatic or mild disease have been as high as 50–78% of cases in studies reported from different countries and contexts (Day, 2020a; Day 2020b; Nishiura et al, 2020). Modelling to estimate the proportion of asymptomatic cases on the Diamond Princess cruise ship suggested much lower rates (17.9% (95% credible interval (CrI): 15.5–20.2%)), although this population was older and largely contained (Mizumoto et al 2020). Recent data from Austria, which instituted containment measures early in the epidemic, indicated there were three times as many acutely infected cases than initially thought by testing patients that were symptomatic but not hospitalised (Groendahl, 2020).
  • 63. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 63 Prevalence rates of asymptomatic or mild disease have been as high as 50–78% of cases … Surveillance for COVID-19 disease to date has focused on high-risk cases based on epidemiology and/ or symptoms, which underestimates the true case numbers to an unknown degree. This explains in part why the current testing approach has failed to identify the sources of many cases and reinforces that testing strategies need to be expanded. Emerging data suggests asymptomatic cases can transmit SARS-CoV 2 (Huang et al, 2020), even if transmission may be less efficient than from symptomatic cases. This implies that it will not be possible to identify all cases and transmission chains, rendering an elimination strategy difficult to achieve through case-targeted measures alone. The prospect of environmental transmission poses an additional challenge. The Controlled Adaptation strategy accepts this reality, and is built in response to it. There are two potential approaches to surveillance: sentinel and universal. Intensive universal surveillance is necessary to underpin the control strategy, while the role of sentinel surveillance is secondary. We explain both below. There are two types of tests, both have a role. We specify their respective roles in this strategy. Virological testing Universal surveillance aiming at detecting the vast majority of symptomatic cases would require widespread virological testing of people presenting with symptoms that could be consistent with COVID-19, even when mild. In addition, the public would need to be encouraged to seek testing as soon as they develop symptoms. For this to happen, testing centres would have to be widely available and accessible (including in remote areas), free of charge, with minimal wait times and a short turnaround time (less than one day).
  • 64. 64 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy The following would need to be in place: yy sufficient laboratory capacity and/ or point of care testing yy electronic test result tracking yy sufficient trained workforce for taking throat swabs and communicating results yy sufficient capacity to manage waste yy sufficient PPE yy social marketing to encourage people to come forward for testing yy education for medical practitioners yy spaces suitable for sample collection while allowing social distancing yy logistics expertise. Standardised systems of demographic data collection could also be established at the network of COVID-19 testing sites to determine biases in voluntary presentations. In addition, mechanisms for managing people with more severe symptoms, including diagnosing other conditions, would need to be in place. Recommendation Create a comprehensive, adequately resourced and swift testing infrastructure supported by strong incentives and messaging to encourage public engagement. Virological testing of people with no symptoms would be unlikely to be useful except when investigating clusters (including in households). A single negative test in someone with no symptoms would only indicate that they had no detectable virus at the time of testing. If testing were done early post symptom onset, some false negative results may occur (Arima et al, 2020), and consideration should be given to repeat testing for cases with a high level of suspicion. Sentinel surveillance strategies based on selective person case- testing cannot be used as part of a control strategy but can be useful to detect trends. Sentinel surveillance could include testing of all people presenting to selected health care services regardless of whether they have symptoms. The selected health care services could be targeted
  • 65. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 65 to communities considered to be particularly susceptible to COVID-19, such as remote Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities. The sentinel surveillance would be additional to the current universal case-based surveillance system – it cannot replace it. Serological testing To inform whether the removing restrictions in high-risk settings, for example, on inter-generational (mixed) gatherings should be undertaken, an accurate understanding of the level of positive seroprevalence to infection in the community would be needed. Modelling could do this based on the number of recorded cases and the likely relative proportion of asymptomatic individuals with SARS-CoV-2. However, modelling is unlikely to provide localised information and may, therefore, be unable to inform the lifting of localised high-risk control measures. When a reliable serological test (for IgG) becomes available, periodic population-based serological surveillance will be a useful adjunct to inform control strategies, and monitor levels of population immunity. Recommendation Conduct at least periodic (say, monthly) random antibody testing snapshots of a cross- section of the community to inform decisions on relaxation of local restrictions. Solicit detailed statistical advice on whether to have regionally and socio-demographically weighted sampling, conditional on variations in infection rates and sequelae. SARS-CoV-2 immunity registers have been proposed and while they may have some use in restricted settings (e.g. some businesses or occupations), at a population level they are unlikely to be useful given both the small proportion of the population being infected and uncertainties about the degree and duration of immune-protection following primary infection.
  • 66. 66 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy 10 See international hub of research on apps living document “Unified research on privacy-preserving contact tracing and exposure notification” at https://docs.google.com/document/d/16Kh4_Q_tmyRh0-v452wiul9oQAiTRj8AdZ5vcOJum9Y/edit# Contact tracing Contact tracing is most efficient while strong social distancing measures are in place, as the number of potential contacts for each case are low and likely to be known to the case. As social distancing measures are relaxed, contact tracing becomes more challenging because of the likelihood of each case having more contacts, some of whom may not be well known to the case. Due to the short latent period of SARS-CoV-2 (possibly as low as two to three days), it is necessary for contacts to be quarantined within two to three days of contact with the case. This may not be possible with current contact tracing methods or even with more rapid case identification, particularly given that transmission is possible in the pre-symptomatic period. Recommendation Promote and incentivise the use of contact tracing apps to ensure sufficient speed of contact tracing for use as a control strategy. For this to be most effective, high uptake of contact tracing apps dispersed widely among the population would be necessary. Ferretti et al (2020) suggested a population uptake of 60% was sufficient to be effective as a control strategy, but this depends on the distribution of smartphones and apps in the population. Community organisations and businesses may have a role here, in building effective initiatives for testing and for tracing. There are many ethical and social considerations that would need to be addressed to increase uptake of the App10 (Calvo et al, 2020). If social license allows, the apps can also be used to monitor the level of adherence of contacts to quarantine. … it is necessary for contacts to be quarantined within two to three days of contact with the case.
  • 67. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 67 What aspects of Social Distancing should be relaxed initially and how? Controlled adaptation is about the phased reintroduction of ‘normal’ societal conditions, with learning from each phase and the ability to pivot back to controls as needed. We have suggested a possible path below but it is important to note that this will be critically dependent on the precise conditions existing around mid-May. Graduated relaxation (and when required, tightening) of physical distancing policies Relaxation Options: Schools and Universities Schools should be a high priority for resuming activity given there is limited evidence on the role of children as a source of infection, and the importance of schools in reducing inequity of education outcomes. Universities should provide online education as much as possible but restrictions regarding face-to-face laboratory practicals and clinical placements could be loosened. Relaxation Options: Group Gatherings Because of the potential for considerable population mixing and close contact between attendees at mass gatherings, it is unlikely that mass gatherings would be compatible with maintaining the Reff close to 1. Until there is a sufficient level of immunity in the population mass gatherings are not advisable. A context specific risk assessment tool has been developed by the WHO Novel Coronavirus-19 Mass Gatherings Expert Group (McCloskey et al., 2020) which could be applied as circumstances change. Schools should be a high priority for resuming activity given there is limited evidence on the role of children as a source of infection, and the importance of schools in reducing inequity of education outcomes.
  • 68. 68 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy Relaxation Options: Differentiation of High-Risk groups In other contexts, such as return to work, restrictions could be determined by health status, age or geographical /postcode data identifying areas of high demographic vulnerability. While age is one risk factor, in fact co-morbidities appear more important, at least until advanced age (say, 80+), when the impact of age on the immune system generally seems to reduce the resistance of organ function to the severity of the infection. There is good evidence for the proposition that a simple age-based criterion may be needlessly costly. Unpublished analysis from the CHAMP study of older men (Cumming et al., 2009) suggests about a third of men in their 70s have none of the medical conditions associated with severe COVID-19. This suggests that if multiple morbidities, rather than age alone, are the primary correlate of COVID-19 fatality, then the incidence of morbidity should be an indicator of risk. Recommendation Urgent analysis is required on the independent effects of sex, age, ethnicity and comorbidity of sequelae of COVID-19 infection, to improve recommendations on who should be self-isolating. Possible staged return of societal activity, should the effective reproductive number remain at or below an average of 1. This suggests that if multiple morbidities, rather than age alone, are the primary correlate of COVID-19 fatality, then the incidence of morbidity should be an indicator of risk.
  • 69. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 69 Containment and social distancing requirements Immediate term (Next 30 days) Medium Term (30–90 days) End Game (Beyond 90 days and until vaccine is available, say, end of 2021) Travel and border controls yy Maintain travel for essential services or serious family issues yy Allow domestic travel subject to border quarantine or testing yy No overseas travel – unless quarantine observed or testing Workplaces and Businesses yy Staged return – some working at home yy Modified workplace practices yy Younger workers without key comorbidities at work yy Regional plans based on comorbidities and demographics yy Modified workplace practices yy Full return – high risk workers, if able, to work from home yy Modified workplace practices Schools yy Staged return yy Full return but voluntary yy Modified practices yy Full return – high risk students and staff, if able, to work from home yy Modified practices Universities yy Staged return yy Full return but voluntary yy Modified practices yy Full return – high risk students and staff, if able, to work from home yy Modified practices Mass and Public gatherings (Games, Concerts, Rallies) yy Banned yy Banned yy Banned – context specific
  • 70. 70 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy Modify Workplace and Business Practices In the process of a staged relaxation of social distancing there are important measures that can be taken to enhance access to work while mitigating health risks, thereby increasing the economic efficiency of social distancing. These include: yy Fractional Schooling. Schools can return with classes divided and half the students attending each day. yy Canteens and school/university cafes as take-away only, physical distancing in classrooms, hand hygiene practices maintained. yy Routine use of PPE in high risk occupations such as dentists, optometrists and allied health workers. yy Job sharing and shift-work. Working from home could be combined with workplace shifts to allow a fraction of people to return to their workplaces but with greater physical space to allow social distancing. Policies could allow working from home for people with co-morbidities, older age groups, or people who live with these groups. Work hours could be made flexible to facilitate this, especially in States with strong restrictions on hours. yy Internal voluntary measures around physical distancing and rigorous hand hygiene in meal preparation could be extended to restaurants and public places that are currently closed. Recommendation In the short-term workplaces should be encouraged to stagger the schedule of workers, and undertake other hygiene and physical distancing measures, to allow a safer return to work. Protecting vulnerable populations Residential aged care facilities are internationally recognised as exceptionally high-risk environments for the transmission of COVID-19, among individuals for whom severe disease outcomes, including death, are highly probable. As such, they
  • 71. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 71 are likely to be the last environments in which liberalisation of physical distancing measures would be recommended. However, there are also serious issues regarding the adverse impact of social isolation in these settings. If elderly people and those with chronic conditions need to be in isolation for much of the next year or so, we should prioritise support for these groups and also provide simple understandable information to guide their isolation. Similar to fire risk or sunburn indices, there could be a daily or weekly (and regionally varying) risk index to allow vulnerable people to determine the degree to which they need to self- isolate. Strict biosecurity controls have been implemented in Australia’s north at the request of, and in consultation with, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander community leaders. These controls have been instigated in recognition of the increased risk of severe infection outcomes in these communities, coupled with limited access to medical care because of remoteness. These controls have been successful and provide a good exemplar of how community-led and owned initiatives may work well. Economic impacts Social distancing and border restrictions have “brick walled” the travel and hospitality industries which account for around 9% of GDP and employ 1.7m people or approximately 14% of the labour force (ABS Labour Force 2020, IBisWord 2020). Further unemployment has also been created by reduced demand and supply constraints with 49% of business impacted, rising to 89% in the next two months (ABS Business Impacts of COVID-19, 2020). Unemployment generated by the partial shutdown measures will cause immense hardship to millions of Australians. Job loss is already estimated to have increased by approximately 2.1 million people – or 15.5% of the labour force (Roy Morgan, 2020, ABS, Labour Force 2020). This is likely to be costing
  • 72. 72 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy Australia approximately 1% of GDP per month, cumulating to 12% of GDP over a year, which is a similar annual decline to those experienced in the 1930s. The costs would fall disproportionally on the low-income and low wealth households, socially disadvantaged groups, those with less secure employment and contingent workers, such as in Arts, and also differ by sector. The costs could rise further. Stronger social distancing measures in G7 countries are estimated to amount to over 2% of GDP per month or 25% of GDP over a year (OECD 2020). Further losses due to a decline in confidence, trade wars, long lasting barriers to immigration, supply chain disruptions and global economic conditions, that will transmit to Australia through the terms-of-trade (McKibbin and Fernando, 2020), could also increase the economic costs. Other considerations include financial losses, particularly the wealth effect on superannuation and retiree incomes. Mature workers who become unemployed through this period will find it difficult to regain equivalent employment in a recovery. Some may never work again. An important consideration for Australia is the impact of economic differences across States and Territories, including the possibility that some may adopt an elimination strategy and maintain closed borders, which will increase trade and travel costs. Given that economic costs accumulate, they have the potential to quickly match health risks as a social priority. Notwithstanding this concern, maintaining social isolation for some period appears to be a good investment to allow the health system to prepare and to reduce the probability of an uncontrolled escalation as well as obtain Stronger social distancing measures in G7 countries are estimated to amount to over 2% of GDP per month or 25% of GDP over a year.
  • 73. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 73 more information about medical interventions. But the costs of these measures, in human and financial terms, need to be carefully weighed. Extending the current regime into the second half of the year risks rising economic and social costs with very harmful consequences through rising unemployment, income losses, inequality and social unrest. Recommendation A staged relaxation of social distancing should be introduced as soon as the infection rate, health capacity and testing thresholds are met to mitigate the economic costs which will be disproportionately borne by some segments of society. Recommendation The adverse impact of border controls on trade, tourism, business services, education and immigration to Australia, and their impact on economic activity, needs to be considered and innovative solutions developed. What are indicators of success of this strategy? And how do we monitor these? It will be important to have in place data collection and analysis of KPIs for contact tracing and case identification, in order to provide sufficient confidence that this strategy can be delivered. This would also be useful to inform modelling where ‘real-life’ data could inform assumptions used in the modelling. Such KPIs would be by public health unit area, and could be monitored monthly then collated by state/ territory health departments using line-listed data. These could include: yy Number of tests performed by age, gender, location yy Duration between symptom onset and test request (in hours or days) – median, IQR, range yy Duration between test request and test result notified to public health (for action) (in hours) – median, IQR, range
  • 74. 74 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy These KPIs are more focussed on the objective of controlling the infection rate and keeping it below a Reff of 1. Indicators would also have to be established for rejuvenation of economic activity and social life. A controlled adaptation strategy will require the active and adaptive balancing of all three. Flexibility of the strategy Controlled adaptation can be thought of as a flexible ‘holding position’. Depending on future developments, one can take several paths: yy If an effective vaccination becomes available, we can pivot to vaccination; yy Or relax social distancing further should better treatments become available or measures improve to protect the vulnerable. These pivots and fine-tuning cannot be detailed now. Rather, as more research and understanding of how to manage COVID-19 emerges over the next few months, these options can be further explored. yy Duration between case identification and notification of contacts (in days/hours) – median, IQR, range (by contact) yy Number and proportion of cases for whom a source or contact can be identified yy Number and proportion of identified contacts able to be contacted. Key indicators of success will be: yy No sustained increase in positive tests, even as testing rates remain high yy No sustained increase in rates of severe disease and ICU admissions in at-risk populations yy Rapid response to any clusters or areas of increased transmission. Recommendation Create key performance indicators for the controlled adaptation strategy by jurisidiction, establish a reliable system of compiling them, monitor and transparently share them.
  • 75. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 75 The key research necessary to guide decision making in the medium and long term will include: yy vaccine development and clinical trials of their safety and effectiveness; yy new treatments or re-purposing of existing treatments; yy information on the impact of social and physical distancing measures on SARS-CoV-2 infection rates and sequelae, both in isolation and as packaged measures (e.g. from improved agent-based simulation models and “nowcasting”, and cross- national comparisons of strategies implemented in similar societies); yy durability of immunity following infection. Viral mutation and waning immune-protection may both contribute to risks of infection recurrence. Multiple tests are now available for identifying SARS-CoV-2 and have been registered by the TGA11 , but their accuracy is uncertain. The positive predictive value of these tests should be calculated for both an asymptomatic screening population, and symptomatic ‘case’ population; yy the extent of asymptomatic infections and the role of asymptomatic individuals in disease transmission. This may vary by age and co-morbidities, but knowledge on this would help underpin decisions regarding removal of restrictions. As an example, understanding the potential contribution of school age children in transmission of infection to teachers would provide scientific data to underpin decisions regarding school closures; 11 https://www.tga.gov.au/covid-19-test-kits-included-artg-legal-supply-australia Multiple tests are now available for identifying SARS-CoV-2 and have been registered by the TGA, but their accuracy is uncertain.
  • 76. 76 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy yy economic decision modelling on the health gains and costs (health system and societal) of various policy options, relative to each other, and impacts of social restrictions, including border control restrictions, on unemployment and economic activity more generally; yy public preferences and responses to measures such as surveillance, testing, and ongoing restrictions on extended family and public gatherings. Recommendation Federal and State Governments and Health Agencies develop a coordinated repository of emerging COVID-19 research information, perhaps in collaboration with universities and other research organisations, to guide decision making during Controlled Adaptation. Optimising the strategy There are a range of methods and approaches for balancing the competing concerns and available alternatives, from mathematical optimisation procedures to decision analytic approaches. Economic, epidemiological and simulation modelling is critical. In the absence of a ‘single’ best method, more flexible methods such as multi- criteria decision analysis have been developed. Capacity for such optimisation resides in Governments, universities and the private sector but is currently fragmented and not directed as a coordinated mission. In the absence of a ‘single’ best method, more flexible methods such as multi-criteria decision analysis have been developed. Capacity for such optimisation resides in Governments, universities and the private sector but is currently fragmented and not directed as a coordinated mission.
  • 77. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 77 Recommendation Commission a coordinated stream of modelling, data collection and analysis in multiple sectors to help optimise the adaptation function of the Controlled Adaptation strategy, make the data transparent, and use it in the medium to long-term for decision- making on COVID-19. Existing political decision-making approaches (e.g. Australian Health Protection Principal Committee (AHPPC) and other agencies advising Government) have effectively managed approaches to date. However, rising social and economic costs will bring political pressure upon State, Territory and Federal governments to relax social distancing faster than the data may suggest. It may help to create an independent, multi-sectoral body to advise on the relaxation of social distancing with agreed targets, to reduce this political pressure in the medium to long term. Recommendation Consideration should be given to creating a multi-sectoral, independent advisory body to manage and depoliticise the process of controlled adaptation. However, rising social and economic costs will bring political pressure upon State, Territory and Federal governments to relax social distancing faster than the data may suggest.
  • 78. 78 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy Risks and benefits of this strategy? Benefits of controlled adaptation Risks of controlled adaptation Controlled adaptation is a flexible strategy, and allows policies to quickly pivot in response to new information Allows a progressive re-opening of sectors of society, up to the set target of manageable infection rates Impacts of climate on transmission of COVID-19 are uncertain, but reducing restrictive measures in the next 1–3 months, precisely co- incident with the known period of maximal transmission of respiratory viruses in Australia, could be a risk Allows a much-needed earlier economic recovery to be initiated, thus alleviating widespread economic and personal hardship Calibrate restrictions to COVID-19 case load and health system capacity Calibration of relaxed distancing policies to infection rates may go awry, and outbreaks may not be able to be contained without moving to full lockdown Contact tracing capacity enhanced Compliance with contact tracing app may be suboptimal leading to pressure on manual contact tracing, potentially exceeding available resourcing Testing is available on a significantly wider basis, and results are available more rapidly Development of a rigorous, rapid and comprehensive testing system will require significant resourcing and infrastructure
  • 79. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 79 Benefits of controlled adaptation Risks of controlled adaptation More rapid return to normal operations by the healthcare system There is evidence that individuals are delaying or forgoing medical care, potentially leading to poorer health outcomes in the long term (Tam et al 2020) If we aim for elimination and fail, we may lose community responsiveness to hand-washing and social distancing messages, meaning that next time extreme distancing measures are needed to avoid an impending exponential growth in cases, we may not succeed Success of the strategy depends on long-term societal acceptance of, and compliance with, behavioural restrictions. This includes the prospect of localised escalation of distancing requirements in response to outbreaks
  • 80. 80 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy References Arima Y et al. Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome Coronavirus 2 Infection among Returnees to Japan from Wuhan, China. Emerging Infectious Diseases, 2020; 26(7). Early release (https://wwwnc.cdc. gov/eid/article/26/7/20-0994_article) Australian Bureau of Statistics (2020) Labour Force, Australia, Mar 2020. https://www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs @.nsf/Lookup/6202.0Main+Features 1Mar%202020?OpenDocument Australian Government (2020) Impact of COVID-19: Theoretical modelling of how the health system can respond https://www.health.gov.au/resources/ publications/impact-of-covid-19-in- australia-ensuring-the-health-system- can-respond Calvo RA, Deterding S, Ryan RM. Health surveillance during covid-19 pandemic. BMJ 2020;369:m1373 doi: 10.1136/bmj.m1373 (Published 6 April 2020) Chomik, R (2020), COVID-19 and Vulnerable Populations: A Preliminary analysis of the health and economic risks. CEPAR Fact sheet, forthcoming Cumming R, Handelsman D, Seibel MJ, Creasey H, Sambrook P, Waite L, Naganathan V, Le Couteur D, Litchfield M. International Journal of Epidemiology, Volume 38, Issue 2, April 2009, Pages 374–378, https:// doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyn071 Day, M. Covid-19: identifying and isolating asymptomatic people helped eliminate virus in Italian village. BMJ 2020a; 368 :m1165 Day M. Covid-19: four fifths of cases are asymptomatic, China figures indicate. BMJ 2020b; 369 :m1375 Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet, (2014) “Best Practice Regulation Guidance Note Value of Statistical Life”, https://www.pmc.gov. au/sites/default/files/publications/ Value_of_Statistical_Life_guidance_ note.pdf Ferretti L et al. Quantifying SARS- COV-2 transmission suggests epidemic control with digital contact tracing. Science 2020, 10.11.26/ science.abb6936. Fox GJ, Trauer JM, McBride E. Modelling the impact of COVID-19 upon intensive care services in New
  • 81. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 81 South Wales, Medical Journal of Australia, 2020 https://www.mja.com. au/journal/2020/212/10/modelling- impact-covid-19-upon-intensive-care- services-new-south-wales Groendahl B. Austrian study shows coronavirus infection more than 3 times higher. April 10, 2020 [Internet news] https://www.bloomberg.com/ news/articles/2020-04-10/austrian- study-shows-coronavirus-cases-more- than-3-times-higher Huang L, Zhang X, Zhang X, Wei Z, Zhang L, Xu J, Liang P, Xu PY, Zhang C, Xu PA. Rapid asymptomatic transmission of COVID-19 during the incubation period demonstrating strong infectivity in a cluster of youngsters aged 16-23 years outside Wuhan and characteristics of young patients with COVID-19: a prospective contact-tracing study. J Infect. 2020 Apr 10. pii: S0163-4453(20)30117-1. doi:10.1016/j.jinf.2020.03.006. IBIS World. Accommodation and Food Services – Australia Market Research Report, 2020. Available at: https:// www.ibisworld.com.au/industry- trends/market-research-reports/ accommodation-food-services/ Kissler et al., Projecting the transmission dynamics of SARS- VpV-2 through the postpandemic period, Science 10.1126/science. abb5793 (2020) McCloskey B, Zumla A, Ippolito G, Blumberg L, Arbon P, Cicero A, Endericks T, Lim PL, Borodina M; WHO Novel Coronavirus-19 Mass Gatherings Expert Group. Mass gathering events and reducing further global spread of COVID-19: a political and public health dilemma. Lancet. 2020 Apr 4;395(10230):1096-1099. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(20)30681-4. McKibbin W, Fernando R. The Global Macroeconomic Impacts of COVID-19: Seven Scenarios. In: CAMA working paper 19/2020, 2020, Australian National University Mizumoto K, Kagaya K, Zarebski A, Chowell G. Estimating the asymptomatic proportion of coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) cases on board the Diamond Princess cruise ship, Yokohama, Japan, 2020. Euro Surveill. 2020 Mar;25(10). doi:10.2807/1560-7917. ES.2020.25.10.2000180.
  • 82. 82 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 3: The “Controlled Adaptation” Strategy National Tourism Satellite Accounts 2019 https://www.tra.gov.au/ Economic-analysis/economic- value. And https://www.abs.gov.au/ ausstats/abs@.nsf/mf/6302.0 Nishiura H, Kobayashi T, Suzuki A, Jung SM, Hayashi K, Kinoshita R, Yang Y, Yuan B, Akhmetzhanov AR, Linton NM, Miyama T. Estimation of the asymptomatic ratio of novel coronavirus infections (COVID-19). Int J Infect Dis. 2020 Mar 13. pii: S1201-9712(20)30139-9. doi: 10.1016/j.ijid.2020.03.020. OECD. Evaluating_the_initial_ impact_of_COVID-19 containment measures on economic activity, 2020. Available at: https://read.oecd- ilibrary.org/view/?ref=126_126496- evgsi2gmqj&title=Evaluating_ the_initial_impact_of_COVID-19_ containment_measures_on_ economic_activity Oke J, Heneghan C. Global Covid-19 case Fatality rates, 2020, CEBM, Oxford University. Available at: https:// www.cebm.net/covid-19/global-covid- 19-case-fatality-rates/ Onder, G. Case-Fatality Rate and Characteristics of Patients Dying in Relation to COVID-19 in Italy, Journal of the American Medical Association, 2020; E1-E2. Roy Morgan (2020) Unemployment and Underemployment March 20202 http://www.roymorgan. com/findings/8363-roy- morgan-unemployment- and-under-employment- march-2020-202004080900 https://www.ibisworld.com.au/ industry-trends/market-research- reports/accommodation-food- services/ Tam Chor-Cheung Frankie, Cheung Kent-Shek, Lam Simon, et al. Impact of Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) Outbreak on ST-Segment– Elevation Myocardial Infarction Care in Hong Kong, China. Circulation: Cardiovascular Quality and Outcomes. 0(0):CIRCOUTCOMES.120.006631. doi:10.1161/ CIRCOUTCOMES.120.006631 Zhou, Xian et al. Follow-up of the asymptomatic patients with SARS- CoV-2 infection, Clinical Microbiology and Infection, 21 March 2020 [In Press] doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j. cmi.2020.03.024
  • 83. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 83 4 This crisis is a pandemic which means that Australia’s ongoing success in containing the spread of the SARS-CoV-2 virus is also contingent on what other countries do to contain their respective epidemics. A clinically proven, efficacious, vaccine will be important to aiding both Australian and global recovery. Until a vaccine is developed and widely available border measures and travel restrictions remain critical to Australia’s health security and economic recovery. Recommendations and Key Findings yy Recommendation: A two-week period of enforced and monitored quarantine and isolation is maintained for all incoming overseas travellers, irrespective of origin and citizenship, for a minimum of the next six months. yy Recommendation: International travel bans remain on all Australians, other than those sanctioned for “essential” travel, for the next six months and any returning essential travellers be subject to the quarantine restrictions. yy Recommendation: In the event the Australian Government enters into an agreement with another country to permit entry of its citizens and/or permanent residents (i.e. New Zealand), the border control policies of the other country must be identical to Australia’s and stringently enforced. yy Recommendation: The Australian Government initiates discussions and policy development with the World Health Organization for the creation of a new internationally- accepted vaccination certificate for clinically-proven COVID-19 vaccine candidate(s). Border Protections and Travel Restrictions Key issue: What regime of border protection and travel restrictions will be needed in the short and medium term? How should Australia coordinate its response to the changing realities of the pandemic elsewhere?
  • 84. 84 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions yy Key Finding: Approximately two- thirds of Australia’s COVID-19 cases have arisen from either international travellers or close contacts of international travellers. As a result, the risk of reintroduction of the virus into Australia from international travellers remains very high. yy Key Finding: Based on the evidence to date, travel restrictions including travel bans appear to have been effective internationally in slowing the spread of the virus. Retaining a ban on Australian citizens travelling overseas will reduce the risk of travellers potentially re-introducing the virus on their return to Australia, as well as reduce the risk that Australian citizens may become sick overseas, requiring repatriation and/or consular assistance. General Background The World Health Organization has tended to advise against the use of travel restrictions in disease outbreaks and epidemics. This position has been adopted on the basis of the International Health Regulations (2005) to which Australia is a signatory. The evidence surrounding the effectiveness of trade and travel restrictions has historically been very weak, with what limited studies that have been done revealing they prove economically costly, require considerable resources to implement, and have limited benefit in delaying the start of a local epidemic, eg., by only a few days or weeks (Ryu, Gao, Wong, et al 2020; Mateus, Otete, Beck, et al 2014; Otsuki and Nishiura 2016); although others have noted that a delay of even two or three weeks can be important for preparedness (Epstein, Goedecke, Yu, et al 2007). Further, travel restrictions and flight cancellations in particular have been observed to harm public health efforts by preventing or delaying the arrival of healthcare workers and supplies such as personal protective equipment into affected countries (Tambo 2014). Border measures that are too restrictive will adversely harm Australia’s economy not only via reduced tourism, but also through Australia’s balance of payments and export industries.
  • 85. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 85 Following the announcement by the World Health Organization of a novel coronavirus – now known as SARS-CoV-2 – a number of countries implemented travel restrictions against China before expanding these measures to include the worst-affected countries. The Australian Government was one of the first countries to implement travel restrictions, initially against residents of China’s Hubei province (29 January) before extending this to all of China (1 February), Iran (1 March), South Korea (5 March), and Italy (11 March). On 19 March, the Prime Minister announced Australia was closing its borders to all non-citizens and non-residents from 9pm on 20 March. Current Context Irrespective of the pathways taken by State and Territory Governments to relax social distancing measures internally within their respective jurisdictions, the decision regarding national border controls and travel restrictions remains firmly within the authority of the Federal Government. Border measures that are too restrictive will adversely harm Australia’s economy not only via reduced tourism, but also through Australia’s balance of payments and export industries. Conversely, if border measures and travel restrictions are too loose, Australia will face the ongoing risk of re-introducing the virus after it has been largely controlled and contained. For these reasons, the Australian Government must strike the right balance between reducing the risk of further importation of COVID-19 cases and the commensurate risk to our healthcare system arising from significant human morbidity and mortality, with Australia’s economic recovery and a return to normal social functioning as much as possible. Although the evidence on the use of travel restrictions and border closures during the COVID-19 pandemic remains preliminary and has yet to be sufficiently peer-reviewed, there is nevertheless sufficient indication that travel-related measures have proved effective in slowing the international spread of the virus. Maintaining restrictions on incoming and outgoing travellers gives the Australian Government flexibility to pursue either a full elimination strategy or suppression strategy.
  • 86. 86 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions Evidence and Analysis to support Recommendations and Key Findings In this section the main Recommendations and Key Findings are expanded upon. Recommendation A two-week period of enforced and monitored quarantine and isolation is maintained for all incoming overseas travellers, irrespective of origin and citizenship, for a minimum of the next six (6) months. This is based on the evidence to date that two-thirds of Australia’s COVID-19 cases are international travellers or close contacts of international travellers. Modelling studies have identified that between 45.6% and 64% of infected incoming travellers may not exhibit symptoms on arrival or be pre-symptomatic (Quilty, Clifford, CMMID nCoV Working Group, et al 2020; Wells, Sah, Moghadas, et al 2020). Accordingly, an ongoing focus on limiting the ability for incoming travellers to circulate amongst the wider community during a 14-day incubation period is essential to ensure that the virus is not re-introduced after it has been controlled or contained across Australia (Leung, Wu, Liu, et al 2020). In addition, maintaining a focus on quarantining incoming travellers in hotels allows Australia to lift the ban on all non-citizens, non-residents and international students allowing for the progressive recovery of the tourism, hospitality and education sectors. One of the considerations in maintaining this policy is whether the cost of the 14-day period of quarantine is met by the State or Territory of disembarkation (current policy), the Federal Government, or the individual traveller. This is an important issue to resolve as it has implications for the long-term sustainability of this policy, as well as impacting the viability of additional policies such as creating special travel arrangements with individual countries (Recommendation below).
  • 87. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 87 At the moment we do not find any good evidence for the popular idea of a “immunity passport.” There may be other innovative ways of managing safe travel (e.g testing in the embarking country, or part quarantine in the embarking country). However, none of these have been rigorously tested or proven. Given the critical importance of travel for Australia, for Australians and for our economy – the Government is encouraged to support further research into these initiatives. Any such initiatives should only be adopted after they have been thoroughly tested. Recommendation International travel bans remain on all Australians, other than for sanctioned “essential” travel, for the next six months and any returning essential travellers be subject to the quarantine restrictions. Exceptions could include travel for essential purposes or compassionate grounds (i.e. to attend a funeral of a close family member); but returning travellers must then enter a 14- day period of quarantine as per the earlier Recommendation. In the event the current travel ban is not maintained, it is considered highly likely we will see Australian citizens seek to travel overseas for leisure or business. Given 185 countries have documented COVID-19 cases, no overseas destination can currently be considered safe for travellers. There is a high-risk Australians travelling overseas during the next six months will be exposed to the virus. Further, most Australian travellers will travel for short periods and then want to return to Australia, increasing the risk of reintroducing the virus, or become unwell while overseas, necessitating medical repatriation and/or high levels of consular assistance. This situation is likely to persist until a vaccine becomes available, or a significant proportion of the world’s population develops a level of immunity to the virus preventing onward transmission.
  • 88. 88 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions Recommendation In the event that the Australian Government enters into an agreement with another country to permit entry of its citizens and/or permanent residents (i.e. New Zealand), the border control policies of the other country must be identical to Australia’s and stringently enforced. This recommendation is predicated upon the assumption that an effective vaccine is not yet widely available. In this context, should the Australian Government agree to permit international travel from any country in order to help re-invigorate the Australian travel and tourism industry and support economic recovery, it is essential that a number of conditions are met. The first is that any country seeking relaxation of Australia’s border controls must be certified as free from COVID-19 infections for a minimum of 28 days (i.e. double the length of the incubation period). Second, the requesting country must commit to implement external border control policies identical to Australia, such as mandatory quarantine for all international travellers other than Australian citizens and permanent residents. This is to both protect each respective country while also ensuring costs are shared equitably (i.e. if the other country requires mandatory quarantine costs be recovered from international travellers but Australian States and Territories meet these costs, it could result in disproportionate costs to Australian taxpayers). Third, these policies must be strictly adhered to and enforced. Any deviation would result in the suspension of any special arrangements given the risk of re- introduction of the virus into Australia. … any country seeking relaxation of Australia’s border controls must be certified as free from COVID-19 infections for a minimum of 28 days …
  • 89. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 89 Recommendation The Australian Government, via the Department of Health, initiates discussions and policy development with the World Health Organization for the creation of a new internationally-accepted vaccination certificate for clinically-proven COVID-19 vaccine candidate(s). This recommendation is based on the Yellow Fever vaccination certificate model, which required internationally agreed standards on certification of vaccination to avoid unnecessary disruption to international travellers (Barnett, Wilder-Smith and Wilson 2008; Gear 1948). An internationally agreed vaccination certificate will be critical to global economic recovery. Key Finding Approximately two-thirds of Australia’s COVID-19 cases have arisen from either international travellers or close contacts of international travellers. As a result, the risk of reintroduction of the virus into Australia from international travellers remains very high. As the virus is now present in 185 countries and there are now multiple epicentres, the risk of reintroduction into Australia from international travellers remains very high and without quarantine measures in place the virus will spread given pre-symptomatic cases are unlikely to be detected by exit and entry screening. Border measures such as strict quarantine and isolation of all incoming travellers are essential to limiting the overall number of COVID-19 cases in Australia. … the risk of reintroduction into Australia from international travellers remains very high …
  • 90. 90 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 4: Border Protections and Travel Restrictions Key Finding Based on the evidence to date, travel restrictions including travel bans appear to have been effective internationally in slowing the spread of the virus. Retaining a ban on Australian citizens travelling overseas will reduce the risk of travellers potentially re-introducing the virus on their return to Australia, as well as reduce the risk that Australian citizens may become sick overseas, requiring repatriation and/or consular assistance. The general consensus is that travel restrictions help delay the international spread of COVID-19 and give countries time to prepare and strengthen their public health response. Without these restrictions remaining in place, there is a high risk the virus will be re-introduced via returning Australian travellers. In addition, Australians travelling overseas are at increased risk of contracting the virus given there are multiple epicentres that are common destinations for many Australians. This increases the risk of Australian travellers becoming seriously unwell, potentially necessitating medical repatriation, or dying. Either scenario requires considerable consular support, placing multiple persons at increased risk of infection. Given that COVID-19 cases are also still present in Australia, it is possible that Australian travellers may inadvertently spread the virus to other countries in the event they are permitted to travel, which would reflect negatively on Australia especially within our immediate region. References Elizabeth Barnett, Annelies Wilder- Smith and Mary Wilson (2008) Yellow fever vaccines and international travellers. Expert Review of Vaccines 7(5): 579-587. Edward De Brouwer, Daniele Raimondi, Yves Moreau (2020) Modeling the COVID-19 outbreaks and the effectiveness of the containment measures adopted across countries. Pre-print MedRxiv, https://doi.org/10.1 101/2020.04.02.20046375.
  • 91. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 91 Ramses Djidjou-Demasse, Yannis Michalakis, Marc Choisy, et al (2020) Optimal COVID-19 epidemic control until vaccine deployment. Pre-print MedRxiv, https://doi.org/10.1101/202 0.04.02.20049189. Joshua Epstein, Michael Goedecke, Feng Yu, Robert Morris, Diane Wagener, Georgiy Bobashev (2007) Controlling Pandemic Flu: the Value of International Air Travel Restrictions. PLoS Med 5: e401. H S Gear (1948) Problems of Interna- tional Travel. BMJ 1(4561): 1092-1094. Kathy Leung, Joseph Wu, Di Liu, et al (2020) First-wave COVID-19 transmissibility and severity in China outside Hubei after control measures, and second-wave scenario planning: a modelling impact assessment. The Lancet, published online 8 April 2020, https://doi.org/10.1016/S0140- 6736(20)30746-7. Ana Mateus, Harmony Otete, Charles Beck, Gayle Dolan and Jonathan Nguyen-Van-Tam (2014) Effectiveness of travel restrictions in the rapid containment of human influenza a systematic review. Bull World Health Organ 92(12): 868-880. Shiori Otsuki and Hiroshi Nishiura (2016) Reduced Risk of Importing Ebola Virus Disease because of Travel Restrictions in 2014: A retrospective Epidemiological Modeling Study. PLoS One 11(9): e0163418. Billy Quilty​, Sam Clifford​, CMMID nCoV working group, et al (2020) Effectiveness of airport screening at detecting travellers infected with 2019- nCoV. Eurosurveillance 25(5): 2000080. Sukhyun Ryu, Huizhi Gao, Jessica Wong, Eunice Shiu, Jingyi Xiao, Min Whui Fong, and Benjamin Cowling. Nonpharmaceutical Measures for Pandemic Influenza in Nonhealthcare Settings – International Travel-Related Measures. Emerg Infect Dis. 2020 May – early release article. Earnest Tambo (2014) Non-conventional humanitarian interventions on Ebola outbreak crisis in West Africa: health, ethics and legal implications. Infectious Diseases of Poverty 3(42): https://doi. org/10.1186/2029-9957-3-42. Chad Wells, Pratha Sah, Seyed Moghadas, et al (2020) Impact of international travel and border control measures on the global spread of the novel 2019 coronavirus. PNAS 117(13): 7504-7509.
  • 92. 92 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY The Importance of Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement Key issue: The ongoing success of Australia’s pandemic response points to the critical importance of public trust, transparency, and civic engagement as part of the Government’s optimal approach. 5 The most promising evidence- informed strategy is only possible if public involvement and cooperation can be sustained. Here, we focus on importance of transparency and civic engagement, Chapter 11: Communications elaborates further on the specific forms of encouragement, support and communication needed to control COVID-19. Recommendations yy Recommendation: Prioritise trans- parency and trust by acknowledging uncertainty and communicating clearly and with empathy. yy Recommendation: Communicate rationale for decisions including what evidence is being used, who was consulted, and what impacts were considered and why a course was chosen. yy Recommendation: Involve commun- ities, industries, organisations, and other stakeholders in decisions about options for strengthening and/or relaxing containment measures. yy Recommendation: Consideration should be given to the establishment of a funded national service program for younger Australians (e.g. Aussies All Together) to inclusively engage the young from across the nation in the process of social reconstruction across the country. Federal, State and Territory governments have responded quickly and at scale, and a recent Newgate Australia survey (2020) reports that 76% of the public strongly supports social distancing measures, bans on mass gatherings, and limiting outdoor activity to essential tasks.
  • 93. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 93 Background/Context Australian efforts to contain transmission of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and achieve a ‘flattening of the curve’ have so far been successful. Federal, State and Territory governments have responded quickly and at scale, and a recent Newgate Australia survey (2020) reports that 76% of the public strongly supports social distancing measures, bans on mass gatherings, and limiting outdoor activity to essential tasks. These strategies have been enabled by strong pandemic planning and public health workforce infrastructure and high levels of cooperation from all sectors. In the months ahead however, Australians will have a less immediate sense of risk while continuing to feel the impact of public health measures on all parts of their lives. The ongoing success of Australia’s pandemic response points to the critical importance of public trust, transparency, and civic engagement as part of the Government’s optimal approach. Evidence and Analysis to support Recommendations Public trust Trust is a key resource in harnessing public cooperation and sustaining the behaviours needed for pandemic management. Trust is affected by perceived competence, objectivity, fairness, consistency, sincerity, faith and empathy (Renn and Levine, 1991). A lack in one area may be compensated if there is a surplus of the other. Credibility and trust are key factors in effective crisis communication (Briñol & Petty, 2009) and can be expressed at the messaging, personal, institutional and political/cultural levels (Renn, 2008). Levels of trust in Government differ between socio-economic and demographic groups (Stoker et al., 2018). For this reason, broad messaging aimed at the general public must be complemented with more targeted communication and involvement. While policy decisions should be announced
  • 94. 94 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement and articulated by political figures, public health officials and other relevant experts must continue to provide public communications, to help communicate that such policies are underpinned by appropriate evidence. Where possible, appropriately summarised abstracts of this evidence should be made publicly available on the Government COVID-19 websites. The Commonwealth Dashboard, and the various State Dashboards, are welcome developments – keep them current. Inconsistency between jurisdictions in policies may sometimes be justified but cause confusion because they result in different emphases on risk and the ‘right’ approach. When Federal, State and Territory approaches are not in alignment, the reasons must be clearly explained to the public. Furthermore, since ‘evidence’ is facts plus values, both should be clearly articulated (Carter et al., 2011). When communicating, leaders should express genuine empathy and concern (Reynolds & Quinn, 2008). The more Australians believe that leaders empathise with them and are genuinely concerned for their wellbeing, the more likely they will respond favourably to Government advice. Leaders should also communicate respect and a belief that they trust the public, as this is more likely to elicit cooperation (Van Bavel et al 2020). Transparency Trust in government and organis- ations is enhanced when there is transparency of information, evidence, and a clear decision-making process. Governments and organisations should therefore seek to provide access to accurate information, both positive and negative, so that people may build accurate expectations. Change should be communicated early, even with incomplete information, as acknowledging uncertainties does not undermine trust in the information or its source (van der Bles et al., 2020). While people dislike uncertainty, a perception of obfuscation is worse because it diminishes trust. Moreover, withholding information can motivate people to look for information elsewhere, which can foster belief in misinformation (Kovic & Füchslin, 2018).
  • 95. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 95 There should be appropriate levels of transparency in decision-making processes. This includes what evidence is used in decisions, who was consulted, and what impacts were considered. Where risk is inherent, acknowledgment of risks and their magnitude enhances trust. Strong risk negations (e.g., it’s perfectly safe) may make people more risk averse (Betsch & Sachse, 2013). It is better to acknowledge a risk when it is present including information about its magnitude, even if outweighed by the benefits. Governments should prioritise transparency and trust in situations where the State acts rapidly and with limited consultation for the greater good, as is often the case in health emergencies. Elimination and controlled adaptation scenarios both require significant data collection, analysis, and sharing to reduce ongoing chains of transmission. Aggregated anonymised data from telecommunications, social media and satellite-based systems have the potential to improve traditional public health data collection approaches (Buckee, 2020; George & Taylor et al., 2019), however, digital tracking applications also raise justified concerns by experts and some members of the public. Using data- driven approaches, including new tracking applications to accelerate contact tracing, has the potential for perceived and actual Government overreach. The public will have many legitimate questions. Government transparency on what information is collected, how it is encrypted, who has access, where the data is stored, and whether dual-use of health-related data is allowed, must be addressed by the Government in advance of deploying mobile tracking applications. Addressing these issues is especially important with respect to data collection relating to First Nations peoples (Kukutai and Walter, 2019; Mann, DeVitt and Daly, 2019). Change should be communicated early, even with incomplete information, as acknowledging uncertainties does not undermine trust in the information or its source.
  • 96. 96 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement In relation to the use of citizen- generated data (i.e., from mobile contact tracing applications), Governments must address real and perceived privacy concerns and data ethics, and mitigate the potential for misuse, including the politicisation of health-related data (Daly, Devitt, and Mann, 2019). There should be sound evidence justifying data surveillance especially if less imposing measures would be sufficient. Consultation on the use of surveillance technologies should include cybersecurity experts, data ethicists, public health researchers and other stakeholders. With respect to anonymised public health data, there should be a strong commitment to data sharing, exchange, and interoperability (Wilkinson et al., 2016; Research Data Alliance COVID19 Working Group, 2020). Civic engagement As the threat of COVID-19 becomes less immediate but costs continue to be felt, Australia will need to prioritise active and ongoing engagement with communities, industries, organisations and other stakeholders. Civic engagement is about enabling communities and social networks to be involved in the decisions that will affect them (Miranti & Evans 2019; Adler & Goggin 2005). However, this can be challenging in times of crisis when Governments must make rapid, life-saving decisions that may require imposing strict measures with little or no time for community involvement. Australia’s initial success in reducing the rate of transmission has provided a valuable window of opportunity to establish deliberative processes in which social groups, businesses, and organisations can influence the containment measures that are likely to affect them (Cammett & Lieberman 2020). Meaningful stakeholder engagement will improve the effectiveness of containment measures (Renn 2008). It will encourage greater ownership of Civic engagement is about enabling communities and social networks to be involved in the decisions that will affect them.
  • 97. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 97 decisions and accordingly more chance of public cooperation (Head 2011). Community groups, businesses, and organisations also have specific expertise and local knowledge that is needed to devise implementable containment measures over the long-term (Wynne 2002). An excellent example of this is the way in which the major Australian supermarket chains have translated a set of general social distancing requirements into specific, workable shop-floor practices. Stakeholder engagement also permits input from those groups who are likely to shoulder the consequences and risks of a potential cause of action and, as the subsequent chapters describe in some detail, some communities and professions are more vulnerable than others. Australia’s approach must, therefore, be a collaborative one. The specific consultative process will depend on measures being considered and the types of groups that are likely to be involved. When options for strengthening or relaxing containment measures are being considered, it is important to identify which specific groups have a stake (Renn 2008). These could be groups whose health may be affected (such as older Australians, or teachers), or sectors that have a direct financial interest (such as the hospitality industry). Representatives from these groups, identified via community organisations, professional or industry associations, unions, or patient advocacy groups, should then be considered as participants in a deliberative process. It may be useful to establish COVID-19 community reference groups to represent key groups that could then provide ongoing guidance for the duration of the pandemic (see for example, the Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Advisory Group on COVID-19). When options for strengthening or relaxing containment measures are being considered, it is important to identify which specific groups have a stake.
  • 98. 98 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement Groups should be provided with an opportunity to delineate and appraise the risks as they perceive them (Renn 2008). They could be provided with decision parameters, permissible options and methods for minimizing harm. Industry representatives could be encouraged to consult more widely and present a plan for commencing commercial activity in a way that minimises risk. Establish a funded national service program Due to the COVID-19 response in Australia, the young have been particularly displaced by the social distancing policies and many will find it hard to get a foothold in the economy. As social distancing begins to be relaxed, they will have an increased capacity to serve Australian communities, but potentially few options. Civic engagement, including both community and industry, has been a purposeful component of Australian policymaking for several decades (Head 2011). There also exists a wealth of expertise and experience among governments, communities, industry and academia in public policy focused on volunteering (Volunteering Australia, 2014; Walsh & Black 2015). Aussies All Together (suggested title) could be an inclusive program that provides opportunities for skills development and engagement in the aftermath of emergencies within Australia’s borders. Participants will receive culturally appropriate training to support communities in order to improve health and wellbeing, (re) build infrastructure, provide peer- tutoring, perform conservation and wildlife preservation. Such a program could offer meaning, purpose and social connectedness to those involved, and will contribute Research shows that young people are influenced by “top down” signals from policies and programs, and are motivated by grassroots or “bottom up” programs to support communities.
  • 99. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 99 to Australia’s long-term national health and education strategy. Research shows that young people are influenced by “top down” signals from policies and programs, and are motivated by grassroots or “bottom up” programs to support communities (Walsh & Black, 2015). There is considerable empirical evidence on the benefits of fostering youth volunteerism in Australia and New Zealand (Black, 2012; Lewis, 2013). References Adler, R. P., & Goggin, J. (2005). What do we mean by “civic engagement”? Journal of Transformative Education, 3(3), 236–253. doi: 10.1177/1541344605276792 Betsch, C., & Sachse, K. (2013). Debunking vaccination myths: strong risk negations can increase perceived vaccination risks. Health Psychol, 32(2), 146-155. doi:10.1037/ a0027387 Black, R. (2012). Educating the reflexive citizen: making a difference or entrenching difference. Melbourne: The University of Melbourne Briñol, P. & Petty, R. E. (2009). Source factors in persuasion: A self- validation approach. European Review of Social Psychology, 20, 49-96. doi:10.1080/10463280802643640 Buckee, Caroline (2020) Improving epidemic surveillance and response: big data is dead, long live big data, Lancet Digital Health, https://doi. org/10.1016/S2589-7500(20)30059-5 Cammett, M. & Lieberman, E. Building Solidarity: Challenges, Options and Implications for COVID-19 Responses. https://www.ethics.harvard. edu/files/center-for-ethics/files/ safrawhitepaper4c.pdf. Accessed 18- Apr 2020 Carter, S. M., Rychetnik, L., Lloyd, B., Kerridge, I. H., Baur, L., Bauman, A., Zask, A. (2011). Evidence, Ethics, and Values: A Framework for Health Promotion. Am J Public Health, 101(3), 465-472. doi:10.2105/ ajph.2010.195545 Daly, A., Devitt, S.K., Mann, M., eds (2019). Good Data. ISBN 978-94- 92302-27-4
  • 100. 100 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement George, DB and Taylor, W et al (2019) Technology to advance infectious disease forecasting for outbreak management, Nature Communications, https://doi. org/10.1038/s41467-019-11901-7. Head, B. (2011). Australian Experience: Civic Engagement as Symbol and Substance. Public Administration and Development 31: 102-112. Kovic, M, & Füchslin, T. (2018). Probability and conspiratorial thinking. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 32, 390- 400. doi:10.1002/acp.3408. Kukutai, T and Walter, M. Recognition and Indigenizing Official Statistics: Reflections from Aotearoa New Zealand and Australia. Statistical Journal of the IAOS 31.2 (2015)Lewis, K. V. (2013). The power of interaction rituals: The Student Volunteer Army and the Christchurch earthquakes. International Small Business Journal, 31(7), 811-831. Mann, M., DeVitt, K., and Daly, A. (2019) What is (in) good data? Good Data. ISBN 978-94-92302- 27-4, https://networkcultures.org/ blog/2019/01/23/out-now-tod-29- good-data/ Accessed 16-Apr 2020 Miranti, R. & Evans, M. (2019). Trust, sense of community, and civic engagement: Lessons from Australia. Journal of Communication Psychology. 47:254-271. Newgate Australia survey (2020). Australia’s Response to COVID-19 Has Reached Rare Consensus, As Community Wants to Stay the Course on Virus Fight, 16-Apr 2020 https://www.newgatecomms.com. au/australias-response-to-covid-19- has-reached-a-rare-consensus-as- community-wants-to-stay-the-course- on-virus-fight/ Renn, O. (2008). Risk governance : Coping with uncertainty in a complex world. Earthscan: Sterling UK. Renn, O., & Levine, D. (1991). Credibility and trust in risk communication. In R. E. Kasperson & P. J. M. Stallen (Eds.), Communicating risks to the public: international perspectives (Vol. 4). Dordrecht: Kluwer. Research Data Alliance COVID-19 Working Group, https://www.rd- alliance.org/groups/rda-covid19
  • 101. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 101 Reynolds, B., & Quinn, S. C. (2008). Effective communication during an influenza pandemic: the value of using a crisis and emergency risk communication framework. Health Promotion Practice, 9, 13S-17S. Stoker, G., Evans, M. & Halupka, M. (2018). Trust and Democracy in Australia: Democratic decline and renewal. Institute for Governance & Policy Analysis, University of Canberra. Van Bavel, Jay J., Katherine Baicker, Paulo Boggio, Valerio Capraro, Aleksandra Cichocka, Molly Crockett, Mina Cikara, et al. (2020). Using Social and Behavioural Science to Support COVID-19 Pandemic Response. PsyArXiv. March 24. doi:10.31234/osf.io/y38m9. van der Bles, A. M., van der Linden, S., Freeman, A. L. J., & Spiegelhalter, D. J. (2020). The effects of communicating uncertainty on public trust in facts and numbers. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 117(14), 7672- 7683. doi:10.1073/pnas.1913678117 Volunteering Australia (2014). Policy and Best Practice. Retrieved from: http://www.volunteeringaustralia.org/ policy-and-best-practise/ Walsh, L., & Black, R. (2015). Youth volunteering in Australia: An evidence review. Report prepared for the Australian Research Alliance for Children and Youth. Canberra: ARACY. Wilkinson, M. D., Dumontier, M., Aalbersberg, I. J., Appleton, G., Axton, M., Baak, A., … Mons, B. (2016). The FAIR Guiding Principles for scientific data management and stewardship. Sci Data, 3, 160018. doi:10.1038/ sdata.2016.18. Wynne, B. (2002) ‘Risk and environment as legitimatory discourses of technology: Reflexivity inside out?’ Current Sociology, vol 50, no 30, pp459–477.
  • 102. 102 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” Building and supporting our health system requires focus on two interrelated key aims: 1. resuming and optimising routine, comprehensive health care; and 2. simultaneously managing COVID-19 across the healthcare system using ongoing preparedness and readiness to re-escalate crisis management. 6 Recommendations and Key Findings Recommendations yy Recommendation: Agree and optimise national guidelines, training (including evidence-based use of PPE and other infection control approaches) and supply chains for managing SAR-CoV-2 and COVID-19 screening, testing and management that strengthens primary and hospital care collaboration. yy Recommendation: Establish a national real-time health data repository starting with COVID-19 related data that links primary, secondary and acute care that can be extended to other areas of heath care. yy Recommendation: Maintain e-health (e.g. video/telehealth and apps) as an important part of routine health care, supported by nationally agreed standards and quality indicators. yy Recommendation: Support community messaging to seek medical care in managing existing conditions and diagnosis and treatment of both COVID-19 and non-COVID-19 conditions.
  • 103. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 103 yy Recommendation: Provide the flexibility in health care worker training requirements that will ensure the viability of Australia’s essential health workforce pipeline. yy Recommendation: Provide accessible mental health care support specifically designed for health care workers. Key Findings yy Key finding: Lack of transparency, inconsistent messaging and uncertainty undermine confidence and performance in health care. yy Key finding: Australia has a strong, Government-supported primary and community health sector led by general practice and supported by PHNs. Voluntary patient registration would further strengthen the ability of general practices to engage with their patients on an ongoing and proactive basis. yy Key finding: Australia has a strong public hospital sector combined with a private sector that particularly supports elective surgery. The public sector could maintain, and if needed escalate, COVID-19 care while elective care (public and private) is escalated in collaboration with private care providers. yy Key finding: PPE is vital for both staff protection and to maintain health services across the spectrum from community to hospital care. Uncertainty about appropriate use and supply are therefore obvious major stressors for health care workers and the system. Misuse includes both inadequate PPE and overuse of PPE. yy Key finding: The pandemic is threatening both educational opportunities for students and the health care workforce pipeline and this must be rectified. yy Key finding: As with the likely ongoing uptake of videoconferencing in the broader community, video or other eHealth options are likely to be able to offer high value care when used appropriately.
  • 104. 104 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” yy Key finding: There has been marked reductions in pathology testing and clinical presentations for non- COVID-19 problems indicating a possible delay in the management of existing conditions and lack of attention for new problems. yy Key finding: Electronic health records and data linkage are key to comprehensive COVID-19 surveillance as well as managing non-COVID-19 clinical problems. yy Key finding: All critical care specialties have previously supported advanced care planning for patients likely to have poor outcomes, COVID-19 has further emphasised this need. yy Key finding: Medical research integrates laboratory, epidemiological and clinical trial-based programs aimed at understanding the fundamental molecular, biological and biochemical characteristics of COVID-19 and for devising treatments and vaccines. yy Key finding: Epidemiological modelling of the dissemination and spread of COVID-19 in an Australian context has been critical in informing strategies to minimise the number of infections and optimise the treatment of Australians who have already been infected. More Health Services Research is now needed to prepare for the changes in the healthcare system to deal with COVID-19 and its consequences. General Background Current Context The COVID-19 crisis challenges all aspects of health care and all overlapping sectors of our system. For patients with COVID-19, 80% can be adequately cared for in the community, 15% require hospital inpatient acute care; and 5% require critical care (ICU) usually for respiratory support. Health care professionals are also at increased risk of contracting COVID-19. Dealing with the crisis has led to delaying non- urgent elective surgery; i.e. surgery unlikely to lead to death or significant harm within 30-days. Also, many patients are avoiding the health care system for non-COVID-19 problems.
  • 105. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 105 Evidence and Analysis to support Recommendations and Key Findings into Australia’s recovery phase ARS-CoV-2 testing and screening and vaccination With the dual aims of managing the pandemic and increasing clinical activity for non-COVID-19 needs, both community and hospital sectors require agreed expert evidence-based guidance on testing and screening for SARS-CoV-2, as epidemiology and antibody and antigen tests evolve. This advice should include managing those who screen or test positive. Escalating elective surgery will be highly dependent on this advice including Australian epidemiology. Similar guidance will be needed should a vaccine become available. Analysis: yy Ensure updated national guidelines on managing SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19 screening and testing in community and hospital settings. yy Link screening and testing data to enhance national surveillance. The central role of primary care in the “Roadmap to Recovery” The centrality of primary care has been re-enforced during the COVID-19 pandemic as countries with strong primary care have demonstrated greater capacity to flexibly respond. Recovery will be prolonged – this is a marathon, not a sprint. Primary care has a key role in preventing, testing, tracing and managing COVID-19. Primary Health Networks have played a vital role in supporting primary care in the response. The understandable focus on COVID-19 has led to the unintended consequence of a reduction in those seeking health support for non- For patients with COVID-19, 80% can be adequately cared for in the community, 15% require hospital inpatient acute care; and 5% require critical care (ICU) usually for respiratory support.
  • 106. 106 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” COVID-19 care. Tele(video)health (with new MBS item numbers) has helped to some extent. Many hospital- based ambulatory services including outpatient clinics have also moved to telehealth. Concern remains that we will see increased morbidity and mortality from the current altered focus of health care workers and from patient reluctance to engage on non-COVID-19 problems. This is also likely to be disproportionately the case in socioeconomically marginalised groups. As hospital services, particularly elective surgery resume, the severity of both comorbidity and the underlying reasons for the patient requiring surgery may have worsened increasing risks of complications and mortality. This places greater demands on all three areas: primary community care, acute hospital care and critical care. Analysis: yy Primary care should be supported as the central component of the health system including care for conditions well managed using care in the community. yy Collecting, curating and linking health data across the health care system should be supported including MyHR. Hospitals as Partners in the “Roadmap to Recovery” To date, Australian hospitals have avoided the nightmare of other countries such as the UK, Spain, and the US. Our acute and critical care sectors are treating an unexpectedly small number of COVID-19 patients but are prepared for many more. There is now a need to resume elective diagnostic and therapeutic procedures (medical and surgical) in low risk patients as soon as possible. There is concern that following the pandemic there will be the adverse effects of neglecting other health issues, including worsening mental health. This is a public health problem. Primary care and hospital clinicians need to increase collaboration to improve patients’ chronic conditions that may have deteriorated during the pandemic and ensure that access to procedures is based on need rather than the loudest voices. Escalating elective diagnostic and therapeutic procedures will require Government
  • 107. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 107 facilitated collaboration between the public and private sectors. Due to our timely response, the Australian health care system has been provided with time to plan. It is well documented that older Australians are more likely to require intensive care and ventilation than younger Australians. Now is the time for general practitioners, emergency medicine, anaesthetists, intensivists to promote there being early goals of care discussions for patients at high risk of death or severely impaired functional recovery. Some patients who have died in ICU from COVID-19 may have benefitted from goals-of-care discussions before their final illness. The health care system needs to be primed for a COVID-19 resurgence as has been seen in other countries and to be able to pivot quickly in response. Primary care and public hospitals will need to maintain COVID-19 readiness and the ability to escalate. Analysis: yy The public must be supported to seek medical care for existing cond- itions and diagnosis and treatment of non-COVID-19 conditions. yy Support community-based “goals- of-care” discussions for patients at risk of poor outcomes – so patients are better prepared should circumstances so require. yy Facilitate public and private sector collaboration in escalating elective diagnostic and therapeutic procedures. yy Priorities for resuming care must be based on need – and may require a communications campaign to build momentum. Now is the time for general practitioners, emergency medicine, anaesthetists, intensivists to promote there being early goals of care discussions for patients at high risk of death or severely impaired functional recovery. Some patients who have died in ICU from COVID-19 may have benefitted from goals-of-care discussions before their final illness.
  • 108. 108 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” Mental Health and Wellbeing of Healthcare Workers in the Recovery phase Supporting the wellbeing of healthcare workers at elevated risk of experiencing psychological distress and adverse mental health symptoms is vital for both their health and for managing the pandemic. The intensive workload, uncertain PPE, fear of infection and spread to family members, saturation media coverage, inconsistent messaging and reduced contact with loved ones all contribute to the added mental burden on healthcare workers. The psychological harm of the pandemic for healthcare workers is a continuum from stress and burnout to post-traumatic stress and other mental health symptoms. Analysis: A targeted mental health plan for healthcare workers is essential including: yy Optimising informal and formal support networks and education on the possible psychological impact of COVID-19. yy Screening of healthcare workers for psychological distress and mental health symptoms. yy Access to free evidence-based eHealth mental health interventions, and face-to-face treatment for individuals requiring more intensive support. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Personal protective equipment has been an important and emotive subject during this COVID-19 pandemic. However, PPE is only one part of protecting staff and other patients from COVID-19 cross-infection. PPE is a collective term for differing levels of protection, and it has been complicated by the lack of any agreed terminology. There has also been uncertainty about when to use The psychological harm of the pandemic for healthcare workers is a continuum from stress and burnout to post-traumatic stress and other mental health symptoms.
  • 109. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 109 the various levels of PPE, and also uncertainty about availability of PPE with a marked disparity of access across community and hospital care. Appropriate PPE use significantly reduces risk of viral transmission. PPE should be matched to the SARS- CoV-2 risk, which will depend on location, and should be based on national case definitions and guided by local infectious diseases and public health advice. It should also be matched to the potential mode of viral transmission occurring during patient care – contact, droplet, or airborne. Suggested Levels of PPE based on mode of transmission risks: 1. Low risk: Standard work clothes and procedures; 2. Contact precautions: Gloves and plastic apron; 3. Droplet precautions: Gloves, plastic apron, surgical mask and eye protection; 4. Airborne precautions: Gloves, fluid repellent long sleeved gown, goggles or full-face shield and N95 mask. (Purified Air Powered Respirators (PAPRs) with training.) Availability of PPE is dependent on both supply and use. Unnecessary use (misuse) does not enhance safety and undermines availability. Clear understanding of the levels of PPE and when they are needed is required to sustain stocks and de-escalate use of PPE during the return to pre- pandemic clinical activities. Adhering to guidelines such as those from the College of Anaesthetists (ANZCA) should help de-escalate use of PPE and re-escalate if needed. Analysis: yy Use of consistent terminology of levels of PPE based on method of transmission yy Ensure a nationally coordinated PPE stockpile with reliable, accessible estimates of different PPE components and greater certainty about adequate access for hospital and community workforce. yy Develop agreed national guidelines in collaboration with relevant professional bodies (such as the medical Colleges) for appropriate use of PPE for each level of transmission risk, including: an agreed list of aerosol-generating procedures.
  • 110. 110 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” Managing the Professions and the training pipeline within the “Roadmap to Recovery” Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic Australia was already facing major challenges in maintaining and sustaining a health workforce to meet the growing and distributed demand for health care. Workforce strategies to address these pre-existing imbalances in supply and demand, particularly in nursing and midwifery, will not be sufficient to meet the added immediate and longer-term impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The immediate surge in workforce demand from the pandemic along with any subsequent waves, will continue to require rapid up-skilling and re-deployment of large numbers of health professionals to the frontline for up to 18 months. Interruptions are anticipated through natural attrition, work stress, burnout, sick leave, isolation leave, and added caring responsibilities. Further, healthcare workers will access annual and long service leave which will have been limited during the pandemic. Workforce disruption is expected due to loss of required clinical training. Universities and other training organisations are working within jurisdictions to leverage existing resources, capability and capacity in order to provide scalable, high quality, interdisciplinary, evidence-based training solutions to rapidly upskill the health workforce and support workforce supply while providing career pathways that aid retention. Analysis: yy Professional regulators should consider removing minimum mandatory hours as a requirement for registration and adopt a flexible approach to the assessment of work readiness that includes work experience, scope of practice and clinical competence and recognise and promote innovative approaches to clinical education within new models of care (such as telehealth). yy Pandemic preparedness should be compulsory curriculum for all health care courses and students should be trained to the highest standards in the correct use of PPE and consideration to how students
  • 111. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 111 can be safely involved in learning about COVID-19, including the use of virtual health care placements. yy Ongoing in-person clinical placements should recommence when there are sufficient supplies of appropriate PPE. Final year students should be prioritised to be involved in COVID-19 related care as they will commence practice in 2021 and must be prepared for their role. The National Principles for Clinical Education during the COVID-19 recently published by the Australian Government are a helpful contribution in this space. It is important the professional accreditors now conform to these principles. The silver lining of a digitally connected health care system as we move into a recovery phase COVID-19 has catapulted our health care systems into the digital delivery of health care. This has been largely welcomed by the public and the health care workforce. There is an opportunity to build upon the experience of tele and video consultations and incorporate these permanently into health care, yet this must be accompanied by appropriate standards and guidelines for training, and quality indicators and management. Virtual healthcare can be extended beyond voice/video interaction to include asynchronous communication, consumer empowerment and biomedical monitoring. The COVID-19 pandemic has also demonstrated the importance of real-time health data in the planning response and management of the crisis. The engagement of the public in following the daily data updates has been unprecedented. The time is ideal to capitalise on the alignment of the public, practitioner and policy need for data. Analysis: yy eHealth (virtual Healthcare) should become routine health care. Standards and Quality indicators should be developed in conjunction with the relevant professional bodies to support the integration of virtual healthcare into routine care. Consider how to integrate virtual healthcare into training health care professionals.
  • 112. 112 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” The contribution of medical and health research to Australia’s capacity to manage the COVID-19 pandemic Australia’s medical research community has made significant contributions to Australia’s response to the COVID-19 pandemic through universities, medical research institutes, hospitals and other research institutions. Australia has been at the cutting edge being one of the first outside China to isolate the virus, develop virus-detection tests, publish on the immune response to the virus and lead in developing innovative Vaccine candidates. Analysis yy Medical research integrates laboratory, epidemiological and clinical trial-based programs aimed at understanding the fundamental molecular, biological and biochemical characteristics of COVID-19 and is critical for treatments and vaccines. yy Medical research models the projected dissemination and spread of COVID-19 in an Australian context, to inform strategies to minimise the number of infections and optimise the treatment of Australians who have already been infected. yy Health services research will be critical in supporting the health system more broadly in the recovery from COVID-19. References Babbage S. COVID-19: Impacts and opportunities for Australia’s Health Care System. Price Waterhouse Coopers, Sydney, Australia, 20/3/2020. https://www.pwc.com.au/important- problems/coronavirus-covid-19/ healthcare-system-impacts- opportunities.html Australia has been at the cutting edge being one of the first outside China to isolate the virus, develop virus-detection tests, publish on the immune response to the virus and lead in developing innovative Vaccine candidates.
  • 113. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 113 Horton R, COVID-19 and the NHS—“a national scandal”. The Lancet, Volume 395, Issue 10229, 2020, Page 1022, doi.org/10.1016/S0140-6736 (20)30727-3 Cook TM. Personal protective equipment during the COVID-19 pandemic – a narrative review. Anaesthesia. 2020 Australian and New Zealand College of Anaesthetists (ANZCA). Recommendations for PPE according to SARS-CoV-2 risk status. 2020. http://www.anzca.edu. au/documents/anzca-covid-ppe- statement-v24-09042020-(1).pdf Burns, H., Hamer, B. & Bissell, A. (2020). COVID-19: Implications for the Australian healthcare workforce. Retrieved from: https://www.pwc. com.au/important-problems/ coronavirus-covid-19/australian- healthcare-workforce.html Australian Government (2020). Impact of COVID-19. Theoretical modelling on how the health system can respond https://www.health.gov.au/sites/ default/files/documents/2020/04/ impact-of-covid-19-in-australia- ensuring-the-health-system-can- respond-summary-report.pdf Australian and New Zealand College of Anaesthetists (ANZCA), Royal Australasian College of Surgeons (RACS): Medical colleges support resumption of selective elective surgery for low-risk patients. http://www.anzca.edu.au/ communications/media/media- releases-2020/medical-colleges- support-resumption-of-selective-e Choosing Wisely. ANZCA, ANZICS, ACEM. https://www.choosingwisely. org.au/recommendations Australian and New Zealand Intensive Care Society. COVID-19 resources for critical care professionals. https:// www.anzics.com.au/coronavirus/ The Australian Commission on Safety and Quality in Health Care. A guide to the potentially preventable hospitalisations indicator in Australia. 2017.https://www.safetyandquality. gov.au/sites/default/files/migrated/A- guide-to-the-potentially-preventable- hospitalisations-indicator-in-Australia. pdf
  • 114. 114 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Preparing to Reopen Key issues: What are the special considerations, preparations and support needed to assist the reopening of businesses and workplaces, schools and tertiary education institutions? 7 Recommendations and Key Findings Businesses and Workplaces yy Recommendation: Create a national risk diagnostic tool with review criteria for businesses to review and self-assess their own shortage of resources, ability to reopen/reform, challenges and limitations in post- COVID-19 situations. yy Recommendation: Develop a health tracking system and new hygiene standards to ensure reopening practices are safe for the workforce and public. yy Recommendation: Develop a staged approach to a return to work, taking account of geographic location, occupation/industry type, and characteristics of workers which might indicate high risk of serious infection. yy Recommendation: Diversify opportunities for new employment styles and extend the criteria for receipt of the JobKeeper allowance. Tertiary Institutions yy Key finding: Losses in research and teaching capacity of post- school educational institutions (universities, colleges, VET providers) as a result of the current crisis will greatly hinder economic recovery and long-term prosperity. yy Recommendation: Federal and State Government support the post-school education sector to help prevent researcher and teacher job losses, and support a swift return to capacity in both teaching and R&D. yy Key finding: It is important that post-school educational institutions account for gaps in syllabus knowledge and work/ vocational placement skills through students’ first year of candidature. yy Recommendation: Post-school educational institutions make appropriate accommodations and take necessary actions to assist the transition of incoming first year
  • 115. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 115 students who may not have all the assumed syllabus knowledge or expected work/vocational skills. yy Key finding: Students in accredited programs due to graduate in 2020 and research students collecting data and undertaking fieldwork in 2020 are at significant risk of disruption. yy Recommendation: Australia develop a coordinated, national (or state-based, as appropriate) response to graduating students and apprentices/trainees from accredited programs agreed by the relevant accrediting bodies. yy Key finding: Australia’s response needs to balance consideration of the priority of domestic students, with the important benefits that come from a strong, vibrant international education sector. yy Recommendation: Balanced with critical health and epidemiological considerations, there is a need for early decision-making about when and how international students return to Australia for on-campus learning. Schools yy Key finding: Online and remote learning remain useful temporary measures, but place significant burdens on students, families and educators. Continued use of remote learning for some or all students, as opposed to school-based in-class teaching, may deepen existing inequalities in educational attainment and engagement. yy Key finding: Schools face several major challenges in the return to full operations in terms of addressing student well-being, mental health concerns, as well as other operational issues. Australia’s response needs to balance consideration of the priority of domestic students, with the important benefits that come from a strong, vibrant international education sector.
  • 116. 116 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen yy Recommendation: Any resumption/ expansion of in-class school operations should be contingent upon physical distancing measures appropriate to each school context. A staged return of school operations should consider the social, emotional, developmental and academic needs of different groups. yy Recommendation: To support academic, mental health, and school to post-school transitions, government should provide schools with adequate funding, resources, and coordination support to facilitate adaptive responses to current circumstances and emergent contingencies. Context Businesses and Workplaces The Australian economy, in common with most of the rest of the world, will confront serious recession in coming months, and will probably not regain levels of activity recorded at the end of 2019 for two years or more (Ketchell, 2020). Updated forecasts from the International Monetary Fund suggest real GDP growth of –6.7% in 2020. This indicates the recession Australia is facing will dwarf those that came before it. In order to realise the projected 6.1% real GDP growth forecast by the IMF in 2021, government needs to support businesses in a number of ways. Tertiary Institutions The Australian Higher Education sector comprises over 1.5 million students enrolled in 136 universities and non-university higher education institutions (Department of Education, Skills and Employment, 2019), with about half a million of them from overseas (DESE, n.d). More broadly across the tertiary education sector In order to realise the projected 6.1% real GDP growth forecast by the IMF in 2021, government needs to support businesses in a number of ways.
  • 117. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 117 the Australian Bureau of Statistics estimates that in May 2019 there were over 2.1 million people in Australia aged 15–64 studying for a non-school qualification at Certificate III level or above (ABS, 2019a). Many of the educational challenges and recommendations relevant to the tertiary education sector are substantially the same as the ones for schools. However, there are also issues particular to the tertiary education sector and the contributions this sector makes to Australia’s national benefit. Universities play a vital societal/ economic role in research and development (R&D), contributing $41 billion to the national economy and employing 259,100 full-time equivalent staff (Deloitte, 2018). International education brought in around $40 billion in 2019 (ABS, 2020). Despite amounting to around 40% of Australia’s exports of services and nearly 10% of all goods and services, Commonwealth funding has fallen from 37% to 30% (DESE, 2020) as the share of university revenue from international students has risen (between 2003 and 2018 from 14% to 26% or more). At the same time, there has been a collapse in gross Australian expenditure on R&D, falling from 1.88% in 2015–16 to 1.79% of GDP in 2017–18 (ABS, 2019), while the OECD average annual R&D spend was 2.37% of GDP in 2017 (OECD, 2020). While universities’ role as a major export industry is increasingly recognised, this is not always so with R&D activities which also support significant innovation- driven economic growth. Independent modelling by London Economics estimates that Go8 research activity alone contributed $24.5 billion to the economy each year, with an estimated $10 return to the private sector for every $1 of Go8 research income (London Economics, 2018). Universities play a vital societal/ economic role in research and development (R&D), contributing $41 billion to the national economy and employing 259,100 full-time equivalent staff.
  • 118. 118 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen The COVID-19 crisis has directly and substantially impacted the tertiary sector through closures of campuses, cessation of in-class learning, and a rapid shift to remote online learning. Even though off-campus learning already represented part of the regular experience for one in three higher education domestic students in Australia (Norton, Cherastidtham & Mackey, 2018), that applied mostly to adult learners and postgraduate students. The COVID-19 crisis has also highlighted the crucial need for innovation and productivity-driven growth for our national economy and the health of our citizens. A strong tertiary education sector is one of our greatest assets, strongly positioned to provide a pathway through the current crisis and return to wellness and prosperity. Australian health and medical researchers are engaged in world-leading programs to develop effective treatments and vaccines for COVID-19, with Australian universities training the future workforce in ways that are crucial to responding to this crisis. Our vocational colleges and TAFEs are also providing critical workforce training needed for this recovery. Perhaps the greatest demand on universities and other post-school institutions comes at a time when they are also most under threat. The following Key Findings and Recommendations take into account all post-school educational institutions and pathways. Schools In 2019, nearly four million students were enrolled in 9,503 Australian schools (ABS, 2020). While the re- opening of schools to face-to-face operations needs to be considered from the public health perspectives, it is also vital that the diverse educational impacts of moves to Rapidly developing policies surrounding the operations of schools within the COVID-19 pandemic context have been a flashpoint for public media debate.
  • 119. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 119 remote online teaching and learning on young people, educators, education systems and the broader Australian economy are recognised. This report examines the key educational issues that must be considered alongside epidemiological factors when determining the reopening of schools around Australia. Schools play a complex role in society, integrating the production of both public and private goods (Labaree, 1997), and balancing multiple, overlapping purposes of academic learning, socialisation, and individual development (Biesta, 2015). Considerations for the re-opening of schools need to remain aware of this complexity. Rapidly developing policies surrounding the operations of schools within the COVID-19 pandemic context have been a flashpoint for public media debate. Federal and State/Territory governments have at times appeared at odds over strategy,1 and teachers and education unions have expressed strong concerns regarding the health and safety of staff, especially those with relevant pre-existing health conditions, as schools remained open into late March.2 Anecdotal reports from mid- March have attendance rates at only 35% to 50%.3 Numerous medical experts and the Federal Government have not been entirely supportive of families removing children from schools in the absence of illness or other specific concerns (Creagh, 2020),4 drawing on modelling and epidemiological support (e.g., Viner et al 2020) – though positions on this shifted with rapid change in the national and international situations. 1 https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-03-23/federal-and-state-governments-school-closures-amid- coronavirus/12080062 2 https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-03-19/coronavirus-why-is-australia-keeping-schools-open/12070702 3 https://www.theage.com.au/national/victoria/parents-are-voting-with-their-feet-school-attendance-rates-in- freefall-20200317-p54aw0.html 4 https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-15/coronavirus-covid19-education-schools-scott-morrison- response/12149984
  • 120. 120 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen By the end of Term 1 and immediately following Easter, schools moved students to remote online learning. Schools remain open for in-school remote learning for children of essential service workers and vulnerable students; however, there has been some confusion as to what constitutes an essential service worker, with contrasting messaging from Federal and State/Territory levels.5 Currently, it is envisaged that students will start returning to in-class learning some time in TermTwo, but it is unclear who, how many, and when they will return to in-class learning. Thus, Australian schools seem to be transitioning to a mix of in-class, remote, and flexible learning arrangements—with precise arrangements and plans varying between states, and likely, between schools.6 5 https://www.theguardian.com/commentisfree/2020/mar/27/more-harm-than-good-the-cases-for-and- against-closing-schools-during-the-coronavirus-pandemic Argoon, A. (2020) Victorian schools will close and childcare centres have rigid rules eased Herald Sun Newspaper, Victoria March 24, 7.29am heraldsun.com.au 6 https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-15/coronavirus-covid19-education-schools-scott-morrison- response/12149984 Evidence and Analysis to Support Recommendations and Key Findings Businesses and Workplaces Recommendation Create a national risk diagnostic tool with criteria for businesses to review and self-assess their own shortage of resources, ability to reopen/reform, challenges and limitations in post-COVID-19 situations. Recommendation Government should facilitate information-sharing to support business reopening and recovery with centralised information sharing platforms to be developed at State and Federal Government levels.
  • 121. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 121 For those firms with cash reserves, the hibernation policy will work. However, firms without sufficient cash reserves will not have the ability to pivot to adapt to the changing business environment, nor pay the accountants and other business professionals required to develop business strategies (Sneader and Singhal, 2020). The advice of financial professionals with expertise in business strategy could be of assistance. Government could encourage and facilitate legal and financial advisory assistance for small and medium sized businesses at low cost, through subsidies to the service providers. The $100,000 cash flow support for small and medium businesses the Government has already implemented is an appropriate strategy to assist in this area. In addition, an exit strategy for firms with high risk of financial distress can be an important foundation for strategic renewal (Ren, Hu and Cui, 2019) as they free up committed resources and, therefore, contribute to the formation of new ventures (Carnahan, 2017). Another important tool in helping businesses to recover are revenue- contingent loans (RCL). This facility could, for example, be deployed to continue wage support as the JobKeeper scheme is wound down through the recovery period for firms not at risk of financial distress (Botterill, Chapman and Kelly, 2017). It can also be useful to consider strategies that have worked in the past. Following the Great Depression, the United States introduced Federal Government programs to provide employment and support businesses, such as the Reconstruction Finance Corporation that loaned or invested billions of dollars to rescue important parts of the economy. Government could encourage and facilitate legal and financial advisory assistance for small and medium sized businesses at low cost, through subsidies to the service providers.
  • 122. 122 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen The Corporation was able to push assistance beyond banks into local economies thus restoring confidence in the financial system (Vossmeyer, 2014), and has been used as a stabilisation agency and device to redirect the flow of capital investment to socially desirable enterprises such as small businesses (Sprinkel, 1952). In general Government needs to simplify, where possible, the process and complexity of supporting resources (such as business loans, grants, or other stimulus schemes) to increase the uptake and engagement of small businesses who have limited time dealing with operational issues. Recommendation Develop a health tracking system and new hygiene standards to ensure reopening practices are safe for the workforce and public. Basic temperature testing can be implemented at public places to prepare for reopening. A health colour code – such as the system being used in China or a tracking app – such as the TraceTogether used in Singapore,7 can be used to slow the coronavirus spread and limit any further outbreak when the mass population attempts to return to work and mass gatherings. Hand sanitizers at entry and egress points in business should be mandated and installed at minimal cost to ensure basic health standards. Contactless service rules and maintenance of social distancing is required until reliable preventative vaccines or effective treatments are available at scale Recommendation Develop a staged approach to a return to work, taking account of geographic location, occupation/ industry type, and characteristics of workers which might indicate high risk of serious infection. 7 https://www.zdnet.com/article/singapore-introduces-contact-tracing-app-to-slow-coronavirus-spread/
  • 123. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 123 Links between prevalence of medical condition, geographic area, and occupational type could be used to formulate a staged opening by area, or, if a geographically uniform re- opening is undertaken, where medical resources might be needed. While observed prevalence of COVID-19 in a given area is clearly a relevant risk factor, other considerations are also important (Chomik, 2020). Workers with co-morbidities are probably more at risk of serious infection than older workers, and should be guided appropriately in returning to work. There is a significant fall in infections in men with no medical condition between the 70–74 age group compared to later age groups (Cumming et al., 2009). Pre-existing medical conditions appear to be present in almost all serious infections (Onder, 2020). Recommendation Diversify opportunities for new employment styles and extend the criteria for receipt of the JobKeeper allowance. Many owner-operators do not take wages or salaries from their businesses, but instead rely on drawings or dividends for their income. Where evidence can be provided that these owner-operators are losing income from lost work opportunities, eligibility criteria for the JobKeeper allowance should be extended. Mass layoffs across a range of business and projections from the International Monetary Fund of unemployment of 8.9%, up from 5.2% in 2019, [15] signifies the need for redeployment of the labour force. This will also require many individuals to upskill or reskill in order to adapt to the new business landscape post COVID-19 restrictions. Many businesses around the world are already requiring staff to improve their skills to refocus in longer term preparations [16]. Workers with co-morbidities are probably more at risk of serious infection than older workers …
  • 124. 124 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen Retraining and upskilling programs could be geared towards providing a workforce able to deliver on building up national supply chains for health- related essential goods with less reliance on international markets. International trade flows, however, should not be impeded with moves towards old protectionist trade policies. Tertiary Education Key finding Losses in research and teaching capacity of post-school educational institutions (universities, colleges, TAFEs) as a result of the current crisis would greatly hinder economic recovery and long-term prosperity. Recommendation Federal and State Government support the post-school education sector to help prevent researcher and teacher job losses, and support a swift return to capacity in both teaching and R&D. As a case in point, universities play a key role in delivering high- level training in critical nation- building skills such as education, medicine, psychology, minerals and engineering, and research and development (R&D) activities (Deloitte, 2018). A loss in R&D and teaching capacity as a result of this crisis would greatly hinder economic recovery and long-term prosperity (Universities Australia, 2020). Continued isolation threatens both, especially as critical aspects of tertiary education and research cannot be conducted in an online environment. Universities will play a significant role in developing the evidence base, treatments, and policies, as well as in training the professionals of the future (Universities Australia, 2019), but remaining closed hampers those endeavours. Universities have been set back markedly in their capacity to deliver on these objectives (Universities Australia, 2020). Post- school colleges and TAFEs face similar challenges in preparing the tradespeople of the future.
  • 125. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 125 Key finding It is important that post-school educational institutions account for gaps in syllabus knowledge and work/vocational placement skills through students’ first year of candidature. Recommendation Post-school educational institutions make appropriate accommodations and take necessary actions to assist the transition of incoming first year students who may not have all the assumed syllabus knowledge or expected work/vocational skills. Due to disruptions to in-class learning in 2020, there may be students entering university, college, or TAFE from school who do not have all the assumed syllabus knowledge or who may not have the met all the required work/ vocational placement hours/days. To the extent this is the case, these students’ pathways through post- school education may be hampered. Possible mitigating strategies include institutions offering a pre-university/ college bridging week or revision in Week 1 (specific to a course to ensure subject-specific readiness), and using teaching staff to monitor and attend to identified knowledge or skill gaps as courses proceed through first year. Vocational colleges and TAFEs may offer pre-college or Week 1 practical instruction to address practical skill gaps (arising from lost work placements in Year 12). This may also require institutions offering first year students expanded support through learning/counselling support units. Possible mitigating strategies include institutions offering a pre- university/college bridging week or revision in Week 1 (specific to a course to ensure subject-specific readiness) …
  • 126. 126 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen Key finding Students in accredited programs due to graduate in 2020 and research students collecting data in 2020 are at significant risk of disruption. Recommendation Australia develop a coordinated, national (or state-based, as appropriate) response to graduating students and apprentices/trainees from accredited programs agreed by the relevant accrediting bodies. Students due to graduate in 2020 are most at risk. Research students collecting data in 2020 are also at risk. Strong coordination between Government services, industry (major employers), accrediting bodies, and universities is essential to ensure staff are available to teach and conduct research, as well as to manage the transition of 2020 graduating students into the workforce or further study. This is especially critical for accredited university programs (e.g. engineering, medicine, exercise science, psychology, podiatry, teaching, etc.) and also apprenticeships and traineeships. There are inconsistencies and instances of inflexibility across accrediting bodies’ response to this issue. If there is delay in achieving practice/ placement hours, some students may require significant revision of preparatory units. Some students may have to wait so long to achieve those hours that they risk dropping out. This could leave Australia short of the very specialists and skilled tradespeople needed to rebuild post COVID-19. Australia requires a coordinated, national response (or state-based response if appropriate) to graduating students from relevant programs agreed by the accrediting bodies in a given profession. Similar considerations will be needed for final year apprentices and trainees. If there is delay in achieving practice/placement hours, some students may require significant revision of preparatory units.
  • 127. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 127 Key finding Australia’s response needs to balance consideration of the priority of domestic students, with the important benefits that come from a strong, vibrant international education sector. Recommendation Balanced with critical health and epidemiological considerations, there is a need for early decision- making about when and how international students return to Australia for on-campus learning. Whilst the recovery focus is and should be on domestic students, international education is a key export for Australia and must be safeguarded. Australian university degrees are highly regarded around the world and Australian tertiary education is thus a highly attractive export opportunity (Universities Australia, 2018). If the shift to remote, online learning persists there may be a decreased incentive for international students to choose Australian educational institutions, rather than other international competitors, ceasing to occupy the third position among the favourite countries to study abroad (UNESCO- UIS, 2017). That scenario would threaten the viability of the Australian tertiary education sector; in the case of universities, one-fourth of total university revenue comes from overseas student fees (Universities Australia, 2019). Alongside critical health and epidemiological considerations, there is a need for early decision-making about when and how international students return to Australia for on-campus learning. If the shift to remote, online learning persists there may be a decreased incentive for international students to choose Australian educational institutions, rather than other international competitors …
  • 128. 128 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen Schools Key finding Online and remote learning remain useful temporary measures, but place significant burdens on students, families and educators. Continued use of remote learning for some or all students, as opposed to school-based in-class teaching, may deepen existing inequalities in educational attainment and engagement. There is growing concern about the ‘digital divide’ in education, and the corresponding likelihood that online learning will lead to deepening existent inequalities among students (Karp & McGowan, 2020). There are considerable gaps in terms of the proportion of internet access at home between areas (88.3% access in greater capital cities versus 77.1% in remote or very remote areas) and by incomes (88.9% access in the highest quintile versus 67.4% in the lowest quintile) (ABS, 2018). Students in early childhood settings, including prep/kindergarten and Years one to three also face additional challenges engaging in a purely online environment without significant help and face-to-face support, as do young people with developmental delay, such as ADHD or autism (Tanner et al., 2010). Australian teachers may not have sufficient time, resources or expertise to adequately and promptly shift teaching into online modes (Reimers & Schleicher, 2020). Failure to ensure learning continuity can lead to learning gaps that adversely impact in-school, post-school transition outcomes, mental health, and post- education employment (Cutler & Lleras-Muney, 2014). Key finding Schools face several major challenges in the return to full operations in terms of addressing student well-being, mental health concerns, as well as other operational issues. Pandemic conditions, physical distancing and remote learning may exacerbate youth wellbeing issues, in a context where evidence shows
  • 129. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 129 that one in four students already suffer from mental health issues (Mission Australia, 2017). For some the current crisis comes after the devastating bushfire season along with other extreme weather events (floods and cyclones), traumatic disruptions which may lead to increased family and sexual violence and mental health issues which all impact life at school (Cahill, 2020). Students’ elderly family members may have passed away or remain very sick. Reduced social mixing with friends and peers over extended periods will itself have negative effects (Collington & McLaws, 2020; Brooks et al 2020). Schools, universities, and colleges are uniquely placed to provide a safe and supportive space and to help emotional and social recovery post emergencies (Cahill 2020), but this will be reliant on sufficient resources, training and support. This confluence of significantly disruptive circumstances highlights the need to provide ongoing social and emotional interventions as part of a wide-ranging school-based response to young peoples’ wellbeing (Recommendation 2). Recommendation Any resumption of school operations should be contingent upon physical distancing measures appropriate to each school context. A staged return of school operations should consider the social, emotional, developmental and academic needs of different groups. Limited evidence exists regarding the use of social distancing measures within schools in response to communicable disease, beyond the strategy of closure. However, a recent review (Uscher-Pines et al, 2018) provides a good account of the types of practices which schools could consider as they resume substantial face-to-face operations: yy Cancellation of all non-essential and high-mixing activities (e.g. field trips, camps, assemblies, performances) yy Students remain in constant class groupings (where possible) and remain in the same classroom, while teachers move between rooms where necessary.
  • 130. 130 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen yy Well-defined walking paths within school buildings. yy Separating individual desks within classrooms to the maximum amount possible. yy Grade or class dismissal instead of full school dismissal in case of registered infection. yy Staggered start/end to the school day. yy Staggered break times for different student groups; allocating groups of students to classrooms for break times. yy Enhanced cleaning and disinfection of school buildings. Hand-hygiene practices could be integrated more intensively into school routines, for example using hand sanitizer when entering and leaving classrooms. Close and sustained contact of students on public transport services to/from school, university, etc. potentially poses a significant issue to be addressed. Three groups may deserve special consideration in the return to face- to-face schooling. Young people and older staff with pre-existing medical conditions, who face the possibility of more severe COVID-19 disease if infected (Sinha et al, 2020; Centers for Disease Control and Preventions, 2020), may not elect to return to school campuses, and will require continuing remote and online support. Final year secondary students face a high-stakes period of their education which has been thrown into significant uncertainty with the disruption to schooling (Roberts, 2020). Students in the early primary school years have additional needs regarding socialisation, emotional and academic support in comparison to older students, and while at home have a greater impact on the working capacity of parents. These student groups may be prioritised if a staged return to face-to-face schooling is instituted. Final year secondary students face a high-stakes period of their education which has been thrown into significant uncertainty with the disruption to schooling.
  • 131. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 131 Recommendation To support academic, mental health, and school to post- school transitions, government provides schools with adequate funding, resources, and coordination support to facilitate adaptive responses to current circumstances and emergent contingencies. To address the academic, mental health and personal wellbeing issues identified under Key Findings, school systems may need to coordinate a range of additional resources and training. This includes funding for school-psychologists, but also up- skilling of staff in areas such as trauma-informed education (Brunzell et al, 2016). Teachers will need time and professional development support to identify and address learning gaps, identify mental health issues among students and to deal with them both from a referral perspective and with targeted in-class support. Staff also will need to receive mental health and wellbeing support (Beltman et al 2016) as workloads will be highly demanding and variable. The development of national or state-based taskforce(s) integrating key school stakeholders could assist in effectively managing the complexities of resuming school operations (Reimers & Schleicher, 2020), and maintain adaptive preparedness in regards to a potential second wave of COVID-19 infections (Wood & Geard, 2020). Children require special consideration with respect to the current crisis and its management. There is strong evidence exposure to adversity can be encoded in the developing child and be expressed as a range of physical and mental health throughout their lifetime and subsequent generations (Shonkoff et al., 2012). There is strong evidence exposure to adversity can be encoded in the developing child and be expressed as a range of physical and mental health throughout their lifetime and subsequent generations.
  • 132. 132 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen The social changes caused by the COVID19 crisis and associated social distancing measures are and will be accompanied by an increased likelihood of such exposure for Australia’s children. This exposure is likely to be manifest as increased mental, physical and social health costs for this generation. Ensuring the health of children during this crisis by minimising exposure to adversity should be a priority investment in Australia’s future and a preventative measure against future burden. Positive parenting is the clean water of child mental health and support for parents is potentially the best, and most evidence-based method for maximising children’s health through this crisis (Boparai et al., 2018; Rae & Zimmer-Gembeck, 2007). Australia leads the world in the development and dissemination of parent support strategies that empower parents to provide a positive child caregiving environment. These programs improve parent mental health, reduce parent-child conflict, and improve child mental health over the course of several parent support sessions (Rae & Zimmer-Gimbeek, 2007; Sanders et al., 2017). Further, recent evidence shows that these treatments are equally effective when delivered online as either therapist assisted programs (Dadds et al., 2019) or self-directed programs (Piotrowska et al., in press). Thus, a major initiative should be a public campaign to steer parents toward these programs during this phase. References Workplaces and businesses [1] Ketchell, M. 2020. “How will the coronavirus recession compare with the worst in Australia’s history?” The Conversation. Retrieved from https:// theconversation.com/how-will-the- coronavirus-recession-compare-with- the-worst-in-australias-history-136379 Australia leads the world in the development and dissemination of parent support strategies that empower parents to provide a positive child caregiving environment.
  • 133. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 133 [2] International Monetary Fund. Retrieved from https://www.imf.org/ en/Countries/AUS [3] Vossmeyer, A. 2014. “Treatment effects and informative missingness with an application to bank recapitalization programs.” American Economic Review Vol. 2014, No. 5, pp. 212-217. [4] Sprinkel, B.W., 1952. “Economic consequences of the operations of the Reconstruction Finance Corporation.” The Journal of Business Vol. 25, No. 4, pp. 211-224. [5] Sneader, K., and S. Singhal. 2020. “Beyond coronavirus: The path to the next normal.” McKinsey and Company https://www.mckinsey. com/industries/healthcare-systems- and-services/our-insights/beyond- coronavirus-the-path-to-the-next- normal [6] Wenzel, M., S. Standske, and M. Lieberman. 2020. “Strategic Response to Crisis.” Strategic Management Journal, Virtual Issue. Retrieved from https://onlinelibrary. wliey.com/pb-assets/smj.3161- 1585946518840.pdf [7] Ren, C.R., Y. Hu, and T.H. Cui. 2019. “Responses to rival exit: Product variety, market expansion, and preexisting market structure.” Strategic Management Journal 40(2): 253-276. [8] Carnahan, S. 2017. “Blocked but not tackled: Who founds new firms when rivals dissolve?” Strategic Management Journal 38(11): 2189- 2212. [9] Linda Botterill, Bruce Chapman and Simon Kelly (2017), ‘Revisiting Revenue Contingent Loans for Drought Relief: Government as Risk Manager’ (2017), Australian Journal of Agriculture and Resource Economics, Vol. 61(3): 367-384. [10] Inside China’s Smartphone ‘Health Code’ System Ruling Post- Coronavirus Life, retrieved 16 April 2020 https://time.com/5814724/ china-health-code-smartphones- coronavirus/ [11] Singapore introduces contact tracing app to slow coronavirus spread, retrieved 16 April 2020 https://www.zdnet.com/article/ singapore-introduces-contact-tracing- app-to-slow-coronavirus-spread/
  • 134. 134 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen [12] Chomik, R (2020), COLVD19 and Vulnerable Populations: A Preliminary Analysis of the Health and Economic Risks, CEPAR Factsheet [13] Cumming, R., David Handelsman, Markus J Seibel, Helen Creasey, Philip Sambrook, Louise Waite, Vasi Naganathan, David Le Couteur, Melisa Litchfield, International Journal of Epidemiology, Volume 38, Issue 2, April 2009, Pages 374–378, https:// doi.org/10.1093/ije/dyn071 [14] Onder, G. (2020), Case-Fatality Rate and Characteristics of Patients Dying in Relation to COVID-19 in Italy, Journal of the American Medical Association, pages E1-E2. [15] International Monetary Fund DataMapper, retrieved 16 April 2020 https://www.imf.org/external/ datamapper/LUR@WEO/OEMDC/ AUS?year=2019 [16] Reeves, Faeste, Chen, Carlsson- Szlezak, and Whitaker. 2020. “How Chinese Companies Have responded to Coronavirus.” Retrieved from https://hbr. org/2020/03/how-chinese-companies- have-responded-to-coronavirus Tertiary Education Australian Bureau of Statistics (2019). Education and Work, Australia, May 2019. Retrieved from: https:// www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@. nsf/DetailsPage/6227.0May%20 2019?OpenDocument Australian Bureau of Statistics (2019). Research and Experimental Development, Businesses, Australia, 2017-18. Retrieved from: https://www. abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/ Latestproducts/8104.0Main%20 Features22017-18?opendocument&ta bname=Summary&prodno=8104.0&is sue=2017-18&num=&view= Australian Bureau of Statistics (2020). International Trade in Goods and Services, Australia, Jan 2020. Retrieved from: https:// www.abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@. nsf/DetailsPage/5368.0Jan%20 2020?OpenDocument Australian Education Network (2018). Student Numbers at Australian Universities. Retrieved from: https://www.australianuniversities. com.au/directory/student-numbers/
  • 135. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 135 Australian Government. Department of Education, Skills and Employment (n.d.). UCube. Retrived from: http://highereducationstatistics. education.gov.au/ Australian Government. Department of Education, Skills and Employment (2019). 2018 List of higher education institutions. Retrieved from: https:// docs.education.gov.au/node/53031 Australian Government Department of Skills and Employment. (2020, March 31). 2008 to 2017 Finance Publications and Tables. https://www. education.gov.au/2008-2017-finance- publications-and-tables Deloitte Access Economics report commissioned by Universities Australia. https://www. universitiesaustralia.edu.au/wp- content/uploads/2020/04/200325- Deloitte-one-pager-FINAL.pdf Conlon, G, Halterbeck, H, and Julius, J (2018). The Economic Impact of Group of Eight Universities, London Economics. Creagh, S. (n.d.). Schools are open during the coronavirus outbreak but should I voluntarily keep my kids home anyway, if I can? We asked 5 experts. The Conversation. Retrieved 16 April 2020, from http://theconversation. com/schools-are-open-during- the-coronavirus-outbreak-but- should-i-voluntarily-keep-my-kids- home-anyway-if-i-can-we-asked-5- experts-134022 Norton, A., Cherastidtham, I. and Mackey, W. (2018). Mapping Australian higher education 2018. Grattan Institute. Retrieved from: https://grattan.edu.au/wp-content/ uploads/2018/09/907-Mapping- Australian-higher-education-2018.pdf OECD (2020). Gross domestic spending on R&D. Available at: https:// data.oecd.org/rd/gross-domestic- spending-on-r-d.htm TAFE Queensland (2020). Health advice COVID-19. Advice to our students and community. April 2020. Retrieved from: https://tafeqld.edu. au/current-students/health-advice. html
  • 136. 136 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen TAFE New South Wales (2020). Update for students about coronavirus (COVID-19). April 2020. Retrieved from: https://www.tafensw. edu.au/urgent-updates UESCO-Institute for Statistics (2020). Education: Inbound internationally mobile students by continent of origin. Retrieved from: http://data.uis. unesco.org/index.aspx?queryid=169 Universities Australia (2018) INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS INJECT $32 BILLION A YEAR INTO AUSTRALIA’S ECONOMY – BOOSTING AUSSIE JOBS AND WAGES. (n.d.). Retrieved 17 April 2020, from https://www.universitiesaustralia.edu. au/media-item/international-students- inject-32-billion-a-year-into-australias- economy-boosting-aussie-jobs-and- wages/ Universities Australia (2019). Clever collaborations: the strong business case for partnering with universities. Retrieved from: https://www.universitiesaustralia.edu. au/wp-content/uploads/2019/06/ Clever-Collaborations-FINAL.pdf Universities Australia (2019). Higher education: facts and figures. July 2019. Retrieved from: https:// www.universitiesaustralia.edu.au/wp- content/uploads/2019/08/190716- Facts-and-Figures-2019-Final-v2.pdf Universities Australia (2020). UA welcomes first steps in securing universities’ viability. Retrieved from: https://www.universitiesaustralia. edu.au/media-item/ua-welcomes- first-steps-in-securing-universities- viability/ Universities Australia (2020). Certainy for year 12 students vital. April 2020. Retrieved from: https://www. universitiesaustralia.edu.au/media- item/certainty-for-year-12-students- vital/ Viner, R. M., Russell, S. J., Croker, H., Packer, J., Ward, J., Stansfield, C., Mytton, O., Bonell, C., & Booy, R. (2020). School closure and management practices during coronavirus outbreaks including COVID-19: A rapid systematic review. The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2352- 4642(20)30095-X
  • 137. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 137 Schools Australian Bureau of Statistics. (2020, February 6). Schools, Australia, 2019—Main Features—Key statistics. c=AU; o=Commonwealth of Australia; ou=Australian Bureau of Statistics. https://www.abs.gov.au/ausstats/ abs@.nsf/mf/4221.0 Beltman, S., Mansfield, C. F., & Harris, A. (2016). Quietly sharing the load? The role of school psychologists in enabling teacher resilience. School Psychology International, 37(2), 172–188. https://doi. org/10.1177/0143034315615939 Biesta, G. (2015). What is Education for? On Good Education, Teacher Judgement, and Educational Professionalism. European Journal of Education, 50(1), 75-87. https://doi. org/10.1111/ejed.12109 Brunzell, T., Stokes, H., & Waters, L. (2016). Trauma-Informed Positive Education: Using Positive Psychology to Strengthen Vulnerable Students. Contemporary School Psychology, 20(1), 63–83. https://doi.org/10.1007/ s40688-015-0070-x Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2020). Severe Outcomes Among Patients with Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19)—United States, February 12–March 16, 2020. MMWR. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 69. https://doi. org/10.15585/mmwr.mm6912e2 Cutler D., and Lleras-Muney A. Education and Health. In: Anthony J. Culyer (ed.), Encyclopedia of Health Economics, Vol 1. San Diego: Elsevier; 2014. pp. 232-45 Dadds, MR., Thai, C., Mendoza Diaz, A., Broderick, J., Moul, C., Tully, LA., Hawes, DJ, Davies, S., Burchfield, K., & Cane, L. (2019). Therapist-assisted online treatment for child conduct problems in rural and urban families: Two randomized controlled trials. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 87, 706-719. Labaree, D. F. (1997). Public Goods, Private Goods: The American Struggle over Educational Goals. American Educational Research Journal, 34(1), 39–81. https://doi. org/10.2307/1163342
  • 138. 138 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen Mission Australia (2017). Youth mental health report: Youth Survey 2012-2016. Available at: https://www. missionaustralia.com.au/news-blog/ blog/the-five-year-youth-mental- health-report-has-launched Piotrowska, P. J., et al. (in press). ParentWorks: Evaluation of an online, father-inclusive, universal parenting intervention to reduce child conduct problems and improve parenting practices. Child Psychiatry and Human Development. Rae, T & Zimmer-Gembeck, M (2007). Behavioral Outcomes of Parent-Child Interaction Therapy and Triple P— Positive Parenting Program: A Review and Meta-Analysis. J Abnorm Child Psychol, 35:475–495. Reimers, F. & Schleicher, A. (2020). A framework to guide an education response to the COVID –19 Pandemic of 2020. OECD Publishing. Retrieved from: https://globaled.gse.harvard. edu/files/geii/files/framework_guide_ v2.pdf Roberts, P. (n.d.). COVID-19 has thrown year 12 students’ lives into chaos. So what can we do? The Conversation. Retrieved 17 April 2020, from http://theconversation. com/covid-19-has-thrown-year-12- students-lives-into-chaos-so-what- can-we-do-134891 Sanders, M.R., Burke, K., Prinz, R.J. et al. (2017). Achieving Population-Level Change Through System-Contextual Approach to Supporting Competent Parenting. Clin Child Fam Psychol Rev, 20, 36–44. https://doi.org/10.1007/ s10567-017-0227-4 Shonkoff, J. et al. (2012). The Lifelong Effects of Early Childhood Adversity and Toxic Stress. Pediatrics, 129 (1) e232-e246; DOI: https://doi. org/10.1542/peds.2011-2663. Tanner, K., Dixon, R. M. & Verenikina, I. (2010). The Digital Technology in the Learning of Students with Autism SpectrumDisorders (ASD) in Applied Classroom Settings. In J. Herrington & B. Hunter (Eds.), Proceedings of World Conference onEducational Multimedia, Hypermedia and Telecommunications 2010 (pp. 2586- 2591). Chesapeake, VA: AACE)
  • 139. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 139 Viner, R. M., Russell, S. J., Croker, H., Packer, J., Ward, J., Stansfield, C., Mytton, O., Bonell, C., & Booy, R. (2020). School closure and management practices during coronavirus outbreaks including COVID-19: A rapid systematic review. The Lancet Child & Adolescent Health, 0(0). https://doi.org/10.1016/S2352- 4642(20)30095-X Wilson, C. K., Thomas, J., & Park, S. (2018, March 29). Australia’s digital divide is not going away. The Conversation. http://theconversation. com/australias-digital-divide-is-not- going-away-91834 Wood, J., & Geard, N. (2020, April 9). Coronavirus: What causes a ‘second wave’ of disease outbreak, and could we see this in Australia? The Conversation. http://theconversation. com/coronavirus-what-causes- a-second-wave-of-disease- outbreak-and-could-we-see-this-in- australia-134125
  • 140. 140 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Mental Health and Wellbeing Key question: What are the expected impacts and needed interventions for maintaining societal well-being and individual mental health through this process? 8 Recommendations and Key Findings yy Key Finding: The universal nature of the COVID-19 pandemic has implications for whole of society wellbeing. yy Key Finding: People with psychological vulnerabilities and pre-existing mental illness are at higher risk of experiencing worsening mental health. yy Key Finding: COVID-19 has placed unprecedented demand on Australia›s mental health system and its capacity to respond to that demand, which will continue throughout the recovery phase. yy Recommendation: Coordinated and sustained public health messaging on the risks associated with COVID-19 and actions that can be taken in response to maintain mental health and wellbeing. yy Recommendation: Rapid and stepped scaling of secure evidence- based eHealth and Telehealth mental health interventions for people who require treatment and support in addition to strengthened provision of community-based support. yy Recommendation: Strengthen provision of community-based support to maintain individual health and societal wellbeing. yy Recommendation: Increased capacity to ensure timely assessment and clear care pathways to effective treatment and support is essential for people with mental illness and those at risk of suicide. Current Context The measures being implemented to manage the threat of COVID-19 will have broad short and long-term effects across the whole population, beyond the fear of contracting and spreading the virus. These include:
  • 141. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 141 yy As individuals and families retreat to their homes, feelings of confusion, anxiety, stress and loneliness can arise (Brooks et al 2020). yy Social isolation can negatively affect a person’s social, emotional and physical health (Relationships Australia 2018; Holt-Lundstad et al., 2015). yy Economic insecurities and financial hardship cause stress and increase the risk of conflict and violence, particularly to women and children (Peterman et al., 2020). yy Increased risk of self-harm and suicide may result from the combination of home confinement and increased economic and mental stressors (Gunnell et al., in press). yy Disruption to ability to earn and work will lead to loss in sense of purpose and identity for many (Harms et al., 2015). yy Grief and bereavement will be experienced beyond the pandemic from loss of lives, from losing, autonomy and sense of purpose, and from being socially disconnected. The grief process ranges from anticipatory grief, complicated grief to disenfranchised grief (Wallace et al., 2020). yy Early reports of increased suicides associated with COVID-19 are concerning (Montemurro, 2020). Most importantly, these various factors interact and intersect to produce and reinforce the consequences from the pandemic, requiring a comprehensive and holistic approach to managing the road to recovery. Economic insecurities and financial hardship cause stress and increase the risk of conflict and violence, particularly to women and children.
  • 142. 142 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing People with previous or existing mental health problems are at particular risk: yy A higher likelihood of suicidal thoughts and self-harm from health, social and economic consequences (Reger et al., 2020); yy People with mental illness are also at increased risk of physical comorbidities (Copeland et al., 2007; Seminog & Goldacre, 2013; Firth et al., 2019), which in turn places them at high risk of negative health outcomes from COVID-19; yy Physical distancing strategies may increase loneliness and exacerbate or trigger the onset of mental health problems; yy People with mental illness experience barriers in accessing health services due to stigma and discrimination in healthcare settings (Yao et al., 2020), which can be exacerbated with COVID-19. The Australian mental health system was struggling with demand before the COVID-19 crisis and has limited capacity to cope in the face of escalation of demand. Mobilising and redeploying the health workforce to test, treat and care for individuals with COVID-19 reduces resources available to manage individuals with other health conditions. Reforms are required to ensure the mental health system can cope with the increased demand. Tele- and digital mental health service provision provides some response capacity (Wind et al., 2020) with the unique benefits of accessibility, flexibility and scalability. Critically, there is evidence supporting the utility of self-guided internet-based interventions (Karyotaki et al., 2018), telephone counselling, (Leach et al., 2006), internet-based cognitive behavioural therapy (Titov et al., 2018), and psychological therapy delivered via video conferencing software for the treatment of mental health problems such as depression, anxiety, PTSD, insomnia and substance misuse (Bashshur et al., 2016; Totten et al., 2016; Zhou et al., 2020). These conditions are likely to arise from Critically, there is evidence supporting the utility of self-guided internet-based interventions …
  • 143. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 143 and be exacerbated by COVID-19. Examples of these programs have been shown to be effective in Australia and are scalable (Titov et al., 2019; Rice et al 2018; D’Alfonso et al. 2017; Hickie et al.; 2019). In addition, other low intensity services such as the Improving Access to Psychological Therapies (IAPT) program that have been shown to be successful in Australia and could also be expanded, as demonstrated in the UK (Cromarty et al., 2016; Clark, 2018). Child Mental Health The key factor in child mental health is parenting. Australia leads the world in parenting interventions for child mental health and they are available in e-delivery form. Currently hundreds of thousands of parents are isolated at home caring for children many of whom have severe behaviour, emotional and developmental disorders. Rates of conflict and abuse are at risk of escalating. Rolling out these interventions, if parents will be isolated at home with their children, may be a first-line evidence-based response. Evidence and Analysis to Support Recommendations A stepped care model of service delivery is recommended which is consistent with the directions in the Fifth National Mental Health and Suicide Prevention Plan (Commonwealth of Australia, 2017). This will ensure interventions are provided at the right time and level of intensity to meet the needs of the target population or the individual. Recommendation Coordinated and sustained public health messaging on the risks associated with COVID-19 and actions that can be taken in response to maintain mental health and wellbeing. All communication should be in simple and clear language, such that it is accessible to all Australians …
  • 144. 144 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing Clear and concise public communication across a range of media platforms likely to be accessed by different demographics is essential to foster preparedness for facing the problem; increase knowledge through education and provide outreach for those most affected. The likely impacts of COVID-19 (stress, grief and loss, risk of violence) should be articulated and normalised. Public communication should explain symptoms that indicate a need for additional support; and provide clear guidance on where support can be sourced. All communication should be in simple and clear language, such that it is accessible to all Australians, including those with low levels of health literacy and from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds. Recommendation Rapid and stepped scaling of secure evidence-based eHealth and Telehealth mental health interventions for people who require treatment and support in addition to strengthened provision of community-based support. Significant national investment and well-designed, accessible and flexible national service infrastructure will be required. Due consideration must also be given to quality standards for adjunctive digital mental health tools (e.g., apps) and personalised digital literacy for culturally and linguistically diverse populations. Recommendation Strengthen provision of community-based support to maintain individual health and societal wellbeing. Individuals should be better assisted to maintain their health and wellbeing, including assisting in self- management of chronic physical and mental health conditions, as well Public communication should explain symptoms that indicate a need for additional support; and provide clear guidance on where support can be sourced.
  • 145. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 145 as a broader whole of population support aimed at maintaining healthy living. Strategies include healthy diet, exercising, meditation, and engaging in daily activity. Interventions for delivering these strategies with allied health professionals can be accessed to help to maintain mental health. Active community involvement is helpful for both individual mental health and community wellbeing. Recommendation Coordinated and sustained public health messaging on the risks associated with COVID-19 and actions that can be taken in response to maintain mental health and wellbeing. A multi-faceted approach is essential. Face-to-face assessment and treatment by specialist mental health clinicians, at times including hospitalisation, cannot be effectively provided via the phone or internet. Individuals with mental illness, particularly those with suicidal thoughts or behaviours require clear care pathways. Public health messaging needs to focus on risk factors for self-harm. These include campaigns about safe and responsible drinking, increased risk of violence to women and children and the importance of checking in on friends, neighbours and work colleagues (Gunnell et al., in press). Maintaining and expanding the paid (e.g. crisis helplines, safe houses, shelters) and volunteer workforce to provide services to support individuals is urgently needed during this transition from responding to recovering from COVID-19. In addition, flexible work options and mobilising other support services to supplement and complement the existing workforce will be necessary. References Aldrich, D. P., & Meyer, M. A. (2015). Social Capital and Community Resilience. American Behavioral Scientist, 59(2), 254–269. https://doi. org/10.1177/0002764214550299 Andersson, G., Cuijpers, P., Carlbring, P., Riper, H., & Hedman, E. (2014). Guided Internet-based vs. face-to- face cognitive behavior therapy for psychiatric and somatic disorders: a systematic review and meta-analysis. World Psychiatry, 13(3), 288-295.
  • 146. 146 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing Australian Bureau of Statistics (2020) Business Indicators, Business Impacts of COVID-19, Cat. No. 5676.0.55.003, March, Canberra, ABS. Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (AIHW) 2020, Mental health services in Australia, viewed 8 April 2020, https://www.aihw.gov.au/ reports/mental-health-services/ mental-health-services-in-australia Bashshur, R., Shannon, G., Bashshur, N., & Yellowlees, P. (2016). The empirical evidence for telemedicine interventions in mental disorders. Telemedicine Journal & E-Health, 22, 87-113. Borland, J. ‘Which jobs are most at risk from the coronavirus shutdown‘, 26 March 2020, The Conversation, https://theconversation.com/which- jobs-are-most-at-risk-from-the- coronavirus-shutdown-134680 Brooks, S.K., et al., The psychological impact of quarantine and how to reduce it: rapid review of the evidence. The Lancet, 2020. 395(10227): p. 912-920. Clark, D. M. (2018). Realizing the mass public benefit of evidence- based psychological therapies: the IAPT program. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 14. Commonwealth of Australia, 2017. The Fifth National Mental Health and Suicide Prevention Plan, Department of Health, Canberra p 20. Copeland, L.A., Mortensen, E.M., Zeber, J.E., Pugh, M.J., Restrepo, M.I. and Dalack, G.W., 2007. Pulmonary disease among inpatient decedents: Impact of schizophrenia. Progress in Neuro- Psychopharmacology and Biological Psychiatry, 31(3), pp.720-726. Cromarty, P., Drummond, A., Francis, T., Watson, J., & Battersby, M. (2016). NewAccess for depression and anxiety: adapting the UK improving access to psychological therapies program across Australia. Australasian Psychiatry, 24(5), 489-492. Deady, M., Choi, I., Calvo, R. A., Glozier, N., Christensen, H., & Harvey, S. B. (2017). eHealth interventions for the prevention of depression and anxiety in the general population: a systematic review and meta-analysis. BMC psychiatry, 17(1), 310. Druss B.G. Addressing the COVID-19 Pandemic in Populations With Serious Mental Illness. JAMA Psychiatry. Published Online: April 3, 2020. doi:10.1001/jamapsychiatry.2020.0894
  • 147. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 147 Firth, J., Siddiqi, N., Koyanagi, A., Siskind, D., Rosenbaum, S., Galletly, C., Allan, S., Caneo, C., Carney, R., Carvalho, A.F. and Chatterton, M.L., 2019. The Lancet Psychiatry Commission: a blueprint for protecting physical health in people with mental illness. The Lancet Psychiatry, 6(8), pp.675-712. Foster, H. and Fletcher, H. (2020) Women’s Safety NSW: Impacts on COVID-19 on Domestic and Family Violence in NSW, New South Wales. Gallagher, H. C., Block, K., Gibbs, L., Forbes, D., Lusher, D., Molyneaux, R., … & Bryant, R. A. (2019). The effect of group involvement on post- disaster mental health: A longitudinal multilevel analysis. Social Science & Medicine, 220, 167-175. Goldmann, E. and Galea, S., 2014. Mental health consequences of disasters. Annual Review of Public Health, 35, pp.169-183. Gunnell et al (In press) Suicide risk and prevention during the COVID-19 pandemic. Lancet Psychiatry. Harms, L., Block, K., Gallagher, H.C., Gibbs, L., Bryant, R.A., Lusher, D., Richardson, J., MacDougall, C., Baker, E., Sinnott, V. and Ireton, G., 2015. Conceptualising post- disaster recovery: Incorporating grief experiences. British Journal of Social Work, 45(suppl_1), pp.i170-i187. Helliwell, J. F., Huang, H., & Wang, S. (2014). Social capital and well-being in times of crisis. Journal of Happiness Studies, 15(1), 145-162. Hobfoll, Stevan E., et al. “Five essential elements of immediate and mid–term mass trauma intervention: Empirical evidence.” Psychiatry: Interpersonal and Biological Processes 70.4 (2007): 283-315. Holmes et al., 2020, Lancet Psychiatry, https://doi.org/10.1016/S2215- 0366(20)30168-1. Holt-Lundstad, J., Smith, T., Baker, M., Harris, T., & Stephenson, D. (2015). Loneliness and Social Isolation as Risk Factors for Mortality. Perspectives On Psychological Science, 10(2), 227-237. doi;10.1177/1745691614568352 Karyotaki, Eirini, David Daniel Ebert, Liesje Donkin, Heleen Riper, Jos Twisk, Simone Burger, Alexander Rozental et al. “Do guided internet- based interventions result in clinically relevant changes for patients with depression? An individual participant data meta-analysis.” Clinical psychology review 63 (2018): 80-92.
  • 148. 148 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing Lai J, Ma S, Wang Y, et al. Factors associated with mental health outcomes among health care workers exposed to coronavirus disease 2019. JAMA Netw Open. 2020;3(3):e203976. doi:10.1001/ jamanetworkopen.2020.3976 Leach, L.S. and Christensen, H., 2006. A systematic review of telephone- based interventions for mental disorders. Journal of telemedicine and telecare, 12(3), pp.122-129. Liu et al. (2020). Online mental health services in China during the COVID-19 outbreak. Lancet Psychiatry, 7, e17. Montemurro, N. (2020). The emotional impact of COVID-19: from medical staff to common people. Brain, behavior, and immunity. Peterman, A., Potts, A., O’Donnell, M., Thompson, K., Shah, N. Oertelt- Prigione, S. on behalf of the Gender COVID-19 Working Group (2020) Pandemics and violence against women and children, Center Global Development Working Paper 528. Reger MA, Stanley IH, Joiner TE. Suicide Mortality and Coronavirus Disease 2019—A Perfect Storm? JAMA Psychiatry. Published online April 10, 2020. doi:10.1001/ jamapsychiatry.2020.1060 Relationships Australia (2018) Is Australia experiencing an epidemic of loneliness? Findings from 16 waves of the Household Income and Labour Dynamics of Australia Survey. Canberra: Relationships Australia. Sander, L., Rausch, L., & Baumeister, H. (2016). Effectiveness of internet- based interventions for the prevention of mental disorders: a systematic review and meta-analysis. JMIR Mental Health, 3(3), e38. Schuch FB, Vancampfort D, Firth J, et al. Physical Activity and Incident Depression: A Meta-Analysis of Prospective Cohort Studies. Am J Psychiatry 2018;175(7):631-48 Seminog, O.O. and Goldacre, M.J., 2013. Risk of pneumonia and pneumococcal disease in people with severe mental illness: English record linkage studies. Thorax, 68(2), pp.171-176. Spek, V., Cuijpers, P. I. M., Nyklíček, I., Riper, H., Keyzer, J., & Pop, V. (2007). Internet-based cognitive behaviour therapy for symptoms of depression and anxiety: a meta-analysis. Psychological medicine, 37(3), 319-328.
  • 149. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 149 Titov, N., Dear, B., Nielssen, O., Staples, L., Hadjistavropoulos, H., Nugent, M., Adlam, K., Nordgreen, T., Hogstad Bruvik, K., Hovland, A., Repal, A., Mathiasen, K., Blom, K., Svanborg, C., Lindefors, N. and Kaldo, M. (2018), ‘ICBT in routine care: a descriptive analysis of successful clinics in five countries.’, Internet Interventions, vol. 13, pp. 108–115. Titov, N., Rock, D., Bezuidenhout, G., Webb, N., Kayrouz, R., Nielssen, O., … Staples, L. G. (2019). Evaluation of The Practitioner Online Referral and Treatment Service (PORTS): the first 18 months of a state- wide digital service for adults with anxiety, depression, or substance use problems. Cognitive Behaviour Therapy. https://doi.org/10.1080/165 06073.2019.1666162 Torous et al. (2020). Digital mental health and COVID-19: Using technology today to accelerate the curve on access and quality tomorrow. JMIR Mental Health, 7(3), e18848. Totten, A., Womack, D., Eden, K., McDonagh, M., Griffin, J., Grusing, S., & Hersh, W. R. (2016). Telehealth: Mapping the evidence for patient outcomes from systematic reviews. Agency for Healthcare Research & Quality. Technical Brief 26. Wallace, C., Wladkowski, S. Gibson, A. and White, P. (2020) Grief during the COVID-19 Pandemic: Consideration for Palliative Care Providers, Journal of Pain and Symptom Management, doi.org/10.1016/j. jpainsymman.2020.04.012 WHO (World Health Organization). (2006). Constitution of the World Health Organization. Basic Documents. 45th edition Supplement. Wind et al. (2020). The COVID-19 pandemic: The ‘black swan’ for mental health care and a turning point for e-health. Internet Interventions, in press. Yao, H., Chen, J.H. and Xu, Y.F., 2020. Patients with mental health disorders in the COVID-19 epidemic. The Lancet Psychiatry, 7(4), p.e21. Zhou et al. (2020). The role of telehealth in reducing the mental health burden from COVID-19. Telemedicine and e-Health, 26(4), 1-3.
  • 150. 150 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY The Care of Indigenous Australians Current Context The disproportionate impact of pandemics on Indigenous populations worldwide has been well documented. In responding to the global COVID-19 pandemic, Australian Indigenous organisations have shown exemplary leadership and innovation in their efforts towards preparedness. Urgent action is required to ensure Australia’s indigenous community is protected from COVID-19, now and especially in the recovery phase as the nation ‘reopens’. Plus, the inevitable recession will aggravate an already critical situation for many Indigenous people. 9 A failure to act decisively will have devastating consequences that not only compound existing traumas and disadvantage, but will also result in many needless Indigenous deaths and suffering on a catastrophic scale. The COVID-19 response must address four issues for Indigenous people: housing, workforce, data and organisational support. During the COVID -19 pandemic, enormous efforts have been put in place to mitigate risks of COVID-19 for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Communities. This has resulted in significant outcomes including at the time of writing just under 50 cases of COVID-19, representing 0.7% of all Australian cases. Just over half of these were acquired overseas and the remaining identified as local acquisition. This is a significant outcome thus far. A key attribute of the COVID-19 response has been the banding together of Aboriginal leadership across all sectors (health, education land councils together with government agencies.). This health response is also a clear demonstration of self-determination. The National Aboriginal Community
  • 151. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 151 Controlled Health Organisation (NACCHO), their State and Territory Peak Organisations as well as member services across the country have participated in a national Advisory Group that reports directly to the Chief Medical Officer. The Advisory Group is Co-Chaired by NACCHO with the Australian Government’s Department of Health. The group’s outcomes have been significant, taking leads in developing a National Management Plan, clinical guidelines, and specific initiatives to mitigate risk and prepare communities for COVID-19. Together these actions which were enacted early in the pandemic phase arising from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Organisations, communities and individuals is an exemplary example of self- determination in practice in contemporary Australia. Recognising that there is some time to go before the COVID-19 pandemic is over, we make the following recommendations regarding the road to recovery in respect to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples. All sections contained within this report concern Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples and it is critically important to work with Indigenous organisations, Elders, communities, and public health sectors to appropriately implement the proposed recommendations outlined throughout the report. Recommendations and Key Findings It is recommended that the Government addresses four key issues to design the COVID-19 recovery roadmap for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people and communities. yy The right to self-determination & coordination yy Housing Supply yy COVID-19 Public Health and Clinical Responses should be maintained yy Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Workforce Review
  • 152. 152 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians Recommendation Self-determination & Coordination The creation of the Indigenous COVID-19 planning force and taskforces in all jurisdictions led by Aboriginal Controlled Health Services to coordinate and implement effective localised responses to the pandemic has been a success. We recommend the continued financial and logistical support of Indigenous COVID-19 planning force and taskforces in all jurisdictions for the remainder of the pandemic. This will enable a single point of engagement with health services, police, education, and family and community services. This recommendation is based on the right of self-determination to keep our communities safe, recognition of local cultural practices, and the need for efficient pandemic responses. Aboriginal and Islander health services are most familiar with the social determinants of our health in local areas, relevant cultural considerations, and are the most well-equipped to advise on the correct allocation of funding. The effective allocation of resources, in light of an expected shortfall between emergency funding and community needs, is best undertaken in partnership with Indigenous health organisations. Supporting the expansion of jurisdictional Indigenous COVID-19 advisory groups to oversee this process during recovery would avoid navigating complex Federal and State responsibilities. Recommendation Housing Supply The ability of families to self-isolate and quarantine effectively has been a significant issue with COVID-19. Many communities are limited by critical housing shortages in urban, regional and remote areas. Lack of adequate housing has a direct impact on the ability of local health services and communities to control virus spread, as well as exacerbating interrelated issues including child and family safety, pre-existing overcrowding and ageing infrastructure. During COVID-19 this has also been exacerbated by many people returning
  • 153. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 153 to their traditional homelands. Many communities remain extremely vulnerable to COVID-19 without any ability to isolate or to quarantine suspected and/ or confirmed cases. An immediate supply of alternative housing is needed in local communities to alleviate the pressure on over-crowded households and enable effective disease suppression. Housing is a long-standing issue. Some communities have been able to work with government and business such as Minerals and Exploration companies to secure emergency and temporary housing, but for many this remains a significant risk for widespread disease transmission and disastrous outbreaks. In the medium-term an urgent supply of permanent housing infrastructure and sustainable supply of utilities is required to ensure that future outbreaks are containable. To this end, community infrastructure building projects should be awarded to Indigenous enterprises that provide jobs and skills training to Indigenous workers perhaps as alternatives to replacing schemes such as Community Development Programs. Recommendation COVID-19 Public Health and Clinical Responses should be maintained It is recommended that the existing Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Advisory Group be maintained until Australia has fully recovered from COVID-19. Availability of reports of COVID-19 cases and outcomes: Particular efforts will be required to ensure adequate monitoring of COVID-19 cases and detailed epidemiology reports are reported regularly and publicly. Accurate data which includes notifications, testing numbers and rates, location of notifications at a local area level, … community infrastructure building projects should be awarded to Indigenous enterprises that provide jobs and skills training to Indigenous workers …
  • 154. 154 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians rates and types of complications, rates of hospitalisation, including ICU admissions, number of deaths, as well as the economic impacts, differential care burden and the incidence of family violence including child abuse notifications in all jurisdictions is required. Public health messaging will need to be maintained throughout recovery. Timely, accurate and accessible information must be communicated regularly to the Indigenous public to develop strong health literacy. Research into the effects of COVID-19 on community social and emotional wellbeing and mental health will be required to evaluate how Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples have fared through COVID-19 that will provide important learnings for future pandemics and crises. Such research must be Indigenous-led and based on scholarly and cultural ethical practices. To conduct this research and enable rapid decision-making, issues of data quality and sharing must be addressed quickly. Recommendation Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Workforce Review The COVID-19 pandemic has exacerbated vulnerabilities in local health workforces who are dependent on staff from interstate and even New Zealand. Long-term initiatives to build local capacity are needed. This recommendation is made because significant issues have arisen for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander communities throughout the pandemic thus far relating to workforce. This issues have arisen for several reasons, such as the need to quarantine locum staff before they can provide clinical services; and the restrictions on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people aged 50 and over with a chronic disease being isolated. We strongly recommend that NACCHO, as a lead agency, instigate a Health Workforce reform process in partnership with Commonwealth and State and Territory governments. This will need to encompass the following:
  • 155. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 155 yy How to best increase and retain Aboriginal Health Practitioners in all areas of Australia to help reduce the reliance on overseas and interstate locum staff. yy How to scale up Aboriginal Public Health and Infectious Disease expertise so that each Federal and State Health Department has a senior Public Health Group. yy The need for surge workforces should outbreaks occur in communities. In addition to the four primary recommendations, there are broader considerations that impact the roadmap to recovery, including: yy Food security: Continue efforts initiated during COVID-19 to guarantee grocery and medication supply, across communities and water for those communities still impacted by 2019–2020 natural disasters. yy JobSeeker: Maintaining the JobSeeker allowance at the present emergency levels to help reduce Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander poverty and to stimulate economic activity throughout Australia. yy Economic recovery: Recognition that many Indigenous organisations including Aboriginal Community Controlled Health Organisations (ACCHOs) will require specific economic recovery and income support programs to help in the recovery from COVID-19. Expansion of existing commitments for Indigenous businesses should be considered. This will assist in revitalising economies in Indigenous communities, supporting local businesses and improve the health and wellbeing of individuals both now and in the recovery phases. This issues have arisen for several reasons, such as the need to quarantine locum staff before they can provide clinical services; and the restrictions on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people aged 50 and over with a chronic disease being isolated.
  • 156. 156 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians General Background At present, approximately 800,000 people, or 3% of Australia’s population identify as Indigenous, and most Indigenous people (approximately 80%) live in cities and non-remote areas (Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2018). The median age of Indigenous people is significantly lower than non-Indigenous Australians (23 and 38, respectively), with higher mortality rates making early middle age and older Indigenous people and Indigenous Elders especially vulnerable (ABS 2018). The discrepancy between Indigenous and non-Indigenous populations is particularly pronounced in Australia(United Nations, 2009). It is well established that Indigenous Australians have higher rates of health problems, such as high blood pressure, respiratory and circulatory disease, obesity and diabetes(Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, 2018; Australian Bureau of Statistics, 2019), as well as higher rates of psychological distress compared to other Australians (McNamara et al., 2018). Due to the relative social and economic disadvantage, Indigenous peoples also experience significant barriers to accessing health care services (Peiris et al., 2018). Preventable hospital admissions and deaths (conditions which should have been prevented by primary healthcare services) are three times as high in Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander people, due, in part, to failures in implementation of the “close the gap” policies (Australian Government, 2013). The health gap is the result of historical long-term systemic neglect and recurring social determinants of health. Neither do remote Indigenous communities have a sufficient local workforce. Initiatives to build local capacity are needed. Evidence and Analysis to support Key Findings yy In addressing the global challenges posed by pandemics it needs to be acknowledged that Indigenous populations are potentially highly vulnerable. »» The disproportionate impact of pandemics on Indigenous
  • 157. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 157 populations worldwide (La Ruche et al., 2009) and in Australia (Trauer et al., 2011; Flint et al., 2010; Rudge and Massey, 2010), was well documented during the 2009 H1N1 influenza and prior (Kelm, 1999). During the 2009 Influenza A H1N1, Indigenous communities in Australia were particularly affected with higher levels of hospitalisation and fatality from reduced and delayed access to care, cultural health approach differences, as well as healthcare-seeking behaviour. The poorer socioeconomic status of Indigenous peoples and the relational way of living and being means risk of exposure and transmission may have devastating effects. »» Current evidence from the US shows COVID-19 is more prevalent and fatal in African American1 and Indigenous Americans2,3 . »» The rapid spread of COVID-19 on cruise ships has demonstrated that crowded living quarters facilitate the transmission of respiratory illness and create a high-risk environment. These case studies demonstrate that COVID-19 in over- crowded Australian Indigenous communities is likely to have dire consequences4,5 . »» There is a real concern that COVID-19 will compound existing health and mental health issues in Indigenous communities due to the restrictions on community mobility and interaction (United Nations, 2020); in addition to the higher risk of virus fatality in the presence of underlying health conditions. Youth vulnerability is a particular concern. Ensuring Indigenous children and youth have continuing access to quality education through the 1 https://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-us-canada-52194018 2 https://www.kob.com/albuquerque-news/statewide-data-reveals-native-americans-are-disproportionately- impacted-by-covid-19-/5701649/ 3 https://edition.cnn.com/2020/04/07/opinions/native-american-nations-risk-from-covid-19-sepkowitz/index.html 4 https://www.health.com/condition/infectious-diseases/coronavirus-cruise-ship-sickness 5 https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/69/wr/mm6912e3.htm
  • 158. 158 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians acute and recovery phase of COVID-19 is essential. Not all Indigenous households have ready access to technology or reliable internet and parents will need to be supported. »» Indigenous children and youth who are particularly vulnerable are those in out of home care and in juvenile justice detention. At 30 June 2019, about 18,000 Indigenous children were in out-of-home care—a rate of 54 per 1,000 Indigenous children, which was nearly 11 times the rate for non-Indigenous children (Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, 2020a). Additionally, on an average night in June 2019, 53% of juveniles in detention were Indigenous (Australian Institute of Health and Welfare, 2020b). »» The interrelationship between child abuse and neglect with domestic and family violence has long been established (Commission for Children and Young People, 2016). With concerns already raised about the increase in domestic and family violence during the acute phase of COVID-19 it is likely that mandatory reports of children’s exposure to violence by police will increase. The need for clear and consistent messaging about what this means and what supports are available is essential, especially if children are being removed including commitment to the Aboriginal Child Placement Principle and keeping children on country. »» Children and young people are the subject of custody orders with shared parenting arrangements may also be vulnerable to changed circumstances that may put them in unsafe situations. yy The core requirement for both the acute phase and the recovery is sound evidence-based policy. That policy needs to be developed by and led by Indigenous peoples, based on Indigenous values, funded on a needs basis, with clear accountabilities and systematic evaluation.
  • 159. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 159 yy The level of need for health care in Indigenous Australians is approximately 2.3 times higher than other Australians. In response to COVID-19, there is a pressing need for the allocation of needs- based funding. yy Under the international norm of Indigenous peoples right to self-determination, the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations (FAO) encourages Governments to include Indigenous peoples’ representatives, leaders and traditional authorities in emergency and health response committees or any entity dedicated to the COVID 19 pandemic, both during the outbreak as well as in the aftermath/recovery.6 »» Community controlled healthcare has shown commendable innovation in the COVID-19 crisis. The response from Indigenous communities7,8,9 and organisations (e.g., NAACHO (Australian Department of Health, 2020), Kimberley Aboriginal Medical Services (KAMS)10 , CAAMA11 ) and affiliate member services has been swift and effective (planning, advocating, managing spread of virus, creating resources, health promotion), yet they still lack sufficient funding. »» Many Indigenous communities have restricted entry onto their lands and assumed responsibility to ensure health information is reaching their people. 6 http://www.fao.org/indigenous-peoples/news-article/en/c/1268353/ 7 https://www.smh.com.au/national/nsw/we-treat-them-like-gold-aboriginal-community-rallies-around-elders- 20200327-p54ekl.html?fbclid=IwAR3G7GtKb54cA0le917a-z5TYQQjeX8FbhxzYA6u1VB8rf4YamI2dSo5W0M 8 https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-04-02/indigenous-dot-paintings-coronavirus-health-message-uluru/121 10988?fbclid=IwAR17fg73d2rmCd8_uvBE3mSoGGPo2B1bSCPu635TSe2QEW-O4Jyg5lx6OMM 9 https://www.abc.net.au/news/2020-03-28/battle-to-keep-coronavirus-out-of-remote-communities- translation/12084886 10 http://kams.org.au/covid19/ 11 https://www.gayaadhuwi.org.au/coronavirus/
  • 160. 160 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians yy Indigenous leadership, worldviews and values should be at the forefront on the path to recovery. »» There is a need to ensure Indigenous health workers are supported especially in areas where there are worker shortages and risk of infection could result in no care being available. »» Aboriginal and Torres Strait islander people in more remote areas must make final decisions about their readiness to, and the conditions under which, they will open their communities to non-essential workers and other visitors, such as FIFO workers and tourists, as well as when their schools should re-open. The health in these communities is poor, their elders in particular are highly vulnerable, and they are entitled to exercise their right to self-determination in these matters of life and death12 . yy Immediate health and mental health concerns need to be balanced with longer term cultural, social and emotional wellbeing of individuals and communities. »» A whole-of-community approach to healing is needed, as well as culturally appropriate services for grief and community wellbeing. »» Valuing the Indigenous knowledges of Australia’s First Peoples and especially the knowledge that our Elders possess. Losing a number of Elders would be devastating to the ongoing practice and transmission of cultural practices. It would be a loss to the community and Australia. 12 https://www.un.org/development/desa/indigenouspeoples/declaration-on-the-rights-of-indigenous-peoples.html Valuing the Indigenous knowledges of Australia’s First Peoples and especially the knowledge that our Elders possess.
  • 161. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 161 References Australian Bureau of Statistics (2018). Estimates of Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Australians, June 2016, Cat no: 3238.0.55.011. https://www. abs.gov.au/ausstats/abs@.nsf/ mf/3238.0.55.001 Australian Bureau of Statistics (2019). National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Survey, 2018-19, Cat no: 4715.0. https://www.abs.gov.au/ ausstats/abs@.nsf/mf/4715.0 Australian Government (2013). National Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Plan 2013-2023, https://www1.health.gov.au/internet/ main/publishing.nsf/content/ B92E980680486C3BCA257 BF0001BAF01/$File/health-plan.pdf Australian Government (2020). Australian Health Sector Emergency Response Plan for Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19), Department of Health, https://nacchocommunique. files.wordpress.com/2020/03/ management-plan-for-aboriginal-and- torres-strait-islander-populations.pdf Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (2018). Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Health Performance Framework (HPF) Report 2017, https:// www.aihw.gov.au/reports/indigenous- australians/health-performance- framework/contents/tier-1-health- status-and-outcomes Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (2020a). Child protection Australia 2018-19. https://www.aihw. gov.au/reports/child-protection/ child-protection-australia-2018-19/ contents/table-of-contents Australian Institute of Health and Welfare (2020b). Youth detention population in Australia 2019. https:// www.aihw.gov.au/reports/youth- justice/youth-detention-population- in-australia-2019/contents/table-of- contents Commission for Children and Young People (2016). Always was, always will be Koori children. https://ccyp.vic. gov.au/assets/Publications-inquiries/ always-was-always-will-be-koori- children-inquiry-report-oct16.pdf
  • 162. 162 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 9: The Care of Indigenous Australians Flint, S.M., Davis, J.S, Jiunn-Yih, S., Oliver-Landry, E.P., Rogers, B.A., Goldstein, A., Thomas, J.H., Parameswaran, U., Bigham, C., Freeman, K., Goldrick, P., and Tong, S.Y.C. (2010). Disproportionate impact of pandemic (H1N1) 2009 influenza on Indigenous people in the Top End of Australia’s Northern Territory, Medical Journal of Australia, 192 (10): 617-622. https://www. mja.com.au/journal/2010/192/10/ disproportionate-impact-pandemic- h1n1-2009-influenza-indigenous- people-top-end Kelm, M.E. (1999). British Columbia First Nations and the influenza pandemic of 1918-1919. BC Studies, 122, 23-47. McNamara, Bridgette J., Banks, Emily, Gubhaju, Lina, Joshy, Grace, Williamson, Anna, Raphael, Barbara and Eades, Sandra (2018). Factors relating to high psychological distress in Indigenous Australians and their contribution to Indigenous-non- Indigenous disparities. Australian and New Zealand Journal of Public Health, https://doi.org/10.1111/1753- 6405.12766 Peiris, David, Brown, Alex and Cass, Alan (2018). Addressing inequities in access to quality health care for indigenous people. CMAJ, November 04, 179 (10) 985-986; DOI: https://doi. org/10.1503/cmaj.081445 La Ruche, G., Tarantola, A., Barboza, P., Valliant, L., Gueguen, J., Gastellu- Etchegorry, M., epidemic intelligence team at InVS (2009). The 2009 pandemic H1N1 influenza and indigenous populations of the Americas and the Pacific. Euro Surveil Oct 22: 14(42), https://www.ncbi.nlm. nih.gov/pubmed/19883543 Rudge, S., and Massey, P.D. (2010). Responding to pandemic (H1N1) 2009 influenza in Aboriginal communities in NSW through collaboration between NSW Health and the Aboriginal community-controlled health sector, New South Wales Public Health Bulletin 21(2) 26-29, https://www.phrp.com.au/issues/ volume-21-issue-1-2/responding- to-pandemic-h1n1-2009-influenza- in-aboriginal-communities-in-nsw- through-collaboration-between-nsw- health-and-the-aboriginal-community- -controlled-health-sector/
  • 163. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 163 Trauer, J.M., Laurie, K.L., McDonnell, J., Kelso, A., and Markey, P.G. (2011). Differential effects of Pandemic (H1N1) 2009 on Remote and Indigenous Groups, Northern Territory, Australia, 2009. Emerg Infec Disease, Sept: 17(9): 1615-1623, https:// www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/ PMC3322054/ United Nations (2009). State of the World’s Indigenous Peoples, Department of Economic & Social Affairs, https://www.un.org/esa/ socdev/unpfii/documents/SOWIP/en/ SOWIP_web.pdf United Nations Declarati United Nations Expert Mechanism on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples (EMRIP) 6 April 2020
  • 164. 164 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support What special considerations could be required for the vulnerable in society during an exit and recovery phase? 10 General Background The impacts of COVID-19 are not felt equally across the community. The next steps of a recovery strategy will be critical to improving equity in outcomes. Special considerations will be required for: women who are pregnant and women at risk of family violence; children and young people, specifically those living in out-of- home care; older adults and those living in residential aged care; the homeless; people with disabilities; people living with a life threatening illness(es); LGBTQI+ people; ethnic minorities and refugees and asylum seekers; and socioeconomically disadvantaged groups. groups. It is also the case that those who are at the intersection of these attributes often bear the greatest brunt. There are key community groups deserving of targeted policy support as Australia works to manage COVID-19 recovery. There follows a number of recommendations on how those groups can be supported, each backed by evidence-based key findings and subject specific research. Recommendations and Key Findings yy Recommendation: Government advances its policies against family violence by recognising an additional $180 million is needed to fund the ‘Keep Women Safe in Their Homes’ program which is designed to address the scale of need. That it develops tailored responses to address the specific and diverse needs of: women with disabilities, The next steps of a recovery strategy will be critical to improving equity in outcomes.
  • 165. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 165 indigenous women, and women from culturally and linguistically diverse (CALD) backgrounds who are experiencing family violence. yy Recommendation: That maternity health services and postnatal care should be virus free and safe for women screened as high risk to attend in person; to reduce their stress. Women pregnant during disasters such as a pandemic and at risk of family violence require extra support while women’s needs before during and after giving birth should not be de-prioritised because of COVID-19 healthcare. yy Recommendation: An infant, child and youth reference committee20 to provide expert advice (i.e. educational, mental health and social aspects) be established as children and young people may require tailored support to manage the stress of COVID-19. Support for young people’s pathways to employment through government funded projects, such as construction projects employing young people as trainees is another key recommendation as an investment in Australia’s future. yy Recommendation: Funding for the evidence-informed “Home Stretch26 ” program to offer in-care and post- care support to children in OOHC until they are 21 to foster their COVID-19 recovery process because those are young people who are forced to live out of home (OOHC). It is also recommended that police are conscious of the vulnerability of those in OOHC. yy Recommendation: Government support community service organisations and health services to help older adults self-isolate by providing access to in-home medical care, medication, and regular assessment of social isolation risk.32 It is critical that online and telephone strategies are available to foster social connections with family, friends and volunteers.33 Health security methods that support safe visitation from select primary visitors or informal carers to older adults who will suffer undue distress from social distancing measures is a prime need. yy Recommendation: For LGBTQI+ people, pharmaceutical companies ensure the provision of gender affirming hormone products and
  • 166. 166 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support PrEP, and clarification regarding what products are available, what PBS covers, and whether products can still be shipped into Australia. yy Recommendation: The continued funding of services such as Foodbank and Community Meals programs, community outreach, healthcare programs, and legal aid to support refugee and migrant groups is required. yy Recommendation: Compassionate policies for the homeless with a continuation of funding of Isolation and Recovery Facilities to ensure they have a safe place to self-isolate and quarantine and that we ensure the homeless are not targeted for breaching social distancing regulations. yy Recommendation: That there be flexibility, sensitivity and responsiveness to modifying, managing and implementing NDIS plans and other support for people with disabilities. yy Recommendation: Policies such as JobKeeper and the increased JobSeeker allowance are kept in place to ensure that these investments achieve their goals, especially for those disadvantaged by socio-economic issues.46,47,48,49 yy Recommendation: COVID-19 responses should not be at the expense of, or result in a reduction of, capacity to treat existing acute care needs. Key findings yy Reports suggest that web searches on domestic violence are up by 75 %, and that family violence perpetrators were using COVID-19 restrictions as a new way of exercising coercive control over victims. Women in abusive domestic violence circumstances are at increased of harm. yy For pregnant women enduring high levels of stress (i.e. in a pandemic) and at risk of family violence it can be shown that their babies are often born small for gestational age due to restricted foetal growth and additional stress.13,14 While pregnant women are more susceptible to COVID-19 than the general population.15
  • 167. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 167 yy The UN Convention on the Rights of the Child, ratified by Australia, stipulates that children have the right to participate in decisions that affect them.16 A total of 50,000 children and young people of schooling age are known to already be fully disengaged (i.e., not enrolled) in school,17 which may increase with schools currently disrupted and youth unemployment has increased as young people often work as casuals in hospitality and retail.18,19 It is also known that children often experience mental health or learning issues following severe adversity, such as disaster and loss.20, 21, 22 yy Young people living in out of home care, OOHC, experience higher rates of adverse physical and mental health outcomes and continue to experience disadvantage in educational achievements, employment, housing, and health after care, compared to other young people.23,24 yy For older Australians superannuation is a key source of their household income allowance.27 Social distancing is stressed during COVID-19 but immediate and urgent needs to support this must include access to medical support, affordable basic supplies and social support in homes.28, 29 It is known that social isolation increases older adults’ risk of morbidity/mental health concerns30, 31 and that some aged care facilities have adopted discretionary policies of removing all visitor access. yy For LGBTQI+: gender diverse populations report high levels of discrimination in mainstream healthcare settings34 so may be less likely to report COVID-19 symptoms, that they are likely to experience mental illness, and suicidal tendencies.35,36,37,38,39 Social distancing measures may be additionally challenging for those forced to isolate with family members who don’t accept their sexual or gender identities.38 A total of 50,000 children and young people of schooling age are known to already be fully disengaged (i.e., not enrolled) in school …
  • 168. 168 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY yy Those from asylum seeker and migrant backgrounds faced social distancing measures that further isolated and compounded their stressors.40,41 Also, many from refugee and asylum seeker backgrounds do not currently have access to any form of financial support, experience insecure housing and have no access to Medicare. COVID-19 information may not always be accessible to those people from non-English speaking backgrounds and there is also a concern that taking a COVID-19 test may mean risk of arrest or detention. yy Australia’s homeless or those without secure accommodation and who cannot self-isolate or quarantine are at great risk of contracting COVID-19 while homeless groups and individuals are being fined by police for breaches of social distancing regulations and given ‘move on’ notices, when homeless individuals often congregate in groups for safety. yy Eighteen per cent of Australians live with physical or intellectual disability and face high health vulnerability if they became infected with COVID-19; while they may have reduced their support services within the home to reduce exposure to infection.44 The current inability to attend regular support and health services outside home may result in a short- term increase in support needs during the COVID-19 recovery phase. yy Those with a socio-economic disadvantage are often in casual and insecure employment have greater risk of unemployment and that unemployment effects endure over individuals’ careers and across generations if no sufficient support is offered to help. yy People with life threating illnesses face high risk of infection and Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support Also, many from refugee and asylum seeker backgrounds do not currently have access to any form of financial support, experience insecure housing and have no access to Medicare.
  • 169. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 169 compromised immune systems, so are at greater risk of COVID-19 and that any neglect of existing acute care needs would increase mortality and morbidity risk beyond COVID-19. yy Women are at the “front line” in so many ways. Affected by every group in the above recommendations and the key findings they also: yy are more likely to work in front- line care occupations (e.g., 80% of all healthcare workers and 95.6% of the childcare workforce7,8 ), increasing their risk to infection.9 yy more women than men live below the poverty line, and receive Centrelink are more likely than men live to below the poverty line, and receive Centrelink payments.9,10 yy have a casual employment rate of 27%, without paid leave entitlements.11 yy are affected by school closures that mean women who are the primary caregiver face a ‘double burden’ of working in formal employment and managing children’s schooling.12 References 1. Crenshaw, K. (1991). Mapping the margins: intersectionality, identity politics, and violence against women of colour. Stanford Law Review, 43(6), 1241–1299. 2. Davis, K. (2008). Intersectionality as buzzword: a sociology of science perspective on what makes a feminist theory useful. Feminist Theory, 9(1), 67–85. 3. Gaillard, J. C., Sanz, K., Balgos, B. C., Dalisay, S. N. M., Gorman- Murray, A., Smith, F., & Toelupe, V. A. (2017). Beyond men and women: a critical perspective on gender and disaster. Disasters, 41(3), 429–447. 4. Jay, T., Barry, M., Thiagalingam, A., Redfern, J., McEwan, A., Rodgers, A., & Chow, C. (2016). Design considerations in development of a mobile health intervention program: The TEXT ME and TEXTMEDS experience. JMIR mHealth and uHealth, 4(4), e127.
  • 170. 170 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY 5. https://www.thesmithfamily.com. au/get-involved/partnerships/ corporate-social-responsibility/ our-current-partners/optus 6. https://askizzy.org.au/ 7. Haddad, A. (2020). COVID-19 is not gender neutral. http://www. broadagenda.com.au/home/ covid-19-is-not-gender-neutral/ 8. Boniol, M., McIsaac, M., Xu, L., Wuliji, T., Diallo, K., Campbell., J. (2019). Gender Equity in the Health Workforce: Analysis of 104 countries. Working Paper 1. World Health Organization, Geneva. 9. Davies, S.E., & Bennett B. (2019). A gendered human rights analysis of Ebola and Zika: locating gender in global health emergencies. International Affairs, 92, 1041- 1060. 10. Australian Bureau of Statistics (2019). Australian Labour Markets and Related Payments. Canberra: ABS. 11. Australian Bureau of Statistics (2018). Gender Indicators Australia, Sept 2018. Canberra: ABS. 12. Ruppaner et al. (2018) 13. Harville, E. W., Xiong, X. & Buekens, P. (2010). Disasters and perinatal health: a systematic review. Obstetrical & Gynecological Survey, 65(11), 713-720. 14. King, S., & Laplante, D. P. (2005). The effects of prenatal maternal stress on children’s cognitive development: Project Ice Storm. Stress, 8(1), 35-45. 15. Qiao, J. (2020). What are the risks of COVID-19 infection in pregnant women? The Lancet, 395(10226), 760-762. 16. UN Convention on the Rights of the Child 17. Watterstein & O’Connell (2019) 18. Borland, J. (2020). The next employment challenge from coronavirus: how to help the young. The Conversation, April 14, 2020. 19. Craig, L., Churchill, B., & Wong, M. (2019). Youth, Recession, and Downward Gender Convergence: Young People’s Employment, Education, and Homemaking in Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support
  • 171. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 171 Finland, Spain, Taiwan, and the United States 2000–2013. Social Politics: International Studies in Gender, State & Society, 26(1), 59–86. 20. Emerging Minds & Australian Child and Adolescent Trauma, Loss and Grief Network. (2020). Submission to the Royal Commission into National Natural Disaster Arrangements. 21. Gibbs, L., Nursey, J., Cook, J., Ireton, G., Alkemade, N., Roberts, M., … & Forbes, D. (2019). Delayed disaster impacts on academic performance of primary school children. Child development, 90(4), 1402-1412. 22. Spuij, M., Reitz, E., Prinzie, P., Stikkelbroek, Y., de Roos, C., & Boelen, P. A. (2012). Distinctiveness of symptoms of prolonged grief, depression, and post-traumatic stress in bereaved children and adolescents. European child & adolescent psychiatry, 21(12), 673-679. 23. Australian Bureau of Statistics (2013). Australian Health Survey: 2011–2012. Canberra: ABS. 24. Smales, M., Savaglio, M., Morris, H., Bruce, L., Skouteris, H., & Green (nee Cox), R. (2020). “Surviving not thriving”: Experiences of Health Among Young People with a Lived Experience in Out-of-Home Care. International Journal of Adolescence and Youth. Accepted April 20. 25. Baidawi, S. & Sheehan, R. (2019). ‘Cross-over kids’: Effective responses to children and young people in the youth justice and statutory Child Protection systems. Report to the Criminology Research Advisory Council. Canberra: Australian Institute of Criminology. 26. http://thehomestretch.org.au 27. Australian Bureau of Statistics. (2019). Household Income and Wealth, Australia, 2017-18, Cat No. 6523.0, Spotlight – Superannuation and investments as a main source of household income. Canberra, ABS. 28. Armitage, R., & Nellums, L. B. (2020). COVID-19 and the consequences of isolating the elderly. The Lancet. Public health.
  • 172. 172 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY 29. National Seniors Australia. (2019). Australian Seniors speak about impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. 3rd National Seniors short report. 30. Santini, Z. I., Jose, P. E., Cornwell, E. Y., Koyanagi, A., Nielsen, L., Hinrichsen, C., … & Koushede, V. (2020). Social disconnectedness, perceived isolation, and symptoms of depression and anxiety among older Americans (NSHAP): a longitudinal mediation analysis. The Lancet Public Health, 5(1), e62-e70. 31. Newman, M. G., & Zainal, N. H. (2020). The value of maintaining social connections for mental health in older people. The Lancet Public Health, 5(1), e12-e13. 32. https://blogs.bmj.com/ bmj/2020/04/09/the-effects-of- isolation-on-the-physical-and- mental-health-of-older-adults/ 33. http://www.euro.who.int/en/ health-topics/health-emergencies/ coronavirus-covid-19/news/ news/2020/4/supporting-older- people-during-the-covid-19- pandemic-is-everyones-business 34. Riggs, Coleman and Due (2014) 35. Gower et al. (2018) 36. McDermott, E., Hughes, E., Rawlings, V. (2016). Queer Futures: Understanding LGBT adolescents’ suicide, self-harm and help- seeking behaviours (Final Report), 37. Janssen and Leibowitz (2018) 38. Katz-Wise, S. L., Rosario, M., & Tsappis, M. (2016). Lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender youth and family acceptance. Paediatric Clinics of North America, 63(6), 1011-1025.). 39. Thomas, J. (2020). LGB Youth, in P Gerber (ed.), Worldwide Perspectives on Gays, Lesbians, and Bisexuals: History, Culture, and Law, Praeger Press, California 40. Dowling, A., Enticott, J., Kunin, M., & Russell, G. (2019). The association of migration experiences on the self-rated health status among adult humanitarian refugees to Australia: an analysis of a longitudinal cohort study. International journal for equity in health, 18(1), 130. Chapter 10: Equity of Access and Outcomes in Health Support
  • 173. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 173 41. Hynie, M. (2018). The social determinants of refugee mental health in the post-migration context: A critical review. The Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 63(5), 297-303. 42. system: http://www.cclj.unsw.edu. au/article/open-letter-australian- governments-covid-19-and- criminal-justice-system 43. https://www.abc.net.au/ news/2020-03-25/coronavirus- fears-asylum-seekers-plead-for- release-detention/12084604 44. ABS (2018) 45. Manzoni & Mooi-Reci (2018) 46. https://www.communities.qld. gov.au/community/place-based- approaches/framework-place- based-approaches 47. https://www.vic.gov.au/ framework-place-based- approaches-start-conversation- about-working-differently-better- outcomes/place 48. https://www.dss.gov.au/families- and-children-programs-services/ stronger-places-stronger-people 49. https://www.oecd.org/regional/ oecd-regional-outlook-2019- 9789264312838-en.htm 50. https://cid.org.au/our-stories/ covid-19-governments-must-act- on-equal-treatment-for-people- with-disability/ 51. https://pwd.org.au/covid-19-plan/
  • 174. 174 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Clarity of Communication The overall success of the recovery will depend upon engaging widespread public support and participation through partnership with civil society regardless of which strategy is chosen. 11 If the Elimination Strategy is pursued, it is important that the public understands the additional sacrifice needed, why it is worth it, and what benefits they can expect in return. It is also critical that the public understand that even with the Elimination Strategy, life will not return to the ‘old normal’. With the Controlled Adaptation strategy, it is critical that the public understand that in exchange for an earlier relaxation, there will be a need for ongoing adaptation. Specific containment measures may be carefully relaxed in several phases to achieve a balance between constraining the infection rate and enabling economic activity. And if the infections increase, the measures may need to be reinstated. Recommendations and Key Findings yy Recommendation: Communicate the approach and associated measures using clear, specific and empathetic language. yy Recommendation: Enrol individuals who are perceived as credible and trustworthy (e.g. healthcare workers and population health scientists) to convey key messages publicly. yy Recommendation: Enhance the cultural appropriateness and thus impact of communication. A number of community reference groups for this should be established that represent Australia’s demographic and socio-cultural diversity. … it is critical that the public understand that in exchange for an earlier relaxation, there will be a need for ongoing adaptation.
  • 175. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 175 yy Recommendation: Define and implement a color-coded public health alert system. A color-coded public health alert system with four levels (“Prepare”, “Reduce”, “Restrict”, and “Lockdown”), enables the community to see and plan for the restrictions that governments may be required to put in place. The public health alert system may be geo-targeted at the town, council, state/territory level, and shows increased or decreased limits on human contact, travel and business operations. yy Key Finding: Health professionals and population health scientists) are generally viewed as credible and trustworthy sources of public health-related information. yy Key Finding: Previous research illustrates that people’s willingness to act on public health advice during a pandemic is driven by their sense of pragmatism as well as trust – they want to know what actions will benefit in their personal circumstances Hence, public health messaging has more impact if it helps with empowerment. yy Key Finding: Broad communications need to be supplemented with messages tailored to particular communities and social groups. Engagement with public health messaging is heavily influenced by socio-economic background, cultural and social identity, age, gender etc. Australia’s efforts to contain COVID-19 and ‘flatten ‘the curve’ have been successful. The Government responded quickly (Swerissen, 2020), and this resulted in the rapid and widespread uptake of a range of behaviours by the community. Below is a communication strategy aimed at engaging maximum public support and participation in Australia’s optimal approach going forward. This reflects decades of research into effective public communication from a range of inter-related disciplines, including psychology, sociology, risk communication, health promotion, and science and technology studies. This communication approach is one that occurs in a spirit of participation and consultation; which is attentive to the diversity of Australia community that and appeals to people’s capacity to act.
  • 176. 176 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication Evidence and Analysis to support Recommendations and Key Findings General Principles of Risk and Crisis Communication Communication matters. There is evidence of a significant relationship between the communication strategies of agencies responding to a crisis and the level of public reassurance and compliance. (Carter et al., 2013). Some general principles of risk and crisis communication are summarised below (Covello, 2003; Reynolds, 2004; Seeger, 2006). It is worth pointing out two constraints that will be elaborated on in the following sections: first, communication, while essential, is not sufficient to change behaviours because communication tends to focus on changing motivation. People also need to have the capability and opportunity to perform the needed behaviours and thus environmental factors are also relevant, along with having sufficient resources (Michie et al., 2020). Second, the unique communication needs of special and diverse audiences need to be respected; different audiences will to some extent benefit from distinct frames, messages, and messengers (Moser, 2010). As the development of such tailored communication strategies requires an investment of time and other resources, the following principles should form the backbone of immediate communication strategies. … the unique communication needs of special and diverse audiences need to be respected; different audiences will to some extent benefit from distinct frames, messages, and messengers.
  • 177. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 177 Principle 1 Engage in clear, consistent communication Principle 2 Strive for maximum credibility Principle 3 Communicate with compassion, care, and empathy Principle 4 Communicate with openness, frankness, and honesty Principle 5 Recognise that uncertainty and ambiguity is inevitable Principle 6 Help people to feel empowered to act Principle 7 Consider health and statistical literacy in messaging Principle 8 Be proactive in combating misinformation Principle 9 Recognise and embrace diverse audiences A communication strategy for maximum community support and participation There are four specific recommendations which should form the basis of a strategy in which broad community messaging is supplemented with tailored communications for particular groups. Recommendation Communicate the approach and associated measures using specific and empathetic language that helps people feel empowered to act, rather than just passive recipients of instructions. Provide a succinct and clear explanation as to why ongoing containment measures are necessary. Be explicit about the goals of the controlled adaptation approach, and the reasons for undertaking particular measures. The risks of pursuing the approach and specific measures also need to be clearly articulated. Empathise by explicitly recognising hardships of measures.
  • 178. 178 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Recommendation Enlist the support and assistance of independent, credible and trustworthy advocates (e.g. healthcare workers, educators, community leaders) to convey key messages. Continue to use those from trusted professions to explain and justify the controlled adaptation approach. It is obviously highly appropriate that key policy decisions are announced and articulated by politicians while authoritative health officials (such as the Chief Medical Officer), and key public health and scientific experts must continue to provide public communications. This will help to convey that such policies are underpinned by ‘apolitical’ evidence. Recommendation Enhance the impact of communication by establishing community reference groups to provide ongoing input into the decisions that affect them and also how best to communicate them. Several community reference groups should be established so that collectively, they represent Australia’s demographic and socio-cultural diversity. Norms and modes of communication differ between social and cultural groups. In addition, some groups will be impacted much more severely than others by Australia’s response to COVID-19. Communications should be tailored towards these groups by working closely with group representatives. The following groups in particular require tailored messaging: yy Young children (up to 12 years old) and their parents yy Secondary school children yy Young adults (18–30) yy Older adults (70+) and those living in residential care Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication … authoritative health officials, and key public health and scientific experts must continue to provide public communications.
  • 179. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 179 yy Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islanders yy Gender diverse / LGBTQ+ communities yy People affected by bushfires yy People with life-threatening illnesses (i.e. immunocompromised) yy Hearing-impaired community yy Vision impaired community. Community reference groups would advise on: key messages and approaches; ensuring the framing and tone of messages would be most appropriate to ensure engagement; and the modes of communication (e.g. Auslan, TV broadcast, SMS, health messages on social media platforms) that will increase dissemination among their communities. There is a likelihood that as different Governments and jurisdictions find themselves at different levels of risk that they use different labels and wording for risk. The different messages in different jurisdictions along with different restrictions in different areas will create confusion amongst the community, dilute the message and over time lead to fatigue and non-compliance. It is critical that the labels used and their implication be uniform across the country. Australia has long experience with fire-risk warnings and most of the population understands and responds to escalation and de-escalation of these warnings. It is recommended, that in consultation with experts and the different jurisdictions a uniform public health alert system be developed. Recommendation Define and implement a color- coded public health alert system. A color-coded public health alert system with four levels ( e.g. “Prepare” [blue], “Reduce” [amber], “Restrict” [brown], and “Lockdown” [red]), enables the community to see and plan for the restrictions that governments put in place. The public health alert system may be geo-targeted at the town, council, state/territory level, and shows increased or decreased limits on human contact, travel and business operations.
  • 180. 180 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY References ACSQHC (2014). Australian Commission on Safety and Quality in Health Care. Health literacy: Taking action to improve safety and quality. https://www.safetyandquality.gov.au/ sites/default/files/migrated/Health- Literacy-Taking-action-to-improve- safety-and-quality.pdf AHRC (2014). Face the facts: Cultural Diversity. Australian Human Rights Commission. Available at https:// www.humanrights.gov.au/sites/ default/files/FTFCulturalDiversity.pdf ABS (2013) Australian Social Trends. Canberra: Australian Bureau of Statistics. Available at https://www. abs.gov.au/AUSSTATS/abs@.nsf/ Lookup/4102.0Main+Features30April +2013#back2 Baker, M (2020) The Conversation, ‘Overjoyed’: a leading health expert on New Zealand’s coronavirus shutdown, and the challenging weeks ahead, https://theconversation. com/overjoyed-a-leading-health- expert-on-new-zealands-coronavirus- shutdown-and-the-challenging-weeks- ahead-134395, Accessed 16-Apr 2020 Bineham, J. L. (1991). Some ethical implications of team sports metaphors in politics. Communication Reports, 4(1), 35-42. doi:10.1080/08934219109367519 Briñol, P. & Petty, R. E. (2009). Source factors in persuasion: A self- validation approach. European Review of Social Psychology, 20, 49-96. doi:10.1080/10463280802643640 Burgess, J. & Green, J. (2013) YouTube: Online Video and Participatory Culture Policy, Cambridge UK. Cameron, S. & McAllister, I. (2019). The 2019 Australian Federal Election: Results from the Australian Election Study. Canberra: The Australian National University. Cammett, M. & Lieberman, E. (2020). Building solidarity: Challenges, options, and implications for COVID-19 responses. https://ethics.harvard.edu/ building-solidarity Carter, H., Drury, J., Rubin, G. J., Williams, R., & Amlôt, R. (2013). The effect of communication during mass decontamination. Disaster Prevention and Management, 22, 132-147. doi:10.1108/09653561311325280 Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
  • 181. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 181 Coates, M. (2020). Covid-19 and the rise of racism. BMJ, 369: m1384. Cook, J., Lewandowsky, S., & Ecker, U. K. H. (2017). Neutralizing misinformation through inoculation: Exposing misleading argumentation techniques reduces their influence. PLoS ONE, 12, e0175799. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0175799 Covello, V. T. (2003). Best practices in public health risk and crisis communication. Journal of Health Communication, 8, 5-8. doi:10.1080/7138519 Davis, M. (2019) ‘Uncertainty and immunity in public communications on pandemics’ in Bjorkdahl, K. and Carlsen, B. eds Pandemics, Publics and Politics: Staging Responses to Public Health Crises, Houndmills: Palgrave, pp. 29-42. Davis, M., Flowers, P., Lohm, D., Waller, E and Stephenson, N. (2016) Immunity, biopolitics and pandemics: Public and individual responses to the threat to life, Body & Society, 22(4), 130-154. Davis, M. and Lohm, D. (2020) Pandemics, Publics and Narrative, NYC: Oxford University Press. Davis, M., Whittaker, A., Lindgren, M, Djerf-Pierre, M., Manderson, L. and Flowers, P. (2018) ‘Understanding Media Publics and the Antimicrobial Resistance Crisis’, Global Public Health, 13(9), 1158-1168. DOI: 10.1080/17441692.2017.1336248. Devakumar, D., Shannon, G., Bhopal, S. S., & Abubakar, I. (2020). Racism and discrimination in COVID-19 responses. The Lancet, 395, 1194. Dobson, A., Carah, N. & Robards, B. J., (2018) Digital Intimate Publics and Social Media: Towards Theorising Public Lives on Private Platforms. In A., Robards, B. & Carah, N. (eds.). Digital Intimate Publics and Social Media. Shields Dobson, Cham Switzerland: Palgrave Macmillan, p. 3-27 25 p. Duckett, S., Mackey, W. & Stobart, A. (2020). Australia’s response to the pandemic: the good, the bad, and the Ruby Princess. Grattan Institute – Health. Avialable at: https://grattan. edu.au/news/australias-response-to- the-pandemic-the-good-the-bad-and- the-ruby-princess/
  • 182. 182 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Ecker, U. K. H., Hogan, J. L., & Lewandowsky, S. (2017). Reminders and repetition of misinformation: Helping or hindering its retraction? Journal of Applied Research in Memory and Cognition, 6, 185-192. doi:10.1016/j.jarmac.2017.01.014 Edwards R, Charani E, Sevdalis N, Alexandrou B, Sibley E, Mullett D, Loveday HP, Drumright LN, & Holmes A. (2012). Optimisation of infection prevention and control in acute health care by use of behaviour change: a systematic review. Lancet Infectious Diseases, 12(4), 318-32. Everett, J. A. C., Colombatto, C., Chituc, V., Brady, W. J., & Crockett, M. (2020). The effectiveness of moral messages on public health behavioral intentions during the COVID-19 pandemic. doi:10.31234/osf.io/9yqs8 Gigerenzer, G., Gaissmaier, W., Kurz-Milcke, E., Schwartz, L. M., & Woloshin, S. (2007). Helping Doctors and Patients Make Sense of Health Statistics. Psychological Science in the Public Interest, 8(2), 53–96. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1539- 6053.2008.00033.x Gould DJ, Moralejo D, Drey N, Chudleigh JH, Taljaard M. Interventions to improve hand hygiene compliance in patient care. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews 2017, Issue 9. Art. No.: CD005186. DOI: 10.1002/14651858.CD005186. pub4. Grant, A. M. & Hofmann, D. A. (2011). It’s not all about me: Motivating hand hygiene among health care professionals by focusing on patients. Psychological Science, 22, 1494-1499. doi:10.1177/0956797611419172 Han, P. K. J., Zikmund-Fisher, B. J., Duarte, C. W., Knaus, M., Black, A., Scherer, A. M., & Fagerlin, A. (2018). Communication of Scientific Uncertainty about a Novel Pandemic Health Threat: Ambiguity Aversion and Its Mechanisms. Journal of Health Communication, 23(5), 435-444. doi:1 0.1080/10810730.2018.1461961 Jolley, D. & Douglas, K. M. (2017). Prevention is better than cure: Addressing anti-vaccine conspiracy theories. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 47, 459-469. Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
  • 183. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 183 Jordan, J., Yoeli, E., & Rand, D. G. (2020). Don’t get it or don’t spread it? Comparing self-interested versus prosocially framed COVID-19 prevention messaging. doi:10.31234/ osf.io/yuq7x Lakoff, G. (2010). Why it matters how we frame the environment. Environmental Communication, 4, 70- 81. doi:10.1080/17524030903529749 Lewandowsky, S., Ecker, U. K. H., & Cook, J. (2017). Beyond misinformation: Understanding and coping with the post-truth era. Journal of Applied Research in Memory and Cognition, 6, 353-369. Lewandowsky, S., Gignac, G. E. & Vaughan, S. (2013). The pivotal role of perceived scientific consensus in acceptance of science. Nature Climate Change, 3, 399-404. doi:10.1038/nclimate1720 Lewandowsky, S., Risbey, J.S., Smithson, M., Newell, B., & Hunter, J. (2014). Scientific uncertainty and climate change: Part I. Uncertainty and unabated emissions. Climatic Change, 124, 21-37. doi:10.1007/ s10584-014-1082-7 Kovic, M, & Füchslin, T. (2018). Probability and conspiratorial thinking. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 32, 390- 400. doi:10.1002/acp.3408 Martin, A., & Baekkeskov, E. (2020). Enlisting the support of trusted cue-givers to tackle public policy problems: The case of antimicrobial resistance PLoS ONE 14(3). MacFarlane, D., Hurlstone, M. J., & Ecker, U. K. H. (2020). Reducing demand for unsupported health remedies: A taxonomy for overcoming psychological barriers. Social Science & Medicine. Massey, P. D., Pearce, G., Taylor, K. A., Orcher, L., Saggers, S., & Durrheim, D. N. (2009). Reducing the risk of pandemic influenza in Aboriginal communities. Rural Remote Health, 9(3), 1290. Michie, S., van Stralen, M. M., & West, R. (2011). The behaviour change wheel: a new method for characterising and designing behaviour change interventions. Implement Sci, 6, 42. doi:10.1186/1748-5908-6-42
  • 184. 184 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Michie, S., West, R., & Amlôt, T. (2020). Behavioural strategies for reducing Covid-19 transmission in the general population. https:// blogs.bmj.com/bmj/2020/03/03/ behavioural-strategies-for-reducing- covid-19-transmission-in-the-general- population/ Moser, S. C. (2010). Communicating climate change: History, challenges, process and future directions. Wiley Interdisciplinary Reviews: Climate Change, 1, 31-53. New Zealand Government (2020). COVID-19 Alert System. https:// covid19.govt.nz/assets/resources/ tables/COVID-19-alert-levels- summary.pdf. Accessed 15-Apr 2020 Nie, J. B., Gilbertson, A., de Roubaix, M., Staunton, C., van Niekerk, A., Tucker, J. D., & Rennie, S. (2016). Healing without waging war: Beyond military metaphors in medicine and HIV cure research. The American Journal of Bioethics, 16, 3-11. doi:https://doi.org/10.1080/15265161 .2016.1214305 O’Connell, E., & Hurley, F. (2009). A review of the strengths and weaknesses of quantitative methods used in health impact assessment. Public Health, 123, 306-310. doi:10.1016/j.puhe.2009.02.008 Painter, J. (2015). Taking a bet on risk. Nature Climate Change, 5, 288-289. ​​​​​​​Pennycook, G., McPhetres, J., Zhang, Y., & Rand, D. G. (2020). Fighting COVID-19 misinformation on social media: Experimental evidence for a scalable accuracy nudge intervention. doi:10.31234/osf.io/uhbk9 Peters, G.-J. Y., Ruiter, R. A. C., ten Hoor, G. A., Kessels, L. T. E., & Kok, G. (2018). Towards consensus on fear appeals: a rejoinder to the commentaries on Kok, Peters, Kessels, ten Hoor, and Ruiter (2018), Health Psychology Review, 12:2, 151-156, DOI: 10.1080/17437199.2018.1454846 Peters, R. G., Covello, V. T., & McCallum, D. B. (1997). The determinants of trust and credibility in environmental risk communication: An empirical study. Risk Analysis, 17, 43-54. doi:10.1111/j.1539-6924.1997. tb00842.x Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
  • 185. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 185 Petersen, M. B. (2020). The unpleasant truth is the best protection against coronavirus. https://pure. au.dk/portal/files/181464339/ The_unpleasant_truth_is_the_best_ protection_against_coronavirus_ Michael_Bang_Petersen.pdf Pfattheicher, S., Nockur, L., Böhm, R., Sassenrath, C., & Petersen, M. B. (2020). The emotional path to action: Empathy promotes physical distancing during the COVID-19 pandemic. doi:10.31234/osf.io/y2cg5 Reynolds, B. (2004). Crisis and emergency risk communication: By leaders for leaders.Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, Atlanta, GA. Reynolds, B., & Quinn, S. C. (2008). Effective communication during an influenza pandemic: the value of using a crisis and emergency risk communication framework. Health Promotion Practice, 9, 13S-17S. Seeger, M. W. (2006). Best practices in crisis communication: An expert panel process. Journal of Applied Communication Research, 34(3), 232-244. doi:10.1080/00909880600769944 Schultz, P. W., Nolan, J. M., Cialdini, R. B., Goldstein, N. J., & Griskevicius, V. (2007). The constructive, destructive, and reconstructive power of social norms. Psychological Science, 18, 429-434. doi:10.1111/j.1467- 9280.2007.01917.x Swerrissen, H. (2020). What now? It depends on the chance of an effective coronavirus vaccine. Grattan Institute – Health. Avialable at: https://grattan. edu.au/news/what-now-it-depends- on-the-chance-of-an-effective- coronavirus-vaccine/ Stoker, G., Evans, M. & Halupka, M. (2018). Trust and Democracy in Australia: Democratic decline and renewal. Institute for Governance & Policy Analysis, University of Canberra. Thompson, G. (2014). Introducing Functional Grammar (3rd ed.). London and New York: Routledge. van Bavel, J. J., Baicker, K., Boggio, P., Capraro, V., Cichocka, A., Crockett, M., … Willer, R. (2020). Using social and behavioural science to support COVID-19 pandemic response. doi:10.31234/osf.io/y38m9
  • 186. 186 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY van der Bles, A. M., van der Linden, S., Freeman, A. L. J., Spiegelhalter, D. J. (2020). The effects of communicating uncertainty on public trust in facts and numbers. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 117, 7672-7683; doi:10.1073/ pnas.1913678117 Waszak, P. M., Kasprzycka-Waszak, W. & Kubanek, A. (2018)The spread of medical fake news in social media – The pilot quantitative study. Health Policy and Technology, 7(2): 115-118. WHO (2017). Communicating risk in public health emergencies: a WHO guideline for emergency risk communication (ERC) policy and practice. Geneva: World Health Organization; 2017. Licence: CC BY- NC-SA 3.0 IGO Wilson, D., & Sperber, D. (2002). Relevance Theory. UCL Division of Psychology & Language Sciences. Retrieved from http://www.phon.ucl. ac.uk/home/PUB/WPL/02papers/ wilson_sperber.pdf Wilson, S (2020). Three reasons why Jacinda Ardern’s coronavirus response has been a masterclass in crisis leadership. The Conversation. Retrieved from https:// theconversation.com/three-reasons- why-jacinda-arderns-coronavirus- response-has-been-a-masterclass-in- crisis-leadership-135541. Accessed 16-Apr 2020. Wise, T., Zbozinek, T. D., Michelini, G., Hagan, C. C., & Mobbs, D. (2020). Changes in risk perception and protective behavior during the first week of the COVID-19 pandemic in the United States. doi:10.31234/osf. io/dz428 Yamagishi, K. (1997). When a 12.86% mortality is more dangerous than 24.14%: Implications for risk communication. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 11, 495- 506. doi:10.1002/(SICI)1099- 0720(199712)11:6<495::AID- ACP481>3.0.CO;2-J Chapter 11: Clarity of Communication
  • 187. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 187 Methodology The Roadmap project was designed to provide considered and evidence- based responses to questions of critical and pressing national importance. Experts were recruited from across the Go8 universities – Australia’s leading research-intensive universities – in areas as diverse as epidemiology, statistical modelling, infectious diseases, public and mental health, psychology, economics, political scientists, Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander expertise, business, international relations scholars and political scientists. Individuals ranged from eminent professors to early career researchers, to capture the diversity of expertise across generations of talent. The Task Force faced the challenge of articulating the collective wisdom of this large and diverse group on a complex set of questions in a short period, under conditions of great uncertainty and rapid change and where no members could physically meet. Standard remote collaboration methods, such as circulating drafts by email, have many drawbacks such as the difficulty of keeping track of document versions, integrating edits and comments on many different versions, and ensuring that everyone can see the latest version. It seemed clear this approach would struggle with an expert group as large as the Roadmap Task Force. The Steering Committee made the bold decision to try a new crowdsourcing- inspired approach. All members were given access to the SWARM cloud collaboration platform, a research prototype being developed by a team at the University of Melbourne’s Hunt Lab for Intelligence Research. The platform is the result of a three-year research effort funded by the US Intelligence Advanced Research Projects Activity, aimed at developing better ways to support groups of analysts to work through difficult problems and produce high-quality reports. The platform’s design is generic enough that it can support analytical work in many other domains.
  • 188. 188 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY On the platform, all Task Force members were able to access nine workspaces, one for each of the main questions being addressed. Within a workspace they could view, create, and collaboratively edit contributions of various kinds, including draft section reports; rate and comment on contributions; and use real-time chat. While these activities are supported by many cloud platforms, a combination of design features makes the SWARM approach unique. These include: yy A “groupsourcing” model in which small teams from within the large expert pool coalesce and self- organise to tackle specific questions; yy Support for “contending analyses,” where any member can put up a draft report and the group as a whole can select the most promising via “readiness” ratings; yy Use of pseudonyms, intended to mitigate social dominance effects arising from the differing status of members. The Steering Committee understood from the outset that the approach would need to be carefully monitored and that adjustments may be required. In the second week, three such changes were made: addition of new Task Force members to cover expertise gaps; off-platform video- conferencing to accelerate coordination of small emergent teams; and, where appropriate, relaxation of anonymity. By the end of week 2, draft reports were available for all nine questions. These were woven together into a single Final Report by a small editing team from the Group of Eight Directorate. Task Force members were briefly given a final opportunity to provide comments. The Final Report was then reviewed by a team of selected independent commentators and approved by the Go8 Board of Directors before being provided directly to Government. The result is a comprehensive, independent, evidence-based report for Government that provides guidance as to how and when Australia can move to the recovery phase. Dr Tim Van Gelder Dr Richard De Rozario Methodology
  • 189. GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY – 189 We thank the following for active participation on the SWARM platform: Professor Charles Abraham University of Melbourne Professor Karen Adams Monash University Associate Professor Eva Alisic University of Melbourne Dr Kelly-Anne Allen Monash University Dr Erik Baekkeskov University of Melbourne Professor Emily Banks Australian National University Associate Professor Anthony Bell University of Queensland Dr Andrew Black University of Adelaide Dr Andrew Black University of Sydney Professor Tony Blakely University of Melbourne Dr Chris Blyth University of Western Australia Ms Katrina Boterhoven de Haan University of Western Australia Professor Robert Breunig Australian National University Professor Alex Broom University of Sydney Dr Matthew Brown Group of Eight Professor Romola Bucks University of Western Australia Professor Jim Buttery Monash University Dr Katherine Carroll Australian National University Professor Allen Cheng Monash University Professor Alex Collie Monash University Professor Rae Cooper AO University of Sydney Professor Kim Cornish Monash University Dr Kyllie Cripps University of New South Wales Professor Donna Cross University of Western Australia Professor Mark Dadds University of Sydney Professor Sara Davies Griffith University Professor Megan Davis University of New South Wales Professor Patricia Dudgeon University of Western Australia Professor Sandra Eades University of Melbourne Associate Professor Ullrich Ecker University of Western Australia Ms Nicole Ee University of New South Wales Professor Jane Fisher AO Monash University Professor John Freebairn University of Melbourne Dr John Gardner Monash University Professor Ross Garnaut AC University of Melbourne Professor Marie Gerdtz University of Melbourne Associate Professor Kathryn Glass Australian National University Professor Quentin Grafton Australian National University Professor Len Gray University of Queensland Professor Jane Gunn University of Melbourne Professor Ian Hickie University of Sydney Ms Anna Hickling University of Queensland Professor Keith Hill Monash University Professor Richard Holden University of New South Wales Professor Eddie Holmes University of Sydney Ms Bernadette Hyland-Wood University of Queensland Associate Professor Tim Inglis University of Western Australia Associate Professor Andrew Jackson University of New South Wales Professor Jolanda Jetten University of Queensland Ms Yawei Jiang University of Queensland Professor John Kaldor University of New South Wales Associate Professor Adam Kamradt Scott University of Sydney Professor Shitij Kapur University of Melbourne Ms Alex Kennedy Group of Eight Dr Elise Klein Australian National University Professor David Le Couteur AO University of Sydney Professor Julie Leask University of Sydney Professor Karin Leder Monash University Mr Yulin Li University of Adelaide Associate Professor Kamalini Lokuge Australian National University Professor John Mangan University of Queensland Professor Andrew Martin University of New South Wales Professor James McCaw University of Melbourne Dr Christopher McCaw University of Melbourne Professor Lisa McDaid University of Queensland Dr Siobhan McDonnell Australian National University Professor Patrick McGorry AO University of Melbourne Professor Warwick McKibbin AO Australian National University Acknowlegements
  • 190. 190 – GO8 COVID-19 ROADMAP TO RECOVERY Professor Jodie McVernon University of Melbourne Professor Tracy Merlin University of Adelaide Professor George Milne University of Western Australia Dr Nikki Moodie University of Melbourne Dr Lucy Morgan University of Sydney Professor James Morley University of Sydney Associate Professor Julia Morphet Monash University Dr Sally Nimon Group of Eight Professor David Paterson University of Queensland Dr Collin Payne Australian National University Dr Michael Phillips Monash University Professor John Piggott AO University of New South Wales Professor Jane Pirkis University of Melbourne Ms Maeve Powell Australian National University Professor Mikhail Prokopenko University of Sydney Dr Signe Ravn University of Melbourne Professor Ian Reid University of Adelaide Professor Peter Robertson University of Western Australia Mr Ross Roberts-Thomson University of Adelaide Associate Professor Simon Rosenbaum University of New South Wales Professor John Savill University of Melbourne Dr Ashley Schram Australian National University Mr Roberto Schurch University of Queensland Dr Theresa Scott University of Queensland Associate Professor Linda Selvey University of Queensland Professor Louise Sharpe University of Sydney Dr Kirsty Short University of Queensland Professor Helen Skouteris Monash University Dr Joseph Smith University of Adelaide Professor Tania Sorrell AM University of Sydney Professor Marc Stears University of Sydney Professor David Story University of Melbourne Ms Vicki Thomson Group of Eight Professor Carla Treloar University of New South Wales Professor Tim Usherwood University of Sydney Professor James Ward University of Queensland Professor Jim Watterston University of Melbourne Professor Peter Whiteford Australian National University Professor Harvey Whiteford University of Queensland Professor Simon Wilkie Monash University Professor Deborah Williamson University of Melbourne Associate Professor James Wood University of New South Wales Dr Mandy Yap Australian National University Professor Paul Young University of Queensland Special Acknowledgements to the Following: Chapter 1: An Ethical Framework for the Recovery Professor Duncan Ivison, Deputy Vice Chancellor, Research, University of Sydney, Professor Marc Stears, University of Sydney and Prof Susan Dodds, LaTrobe University Chapter 2: The Elimination Option Professor Emily Banks, Australian National University, Dr Grazia Caleo, Australian National University, Dr Stephanie Davies, Australian National University, Associate Professor Kathryn Glass, Australian National University, Professor Quentin Grafton, Australian National University, Associate Professor Kamalini Lokuge, Australian National University, Professor George Milne, University of Western Australia, Professor Mikhail Propenko, University of Sydney, Dr Leslee Roberts, Australian National University, Ms Tatum Street, Australian National University, Associate Professor James Wood, University of New South Wales Chapter 3: The Controlled Adaptation Option Professor Tony Blakely, University of Melbourne, Professor Karin Leder, Monash University, Professor John Mangan, University of Queensland, Professor James McCaw, University of Melbourne, Professor Jodie McVernon, University of Melbourne, Professor Warwick McKibbin AO, Australian National University, Professor Tracy Merlin, University of Adelaide, Dr Collin Payne, Australian National University, Professor John Piggott AO, University of New South Wales, Professor Peter Robertson, University of Western Australia, Associate Professor Linda Selvey, University of Queensland Chapter 4: Border Protection and Travel Restrictions Associate Professor Adam Kamradt-Scott, University of Sydney Chapter 5: The Importance of Public Trust, Transparency and Civic Engagement Dr John Gardner, Monash University, Ms Bernadette Hyland-Wood, University of Queensland, Professor Julie Leask, University of Sydney Chapter 6: Australia’s Optimal Approach for Building and Supporting a Health System within the “Roadmap to Recovery” Professor Jane Gunn, University of Melbourne Chapter 7: Preparing to Reopen Professor Jane Gunn, University of Melbourne, Mr Roberto Schurch Santana, University of Queensland, Professor Romola Bucks, University of Western Australia, Associate Professor Andrew Jackson, University of New South Wales, Dr Chris McCaw, University of Melbourne, Professor Andrew Martin, University of New South Wales Chapter 8: Mental Health and Wellbeing Ms Anna Hickling, University of Queensland, Professor Harvey Whiteford, University of Queensland Chapter 9: Considerations for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Peoples Professor Patricia Dudgeon, University of Western Australia, Dr Kate Derry, University of Western Australia Chapter 10: Key Populations Professor Helen Skouteris, Monash University Chapter 11: Communications Dr John Gardner, Monash University, Associate Professor Ullrich Ecker, University of Western Australia, Professor Julie Leask, University of Sydney, Ms Bernadette Hyland-Wood, University of Queensland Thanks to Prof. Neville Yeomans for helping consider the Contributions We acknowledge Associate Professor Tim van Gelder and Associate Professor Richard de Rozario and their “SWARM” team: Ashley Barnett, Dr Ariel Kruger, Yao Pan, Tamar Primoratz, Dr Morgan Saletta, Sujai Thomman, Luke Thorburn, Dr Ivo Widjaya, Andrew Wright, Zeyu Zha Thanks to our additional Contributors: Dr Elizabeth Adamson University of New South Wales Professor Jon Altman Australian National University Dr Jacqueline Anderton University of Melbourne Professor Nicholas Aroney University of Queensland Professor Gabriele Bammer Australian National University
  • 191. Associate Professor Margo Barr University of New South Wales Dr Megan Blaxland University of New South Wales Dr Alexandra Bloch-Atefi University of Adelaide Dr Karen Block University of Melbourne Dr Noreen Breakey University of Queensland Associate Professor Julie Brimblecombe Monash University and University of Queensland Dr Timothy Broady University of New South Wales Professor Deborah Bunker University of Sydney Dr Beatriz Cardona University of New South Wales Dr Susan Carland Monash University Deputy CEO Dawn Casey National Aboriginal Community Controlled Organisation (NACCHO) Dr Andrzej Ceglowski Monash University Associate Professor Mark Davis Monash University Professor Simon Dennis University of Melbourne Professor Sara Dolnicar University of Queensland Associate Professor Frank Donnelly University of Adelaide Dr Antony Eagle University of Adelaide Dr Elizabeth Edwards University of Queensland Dr Thorlene Egerton University of Melbourne Dr Christian Ehnis University of Sydney Dr Megan Ferguson Monash University and University of Queensland Dr Tony Florio University of New South Wales Professor Pauline Ford University of Queensland Dr Paul Garrett University of Melbourne Dr Lynn Gillam University of Melbourne Professor Sharon Goldfeld Murdoch Children’s Research Institute Professor Bronwyn Harch University of Queensland Associate Professor Ian Hardy University of Queensland Associate Professor Ben Harris-Roxas University of New South Wales Dr Trish Hill University of New South Wales Dr Jessika Hu Murdoch Children’s Research Institute Associate Professor Janet Hunt Australian National University Professor Raja Junankar University of New South Wales Associate Professor Nicole Kaims Monash University Professor Yoshi Kashima University of Melbourne Professor Ilan Katz University of New South Wales Associate Professor Sabina Kleitman University of Sydney Professor Stephan Lewandowsky University of Melbourne Associate Professor Daniel Little University of Melbourne Professor Simon Loertscher University of Melbourne Professor Nigel Lovell University of New South Wales Dr Sue Lukersmith Australian National University Professor Guy Marks University of New South Wales Professor Greg Marston University of Queensland Miss Antje Martins University of Queensland Professor Kirsten McCaffery University of Sydney Dr Ros McDougall University of Melbourne Professor Alistair McEwan University of Sydney Dr Susan Mendez University of Melbourne Professor Patricia Morrell University of Queensland Dr Jack Noone University of New South Wales Dr Sze-Yuan Ooi University of New South Wales Associate Professor Roger Patulny University of Wollongong Associate Professor Amy Perfors University of Melbourne Dr Michelle Peterie University of Queensland Professor Ove Peters University of Queensland Dr Kate Power University of Queensland Dr Bridget Pratt University of Melbourne Associate Professor Gaby Ramia University of Sydney Professor Ian Ring AO James Cook University Mr Tyler Riordan University of Queensland Dr Penny Round Monash University Professor Richard Saffery Murdoch Children’s Research Institute Professor Andreas Schloenhardt University of Queensland Dr Brett Scholz Australian National University Ms Naomi Schwarz Murdoch Children’s Research Institute Professor Anthony Scott University of Melbourne Dr Jennifer Skattebol University of New South Wales Dr Pearl Subban Monash University Dr Stewart Sutherland Australian National University Dr Cathy Thomson University of New South Wales Associate Professor Cathy Vaughan University of Melbourne Professor Melissa Wake Murdoch Children’s Research Institute Mr Josh White University of Melbourne Dr David Whyatt University of Western Australia Associate Professor April Wright University of Queensland Dr Yongxin Xu Monash University Professor Neville Yeomans AM University of Melbourne Professor Alison Young University of Melbourne Dr Adam Zulawnik Monash University Thank you to our independent reviewers: yy Mr Jeff Connolly, Chairman and CEO, Siemens Ltd yy Professor Glyn Davis AC, CEO of the Paul Ramsay Foundation yy Professor Stephen Duckett, FASSA, Grattan Institute yy Ms Kathryn Fagg, AO, FAATE yy Dr Alan Finkel AO, Australia’s Chief Scientist yy Dr Cassandra Goldie, CEO, Australian Council of Social Service (ACOSS) yy Mr Andy Keough CSC, Managing Director, Saab Australia yy Ms Linda Nicholls, AO, Chair of Melbourne Health yy Dr Jennifer Westacott AO, CEO, Business Council Australia